SW8070831_HISTORICAL FILE_20080711

STORMWATER DIVISION CODING SHEET
POST -CONSTRUCTION PERMITS
PERMIT NO.
SW8 0`l08 31
DOC TYPE
❑ CURRENT PERMIT
❑ APPROVED PLANS
HISTORICAL FILE
❑ COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION
DOC DATE
'ZU�80"111
YYYYMMDD

y
July 11, 2008
Carl Baker, Deputy Public Works Officer
USMC Base Camp Lejeune
1005 Michael Road
Camp Lejeune, NC 28547
Michael F. Easley, Governor
William G. Ross Jr., Secretary
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Coleen H. Sullins Director
Division of Water Quality
Subject: Stormwater Permit No. SW8 070831
MARSOC Clam Shell Site Preparation for Foxtrot Co., Golf Co., Hotel Co., and India Co.
High Density Project
Onslow County
Dear Mr. Baker:
The Wilmington Regional Office received a complete Stormwater Management Permit
Application for MARSOC Clam Shell Site Preparation for Foxtrot Co., Golf Co., Hotel Co., and
India Co. on July 7, 2008. Staff review of the plans and specifications has determined that the
project, as proposed, will comply with the Stormwater Regulations set forth in Title 15A NCAC
2H.1000. We are forwarding Permit No. SW8 070831 dated July 11, 2008, for the construction
of the subject project.
This permit shall be effective from the date of issuance until July 11, 2018, and shall be subject
to the conditions and limitations as specified therein. Please pay special attention to the
Operation and Maintenance requirements in this permit. Failure to establish an adequate
system for operation and maintenance of the stormwater management system will result in
future compliance problems.
If any parts, requirements, or limitations contained in this permit are unacceptable, you have
the right to request an adjudicatory hearing upon written request within sixty (60) days
following receipt of this permit. This request must be in the form of a written petition,
conforming to Chapter 150B of the North Carolina General Statutes, and filed with the Office of
Administrative Hearings, P.O. Drawer 27447, Raleigh, NC 27611-7447. Unless such demands
are made this permit shall be final and binding.
If you have any questions, or need additional information concerning this matter, please
contact RI enda Hall, or me at [phone].
Regional Supervisor
Surface Water Protection Section
ENB/ rbh: S:\WQS\STORMWATER\PERMIT\070831.ju108
cc: Lee Humphrey, Hobbs, Upchurch & Associates, P.A.
Onslow County Building Inspections
Rhonda Hall
Wilmington Regional Office
Central Files
oti NhCarolina
d✓latrrrully
North Carolina Division of Water Quality 127 Cardinal Drive Extension Wilmington, NC 28405 Phone [phone]
Wilmington Regional Office Internet: ww .ncwaterauality.ore Fax [phone]
An Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action Employer — 50% Recycled/10% Post Consumer Paper
Customer Service
1-877-623-6748

State Stormwater Management Systems
Permit No. SW8 070831
STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA
DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT AND NATURAL RESOURCES
DIVISION OF WATER QUALITY
STATE STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PERMIT
HIGH DENSITY DEVELOPMENT
In accordance with the provisions of Article 21 of Chapter 143, General Statutes of
North Carolina as amended, and other applicable Laws, Rules, and Regulations
PERMISSION IS HEREBY GRANTED TO
Carl Baker and USMC Base Camp Lejeune
MARSOC Clam Shell Site Preparation for Foxtrot Co., Golf Co., Hotel Co., and India Co.
Courthouse Road, Jacksonville, Onslow County
FOR THE
construction, operation and maintenance of a 40' x 40' stormwater basin that pumps to
the existing Camp Lejeune Sewer System. The existing Camp Lejeune Sewer System
will, be used as the permitted stormwater control system in compliance with the
provisions of .15A NCAC 2H .1000 (hereafter referred to as the "stormwaterrules') and
the approved stormwater management plans and specifications and other supporting
data as attached and on file with and approved by the Division of Water Quality and
considered a part of this permit.
This permit shall be effective from the date of issuance until July 11, 2018, and shall be
subject to the following specified conditions and limitations:
I. DESIGN STANDARDS
1. This permit is effective only with respect to the' nafure and volume of stormwater
described in the application and other supporting data.
2. This stormwater system has been approved for the management of stormwater
runoff as described in Section 1.6 on page 3 of this permit. The stormwater
control has been designed to handle the runoff from 76,665 square feet of
impervious area.
The tract will be limited to the amount of built -upon area indicated on page 3 of
this permit, and per approved plans.
4. All stormwater collection and treatment systems must be located in either
dedicated common areas or recorded easements. The final plats for the project
will be recorded showing all such required easements, in accordance with the
approved plans.
5. The runoff from all built -upon area within the permitted drainage area of this
project must be directed into the permitted stormwater control system.
Page 2 of 7

State Stormwater Management Systems
Permit No. SW8 070831
6. The following design criteria have been provided in this stormwater control
system and must be maintained at design
condition:
a. Drainage Area, acres:
2.83
Onsite, ft :
123,275
Offsite, ft2:
None
b. Total Impervious Surfaces, ft2:
76,665
C. Design Storm, inches:
1.5
d. Pond Depth, feet:
6.0
e. Permitted Storage Volume, gallons:
20,6451
f. Pump Station Design
Pump Capacity:
12 GPM
Total Dynamic Head:
21 Feet
Force Main Size:
1.5 Inch
Force Main Length:
709 Feet
Force Main High Point:
7.80 FMSL
Velocity At Pumping Rate:
1.82 FPS
g. Receiving Stream/River Basin: Courthouse Bay / White Oak
h. Stream Index Number: 19-36
i. Classification of Water Body: "SA; HQW"
II. SCHEDULE OF COMPLIANCE
1. The stormwater management system shall.be constructed in its entirety,
vegetated and operational for its intended use prior to the construction of any
built -upon surface.
2. During construction, erosion shall be kept to a minimum and any eroded areas of
.the system will be,repaired immediately. ,
3. The permittee shall at all time provide the operation and maintenance necessary
to assure the permitted stormwater system functions at optimum efficiency. The
approved Operation and Maintenance Plan must be followed in its entirety and
maintenance must occur at the scheduled intervals including, but not limited to:
a. Semiannual scheduled inspections (every 6 months).
b. Sediment removal.
C. Mowing and re -vegetation of slopes and the vegetated filter.
d. Immediate repair of eroded areas.
e. Maintenance of all slopes in accordance with approved plans and
specifications.
f. Debris removal and unclogging of outlet structure, orifice device, flow
spreader, catch basins and piping.
g. Access to the outlet structure must be available at all times.
Page 3 of 7

State Stormwater Management Systems
Permit No. SW8 070831
4. Records of maintenance activities must be kept and made available upon
request to authorized personnel of DWQ. The records will indicate the date,
activity, name of person performing the work and what actions were taken.
5. The facilities shall be constructed as shown on the approved plans. This permit
shall become void unless the facilities are constructed in accordance with the
conditions of this permit, the approved plans and specifications, and other
supporting data.
6. Upon completion of construction, prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy,
and prior to operation of this permitted facility, a certification must be received
from an appropriate designer for the system installed certifying that the permitted
facility has been installed in accordance with this permit, the approved plans and
specifications, and other supporting documentation. Any deviations from the
approved plans and specifications must be noted on the Certification. A
modification may be required for those deviations.
7. If the stormwater system was used as an Erosion Control device, it must be
restored to design condition prior to operation as a stormwater treatment device,
and prior to occupancy of the facility.
8. Access to the stormwater facilities shall be maintained via appropriate
easements at all times.
9. The permittee shall submit to the Director and shall have received approval for
revised plans, specifications, and calculations prior to construction, for any
modification to the approved plans, including, but not limited to, those listed
below:
a. Any revision to any item shown on the approved plans, including the
stormwater management measures, built -upon area, details, etc.
b. Project name change.
C. Transfer of ownership.
d. Redesign or addition to the approved amount of built -upon area or to the
drainage area.
e. Further subdivision, acquisition, lease or sale of all or part of the project
area. The project area is defined as all property owned by the permittee,
for which Sedimentation and Erosion Control Plan approval or a CAMA
Major permit was sought.
f. Filling in, altering, or piping of any vegetative conveyance shown on the
approved.plan.
10. The permittee shall submit final site layout and grading plans for any permitted
future areas shown on the approved plans, prior to construction.
11. A copy of the approved plans and specifications shall be maintained on file by
the Permittee for a minimum of ten years from the date of the completion of
construction.
12. The Director may notify the permittee when the permitted site does not meet one
or more of the minimum requirements of the permit. Within the time frame
specified in the notice, the permittee shall submit a written time schedule to the
Director for modifying the site to meet minimum requirements. The permittee
shall provide copies of revised plans and certification in writing to the Director
that the changes have been made.
Page 4 of 7

State Stormwater Management Systems
Permit No. SW8 070831
III. GENERAL CONDITIONS
This permit is not transferable except after notice to and approval by the Director.
In the event of a change of ownership, or a name change, the permittee must
submit a formal permit transfer request to the Division of Water Quality,
accompanied by a completed name/ownership change form, documentation
from the parties involved, and other supporting materials as may be appropriate.
The approval of this request will be considered on its merits and may or may not
be approved. The permittee is responsible for compliance with all permit
conditions until such time as the Division approves the transfer request.
Failure to abide by the conditions and limitations contained in this permit may
subject the Permittee to enforcement action by the Division of Water Quality, in
accordance with North Carolina General Statute 143-215.6A to 143-215.6C.
The issuance of this permit does not preclude the Permittee from complying with
any and all statutes, rules, regulations, or ordinances, which may be imposed by
other government agencies (local, state, and federal) having jurisdiction.
4. In the event that the facilities fail to perform satisfactorily, including the creation
of nuisance conditions, the Permittee shall take immediate corrective action,
including those as may be required by this Division, such as the construction of
additional or replacement stormwater management systems.
The permittee grants DENR Staff permission to enter the property during normal
business hours for the purpose of inspecting all components of the permitted
stormwater management facility. -
6. The permit maybe modified; revoked and reissued or terminated for cause:' The'
filing of a request for a permit modification, revocation and re-issuarce"or
termination does not stay any permit condition. . ' ;
7. Unless specified elsewhere, permanent seeding requirements for the stormwater
control must follow the guidelines established in the North Carolina Erosion and
Sediment Control Planning and Design Manual.
8. Approved plans and specifications for this project are incorporated by reference
and are enforceable parts of the permit.
�9 The permittee shall notify the Division any."name ;° owheFs'h'ip�ormailing address
changes within 30 days.
Permit issued this the 11th day of July, 2008.
INA ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COMMISSION
Fo. C /3 -ae�
Division of Water Quality
By Authority of the Environmental Management Commission
Page 5 of 7

State Stormwater Management Systems
Permit No. SW8 070831
III. GENERAL CONDITIONS
This permit is not transferable except after notice to and approval by the Director.
In the event of a change of ownership, or a name change, the permittee must
submit a formal permit transfer request to the Division of Water Quality,
accompanied by a completed name/ownership change form, documentation
from the parties involved, and other supporting materials as may be appropriate.
The approval of this request will be considered on its merits and may or may not
be approved. The permittee is responsible for compliance with all permit
conditions until such time as the Division approves the transfer request.
2. Failure to abide by the conditions and limitations contained in this permit may
subject the Permittee to enforcement action by the Division of Water Quality, in
accordance with North Carolina General Statute 143-215.6A to 143-215.6C.
3. The issuance of this permit does not preclude the Permittee from complying with
any and all statutes, rules, regulations, or ordinances, which may be imposed by
other government agencies (local, state, and federal) having jurisdiction.
4. In the event that the facilities fail to perform satisfactorily, including the creation
of nuisance conditions, the Permittee shall take immediate corrective action,
including those as may be required by this Division, such as the construction of
additional or replacement stormwater management systems.
5. The permittee grants DENR Staff permission to enter the property during normal
business hours for the purpose of inspecting all components of the permitted
stormwater management facility.
6. The permit may be modified, revoked and reissued or terminated for cause. The
filing of a request for a permit modification, revocation and re -issuance or
termination does not stay any permit condition:
7. Unless specified elsewhere, permanent seeding requirements for the stormwater
control must follow the guidelines established in the North Carolina Erosion and
Sediment Control Planning and Design Manual.
8. Approved plans and specifications for this project are incorporated by reference
and are enforceable parts of the permit.
9. The permittee shall notify the Division any name, ownership or mailing address
changes within 30 days.
Permit issFthisa L1`hday of July, 2008.
NOOINA ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COMMISSION
� A _
Division of Water Quality
By Authority of the Environmental Management Commission
Page 5 of 7

OFFICE USE ONLY
Date Received
Fee Paid
Permit Number
9-14-01
4f F&I
State of North Carolina
Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Water Quality
STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PERMIT APPLICATION FORM
This form may be photocopied for use as an original
I. GENERAL INFORMATION
1. Applicants name (specify the name of the corporation, individual, etc. who owns the project):
—Commanding Q({`jCdI- iJSMC Base Camp Lejeune
2. Print Owner/Signing Official's name and title (person legally responsible for facility and compliance):
Carl Baker, Deputy Public Works Officer
3. Mailing Address for person listed in item 2 above:
City: Camp Lejeune State: NC Zip: 28547
Telephone Number: ( 910 ) 451-2326
4. Project Name (subdivision, facility, or establishment name -should be consistent with project name on plans,
specifications, letters, operation and maintenance agreements, etc.):
MARSOC Clam Shell Site Preparation for Foxtrot Co., Golf Co.,
Hotel Co., and India Co.
5. Location of Project (street address):
Courthouse Rd.
Citv: Jacksonville Countv: Onslow
6. Directions to project (from nearest major intersection):
+/- 1/2 mile SE of the intersection of Courthouse Rd. and Sneads
Ferry Road (NC 172).
7. Latitude: N34 35 16 Longitude: W77 22 32 of project
8. Contact person who can answer questions about the project:
Name: Lee Humphrey Telephone Number: ( 910 ) 692-5616
II. PERMIT INFORMATION:
1. Specify whether project is (check one): x New
Form SWU-101 Version 3.99 Page 1 of 4
Renewal Modification

2. If this application is being submitted as the result of a renewal or modification to an existing permit, list the
existing permit number N/A and its issue date (if known)
3. Specify the type of project (check one):
_Low Density High Density Redevelop X General Permit Other
4. Additional Project Requirements (check applicable blanks):
_CAMA Major X Sedimentation/Erosion Control _404/401 Permit _NPDES Stormwater
Information on required state permits can be obtained by contacting the Customer Service Center at
1-877-623-6748.
III. PROJECT INFORMATION
1. In the space provided below, summarize how stormwater will be treated. Also attach a detailed narrative
(one to two pages) describing stormwater management for the project.
Stormwater will be treated by oumoina the stormwater into the
sanitary sewer system.
2. Stormwater runoff from this project drains to the White Oak River basin.
3. Total Project Area: 2 . B 3 acres 4. Project Built Upon Area: 1,e kiz: \ %
5. How many drainage areas does the project have? 1
6. Complete the following information for each drainage area. If there are more than two drainage areas in the
project, attach an additional sheet with the information for each area provided in the same format as below.
Basin Information
Drainage Area 1
Drainage Area 2
Receiving Stream Name
New Courthouse Bay
k�j
Receiving Stream Class
SA, HQW
Drainage Area
2.83 AC
Existing Impervious` Area
0
Proposed Impervious°Area
1 7
% Impervious` Area (total)
o
Impervious* Surface Area
Drainage Area l
Drainage Area 2
On -site Buildings
0 sf
On -site Streets
0
On -site Parking
76,665 sf
On -site Sidewalks
0
Other on -site
Off -site
Total: 7C C f
Total:
Impervious area is defined as the built upon area including, but not limited to, buildings, roads, parking areas,
sidewalks, gravel areas, etc.
Form SWU-101 Version 3.99 Page 2 of 4

7. How was the off -site impervious area listed above
L►�Il�]I1�1�7:7tF71Y:iL�IIf[�7►T,�1:�i77:iiSTi xiyY[�IoLKiI�i�1►I ►lei Ci9
The following italicized deed restrictions and protective covenants are required to be recorded for all
subdivisions, outparcels and future development prior to the sale of any lot. If lot sizes vary significantly, a table
listing each lot number, size and the allowable built -upon area for each lot must be provided as an attachment.
1. The following covenants are intended to ensure ongoing compliance with state stormwater management permit number
as issued by the Division of Water Quality. These covenants may not be
changed or deleted without the consent of the State.
2. No more than square feet of any lot shall be covered by structures or impervious materials.
Impervious materials include asphalt, gravel, concrete, brick, stone, slate or similar material but do not include wood
decking or the water surface of swimming pools.
3. Swales shall not be filled in, piped, or altered except as necessary to provide driveway crossings.
4. Built -upon area in excess of the permitted amount requires a state stormwater management permit modification prior to
construction.
5. All permitted runoff from outparcels or future development shall be directed into the permitted stormwater control
system. These connections to the stormwater control system shall be performed in a manner that maintains the integrity
and performance of the system as permitted.
By your signature below, you certify that the recorded deed restrictions and protective covenants for this project
shall include all the applicable items required above, that the covenants will be binding on all parties and persons
claiming under them, that they will run with the land, that the required covenants cannot be changed or deleted
without concurrence from the State, and that they will be recorded prior to the sale of any lot.
V. SUPPLEMENT FORMS
The applicable state stormwater management permit supplement form(s) listed below must be submitted for each
BMP specified for this project. Contact the Stormwater and General Permits Unit at [phone] for the status
and availability of these forms.
Form SWU-102
Wet Detention Basin Supplement
Form SWU-103
Infiltration Basin Supplement
Form SWU-104
Low Density Supplement
Form SWU-105
Curb Outlet System Supplement
Form SWU-106
Off -Site System Supplement
Form SWU-107
Underground Infiltration Trench Supplement
Form SWU-108
Neuse River Basin Supplement
Form SWU-109
Innovative Best Management Practice Supplement
Form SWU-101 Version 3.99 Page 3 of 4

VI. SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
Only complete application packages will be accepted and reviewed by the Division of Water Quality (DWQ).
A complete package includes all of the items listed below. The complete application package should be
submitted to the appropriate DWQ Regional Office.
1. Please indicate that you have provided the following required information by initialing in the space provided
next to each item.
Initials
• Original and one copy of the Stormwater Management Permit Application Form ?L 0
• One copy of the applicable Supplement Form(s) for each BMP n IA
• Permit application processing fee of $420 (payable to NCDENR) 3L14
• Detailed narrative description of stormwater treatment/management 3L14
• Two copies of plans and specifications, including: Tut
- Development/Project name
- Engineer and firm
-Legend
- North arrow
- Scale
- Revision number & date
- Mean high water line
- Dimensioned property/project boundary
- Location map with named streets or NCSR numbers
- Original contours, proposed contours, spot elevations, finished Floor elevations
- Details of roads, drainage features, collection systems, and stormwater control measures
- Wetlands delineated, or a note on plans that none exist
- Existing drainage (including off -site), drainage easements, pipe sizes, runoff calculations
- Drainage areas delineated
- Vegetated buffers (where required)
VIL AGENT AUTHORIZATION
If you wish to designate authority to another individual or firm so that they may provide information on your
behalf, please complete this section.
Designated agent (individual or firm): Lee Humphrey (Hobbs, Upchurch & Associates)
Mailing Address: P.O. Box 1737
Southern Pines ct,to• NC 7;,,. 28388
Phone: ( 910 ) 692-5616 Fax: ( 910 ) 692-7342
VIII. APPLICANT'S CERTIFICATION
I, (print or type name of person listed in General Information, item 2) Cc r I Aa lec r
certify that the information included on this permit application form is, to the best of my knowledge, correct and
that the project will b nstructed in conformance with the approved plans, that the required deed restrictions
and protective cov an s will be rec ed, and that the proposed project complies with the requirements of 15A
NCAC 2H .1000.
Signature: Date: �/ v
Form SWU-101 Version 3.99 Page 4 of 4

JUL 3 Permit Number:-5 &) SD7O0 , /
2008 (to be provided by DWQ)
Drainage Area Number:
Filter Strip, Restored Riparian Buffer and Level Spreader
Operation and Maintenance Agreement
I will keep a maintenance record on this BMP. This maintenance record will be kept in a
log in a known set location. Any deficient BMP elements noted in the inspection will be
corrected, repaired or replaced immediately. These deficiencies can affect the integrity
of structures, safety of the public, and the removal efficiency of the BMP.
Important maintenance procedures:
- Immediately after the filter strip is established, any newly planted vegetation
will be watered twice weekly if needed until the plants become established
(commonly six weeks).
- Once a year, the filter strip will be reseeded to maintain a dense growth of
vegetation
- Stable groundcover will be maintained in the drainage area to reduce the
sediment load to the vegetation.
- Two to three times a year, grass filter strips will be mowed and the clippings
harvested to promote the growth of thick vegetation with optimum pollutant
removal efficiency. Turf grass should not be cut shorter than 3 to 5 inches and
may be allowed to grow as tall as 12 inches depending on aesthetic requirements
(NIPC, 1993). Forested filter strips do not require this type of maintenance.
- Once a year, the soil will be aerated if necessary.
- Once a year, soil pH will be tested and lime will be added if necessary.
After the filter strip is established, it will be inspected quarterly and within 24 hours
after every storm event greater than 1.0 inch (or 1.5 inches if in a Coastal County).
Records of operation and maintenance will be kept in a known set location and will be
available upon request.
Inspection activities shall be performed as follows. Any problems that are found shall
be repaired immediately.
BMP element:
Potentialproblem:
How I will remediate theproblem:
The entire filter strip
Trash/debris is present.
Remove the trash/debris.
system
The flow splitter device
The flow splitter device is
Unclog the conveyance and dispose
(if applicable)
clogged.
of any sediment off -site.
The Flow splitter device is
Make any necessary repairs or
damaged.
replace if damage is too large for
repair.
Form SWU401-Level Spreader, Filter Strip, Restored Riparian Buffer O&M-Rev.3 Page 1 of 4

BMP element:
Potentialproblem:
How I will remediate theproblem:
The swale and the level
The swale is clogged with
Remove the sediment and dispose
lip
sediment.
of it off -site.
The level lip is cracked,
Repair or replace lip.
settled, undercut, eroded or
otherwise damaged.
There is erosion around the
Regrade the soil to create a berm
end of the level spreader that
that is higher than the level lip, and
shows stormwater has
then plant a ground cover and
bypassed it.
water until it is established. Provide
lime and a one-time fertilizer
application.
Trees or shrubs have begun
Remove them.
to grow on the swale or just
downslo e of the level lip.
The bypass channel
Areas of bare soil and/or
Regrade the soil if necessary to
erosive gullies have formed.
remove the gully, and then
reestablish proper erosion control.
Turf reinforcement is
Study the site to see if a larger
damaged or ripap is rolling
bypass channel is needed (enlarge if
downhill.
necessary). After this, reestablish
the erosion control material.
The filter strip
Grass is too short or too long
Maintain grass at a height of
(if applicable).
approximately three to six inches.
Areas of bare soil and/or
Regrade the soil if necessary to
erosive gullies have formed.
remove the gully, and then plant a
ground cover and water until it is
established. Provide lime and a
one-time fertilizer application.
Sediment is building up on
Remove the sediment and
the filter strip.
restabilize the soil with vegetation if
necessary. Provide lime and a one-
time fertilizer application.
Plants are desiccated.
Provide additional irrigation and
fertilizer as needed.
Plants are dead, diseased or
Determine the source of the
dying.
problem: soils, hydrology, disease,
etc. Remedy the problem and
replace plants. Provide a one-time
fertilizer application.
Nuisance vegetation is
Remove vegetation by hand if
choking out desirable species.
possible. If pesticide is used, do not
allow it to get into the receiving
water.
The receiving water
Erosion or other signs of
Contact the NC Division of Water
damage have occurred at the
Quality local Regional Office, or the
outlet.
401 Oversight Unit at 919-733-1786.
Form SWU401-Level Spreader, Filter Strip, Restored Riparian Buffer O&M-Rev.3 Page 2 of 4

Permit Number:
(to be provided by DWQ)
I acknowledge and agree by my signature below that I am responsible for the
performance of the maintenance procedures listed above. I agree to notify DWQ of any
problems with the system or prior to any changes to the system or responsible party.
Project name:MARSOC Clam Shell Site Preparations for Foxtrot Co., Golf Co.,
Hotel Co., and India Co.
6MP drainage area number:
Print
Title:Director of Public Works
Address:1005 Michael Rd.: Camp Lejeune, NC 28547
Note: The legally responsible party should not be a homeowners association unless more than 50% of
the lots have been sold and a resident of the subdivision has been named the president.
I jbm, n L, - Oicf- on , a Notary Public for the State of
LWI). it 'fit CU(ti County of a��D(-se1 , do hereby certify that
Car iTV)O Lef personally appeared before me this —2Qth
day of s_1 ACT, , !LJDQR, and acknowledge the due execution of the
forgoing filter strip, riparian buffer, and/or level spreader maintenance requirements.
Witness my hand and official seal,
♦JpN L. G��
1p �,O TA
,4�
..w NC O.
SEAL m
My commission expires p —C )!2� -X 17,
Form SWU401-Level Spreader, Filter Strip, Restored Riparian Buffer O&M-Rev.3 Page 3 of 4

Permit Number:.
(to be provided by DWQ)
Form SWU401-Level Spreader, Filter Strip, Restored Riparian Buffer O&M-Rev.3 Page 4 of 4

WA
40.
�r
NCDENR
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Water Quality
Beverly Eaves Perdue Coleen H. Sullins
Governor Director
February 18, 2010
Carl Baker, Deputy Public Works Officer
USMC Base Camp Lejeune
1005 Michael Road
Camp Lejeune, NC 28547
Subject: REQUEST FOR DESIGNERS CERTIFICATION
Stormwater Project No. SW8 070831
MARSOC Clam Shell Site, Foxtrot Golf Hotel & India Co.
Onslow, County
Dear Mr. Baker:
Dee Freeman
Secretary
On July 11, 2008, the Division of Water Quality issued a Stormwater Management
Permit to you for the subject project. Per the terms and conditions of the permit, and
Stormwater Regulation 15A NCAC 2H.1 OO80), which stipulates the following:
"Upon completion of construction, the designer for the type of Stormwater
system installed must certify that the system was inspected during
construction, was constructed in substantial conformity with plans and
specifications approved by the Division and complies with the
requirements of this Section prior to issuance of the certificate of
occupancy."
As of this date, our records indicate the required designer's certification has not been
received. Operation of the stormwater system prior to -submission of the required
certification is a violation of NCAC 2H.1 OO80) in accordance with NCGS 143-215.6.
Construction is considered complete at the time the project is occupied by an owner or
tenant for its intended use. Please submit the required certification by March 18, 2010.
Failure to submit the certification is considered a violation of the permit, and is subject to
enforcement action, per NCGS 143-215.6A.
If you have any questions concerning this matter, please call me at [phone] or
email me at [e-mail].
Sincerely,
(7GeOl: r�d�
Linda Lewis
Environmental Engineer III
GDS/arl: S:\WQS\STORMWATER\PEREQ\O7O831.feb1O
cc: Lee Humphrey, Hobbs, Upchurch & Associates, P.A.
Wilmington Regional Office Stormwater File
DWQ Central Files
Wilmington Regional Office
127 Cardinal Drive btension, Wilmington, North Carolina 28405 One
Phone: [phone] FAX: [phone] Customer Service: 1-877-623-6748 NorthCarolina,
Internet: v/ww.ncwaterquality.org Natutully
An Equal Opportunity 1 Arrirmative Action Employer

Stormwater Permit No. SW8 070831
MARSOC Clam Shell Site, Foxtrot Golf Hotel & India Co.
Onslow County
Designer's Certification
I
as a duly registered
in the State of North Carolina, having been authorized to observe (periodically/ weekly/
full time) the construction of the project, MARSOC Clam Shell Site Foxtrot Golf Hotel &
India Co., for Camp Leieune, (Project Owner) hereby state that, to the best of my
abilities, due care and diligence was used in the observation of the project construction
such that the construction was observed to be built within substantial compliance and
intent of the approved plans and specifications.
Required Items to be checked for this certification to be considered complete are on
page 2 of this form.
Noted deviations from approved plans and specifications:
Signature
Registration Number
Date
SEAL
011

Certification Requirements:
1. The drainage area to the system contains approximately the permitted
acreage.
2. The drainage area to the system contains no more than the permitted
amount of built -upon area.
3. All the built -upon area associated with the project is graded such that the
runoff drains to the system.
4. The outlet/bypass structure elevations are per the approved plan.
5. The outlet structure is located per the approved plans.
6. Trash rack is provided on the outlet/bypass structure.
7. All slopes are grassed with permanent vegetation.
8. Vegetated slopes are no steeper than 3:1.
9. The inlets are located per the approved plans and do not cause short-
circuiting of the system.
10. The permitted amounts of surface area and/or volume have been
provided.
11. Required drawdown devices are correctly sized per the approved plans.
12. All required design depths are provided.
13.. All required parts of the system are provided, such as a vegetated shelf,
forebay. and vegetated filter.
14. The dimensions of the system, as shown on the approved plan are
provided.
cc: NCDENR DWQ Regional Office
3

TRANSMITTAI
TO:
Division of Water Quality
Wilmington Regional Office
127 Cardinal Drive Extension
Wilmington, NC 28405
Attn: Rhonda Hiaii
Hobbs, Upchurch
& Associates, P.A.
Consulting Engineers
P.O. Box1737
290 S.W. Broad Street
Southern Pines, North Carolina 28387
[phone] FAX [phone]
HUA PROJECT #
FROM: Lee Humphrey HUA FILE NO. #
Hobbs, Upchurch & Associates, P.A.
DATE: July 3, 2008
RE:. Storm water Maintenance Agreement Level Spreaders
MARSOC Clam Shell Buildings Sites
Camp Lejeune, North Carolina
CL0701
CL0701
MESSAGE:
Please find enclosed the Storm water Maintenance Agreement - Level Spreaders
you requested for the MARSOC Clam Shell Buildings Sites at Camp Lejeune, MCB.
If you should have questions regarding matter, please contact this office.
RECEIVFID
JUL 0 7 2008
BY:
c:lnp• dom,nentsbvilmiugion reg. office o'mrs.doe

State of North Carolina r"1 rrl
Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Water Quality
Flow Trucking/Acceptance for Sewer Extension Permit Applications
(FTSE—10/07)
Project Applicant Name: _Marine Corps Base Camp Lejeune
Project Name for which flow is being requested: _MARSOC Sprung ShelterBldg A66
More than one FTSE-10107 nuty be required for a single project if the owner of the WWTP is not responsible for all
pump stations along the route of the proposed wastewater flow.
1. Complete this section only if you are the owner of the wastewater treatment plant.
a. WWTP Facility Name: _Camp Lejeune Advanced Wastewater Treatment Plant
b. WWTP Facility Permit #: _WW# NC0063029; Collections# WQCS00015
All flows are in MGD
c. WWTP facility's permitted flow 15
d. Estimated obligated flow not yet tributary to the WWTP 3.688
e. WWTP facility's actual avg. flow 3.85
f. Total flow for this specific request 0.029
g. Total actual and obligated flows to the facility 7.567
h. Percent of permitted flow used 50.45%
11. Complete this section for each pump station you are responsible for along the route of this
proposed wastewater flow.
List pump stations located between the project connection point and the WWTP
Pump Station Name Approx. Capacity, MGD Approx. Current Avg.
(Firm/Design) Daily Flow, MGD
_SA88 _780 gpm/1.12 MGD_ _No Meter
_BB 180 _1000 gpm/1.40 MGD_ _0.258
_1650 _1400 gpm/2.02 MGD— _0.268
111. Certification Statement
1, _James C. Sides , certify that, to the best of my knowledge, the addition of the
volume of wastewater to be permitted in this project has been evaluated 'along the route to the receiving
wastewater treatment facility and that the flow from this project is not anticipated to cause any capacity
related sanitary sewer overflows or overburden any downstream pump station en route to the receiving
treatment plant under normal circumstances. This analysis has been performed in accordance with local
established policies and pr9c9dure4 using the best available data. This certification applies to those items
Ii ;r arbove in Sections 01 I! which 1 am the responsible party. Signature of this form indicates
a ceps nce of thi li ast w.
Date

Instructions for: Flow Tracking/Acceptance for Sewer Extension Permit
Applications (FTSE—10/O7)
Section I
a. WWTP Facility Name: Enter the name of the WWTP that will receive the wastewater flow.
b. WWTP Facility Permit #: Enter the NPDES or Non -Discharge number for the WWTP receiving the
wastewater flow.
C. WWTP facility's permitted flow. MGD: From WWTP owner's NPDES or Non -Discharge permit.
d. Estimated obligated flow not yet tributary to the WWTP, MGD: This includes flows allocated to
other construction projects not yet contributing flow to the collection system. Flows allocated through
interlocal agreements or other contracts not yet contributing flow to the collection system are also
included. For POTWs that implement a pretreatment program, include flows allocated to industrial
users who may not be using all of their flow allocation. Please contact your Pretreatment Coordinator
for information on industrial flow tributary to your WWTP.
As of January 15, 2008 the POTW should have reviewed flow allocations made over the last two
years and reconciled their flow records, to the best of their ability, so it is known how much flow has
been obligated and is not yet been made tributary to the WWTP, in accordance with local policies and
procedures employed by the reporting entity.
The obligated flow not yet tributary plus actual flow will be reconciled annually for systems at less
than 60% of permitted flow used. Annual updates shall be submitted to the appropriate Regional
Office by January 15 of each year and cover the previous calendar year.
Semi -Annual updates shall be required when the percent of permitted flow used reaches 60%n. Semi-
annual time period are defined as January I through June 30 and July 1 through December 31. Semi-
annual updates shall be submitted to the appropriate Regional Office by July 15 and January 15 of
each year.
Quarterly updates shall be required when the percent of permitted flow used reaches 80%. Quarters
are defined as Qtrl (Jun -Feb -Mar); Qtr2 (Apr -May -Jun); Qtr3 (Jul -Aug -Sep); Qtr4 (Oct -Nov -Dec).
Quarterly updates shall be submitted to the appropriate Regional Office by April 15, July 15, October
15 and January 15 of each year.
e. WWTP facility's actual avg. flow, MGD: Previous 12 month average.
f. Total flow for this specific request. MGD: Enter the requested flow volume.
g. Total actual and obligated flows to the facility, MGD Equals [d + e + a
h. Percent of permitted flow used: Equals [(g / c)* 100]

For example:
On January 15 a FOTW with a permitted flow of 6.0 MGD, reported to the Regional Office that there
is 0.5 MGD of flow that is obligated but not yet tributary. The annual average flow for 2007 is 2.7
MGD.
The first Form F FSE-10/07 submitted after January 15, 2008 may have numbers like this:
c. = 6.0 MGD
d. = 0.5 MGD
e. = 2.7 MGD
f. = 0.015 MGD
g. = 3.215 MGD
h. = 53.6 %
The next Form FTSE-10/07 may be updated like this:
c. = 6.0 MGD
d. = 0.515 MGD
e. = 2.73 MGD
I. = 0.102 MGD
g. = 3.349 MGD
h. = 55.8 %
Each subsequent Form I-TSE-10/07 will be updated in the same manner
Section II
List the name, approximate pump station firm (design) capacity and approximate current average flow
(previous 12 months) through the pump station for each pump station that will be impacted by the
proposed sewer extension project. Include the proposed flow for this project and other flows that have
been approved for the pump station but are not yet tributary.
Firm (design) capacity is the design average daily flow of the pump station as calculated by the design
engineer or the station capacity with the largest pump out of service as per the Minimum Design Criteria
if the design capacity is unknown.
Section III
Form FTSE-10/07 must be signed by the appropriate official as per 15A NCAC 02T .0106.

Michael F. Easley, Governor
William G. Ross Jr., Secretary
rNorth
Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources
1
11C
Coleco H. Sullins, P.E. Director
Division of Water Quality
August 30, 2007
Mr. Carl Baker
Public Works
Marine Corps Base
1005 Michael Road
Camp Lekne, NC 28547
Subject: equest for State Stormwater Managerr
MAkSOC Clam Shell Site, Foxtrot, Golf,
Stioater Project No. SW8070831 /
Onslow Countv
Dear Mr. Baker:
X kA
IC
L tt d
�0
rrmit Application
& India Companies
On August 15, 2007, the Wilmington ional O ce received a copy of an Erosion Control Plan for the subject
project. The North Carolina Ad in Cod requires any project that must receive either Sedimentation and
Erosion Control Plan approval and/or a CA Jo permit to apply for and receive a Stormwater Management
Permit by the Division of Water Quality. Any truction on the subject site, prior to receipt of the required
permit, will constitute a violation of 15A NC 2H. 000 and may result in appropriate enforcement action by this
Office.
Either a Stormwater Permit Applicatlo Package inclu . g 2 sets of plans, completed application form, fee, and
supporting documentation, or a written esponse regarding a status of this project and the expected submittal
date must be received in this Office n later than September , 2007. Failure to respond to this request may
result in the initiation of enforcementAction, and construction rikay experience a subsequent delay.
The NPDES 010000 Federal StorrgWater Permit that accompani'94
NOT be considered the Coastal S rmwater Management Permit,
Supervisor. Please reference t Project Number above on all
please call me at (910) 796-721 , or email me at rhonda.hall@ncr
Sincerely,
Rhonda Hall
Environmental Engineer
ENB/rbh: S:\WQS
cc: Onslow
Hobbs,
Wilming
Central
inty Building Inspections
hurch & Associates, P.A
Regional Office File
the Erosion Control Plan approval letter must
vhich will be signed by the Water Quality
correspondence. If you have any questions,
1.aug07
%�Z�I,Carolifna
/Vaturaly
North Carolina Division of Water Quality 127 Cardinal Drive Extension Wilmington, NC 28405 Phone [phone] Customer Service
Wilmington Regional Office Internet: www.ncwateraualitv.ore Fax [phone]

0
i �';>.... ': �: i�` •: �I!'j7 3'� ;fY_1Ut �{) fir;.: ° ". .. .:7{,:*L � . L, � .. ..
...:;P1':,:) .,,�.;t r.t in4,, (.; flt... ,.':�tSl,. . _v.. Ir"'�1 r .�.I. ."b'r. .�t.•.•r.
. "1', i .. �
,- rail'. ...
i..• �
^5_ i fr�l7l: t. .
..., .r_. �
.� �Jr _ r.
_ �
ti: �.r.•
.. .
L-

North Carolina
James D. Simons, PG, PE
Director and State Geologist
NCDENR
Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Land Resources
Land Quality Section
August 15, 2007
Michael F. Easley, Governor
William G. Ross Jr., Secretary
LETTER OF RECEIPT OF EROSION CONTROL PLAN 1
Commanding General, Marine Corps Base
Mr. Carl Baker, Deputy Public Works Officer 1 V
1005 Michael Road,(Cope 409D) W�
Camp Lejeune, NC 285472521
RE: Project Name: MARSOC Clam Shell Site, Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Companies
Project ID: Onslo-2008-064
County: Onslow, Camp Lejeune, Sneads Ferry Road
River Basin: White Oak
Submitted By: Hobbs Upchurch & Associates
Date Received by LQS: August 14, 2007
Plan Type: NEW
Dear Mr. Baker:
This office has received a soil erosion and sediment control plan for the project listed above which
was submitted as required by the North Carolina Sedimentation Pollution Control Act (G.S. 113A-57 (4)).
The Act requires that all persons disturbing an area of one or more acres of land must obtain approval
of a soil erosion control plan prior to the commencement of the land -disturbing activity (G.S. 113A-54(d) (4)).
The Act further states that this plan must be filed a minimum of 30 days prior to the activity and the approving
authority must approve or disapprove the submitted plan within 30 days of receipt. Failure of the approving
authority to approve or disapprove the submitted plan within the 30-day period will be deemed approval of the
plan
Commencement or continuation of a land -disturbing activity under the jurisdiction of this Act prior to
the approval of an erosion and sediment control plan is a violation of the Act.
The approval of an erosion and sediment control plan is conditioned on the applicant's compliance
with Federal and State water quality laws, regulations and rules.
If you have questions please do not hesitate to contact this office. Your cooperation in this matter is
appreciated and we look forward to working with you on this project.
Sincerely,
Daniel Sams, PE
Land Quality Section
cc: Lee Humphrey, Hobbs, Upchurch & Associates, PA
LQS-WiRO; SWS-WiRO
Wilmington Regional Office
127 Cardinal Drive Ext., Wilmington, North Carolina 28405-3845 • Phone: [phone] FAX: [phone]

Hobbs, Upchtirch
& Associates, P.A.
Consulting Engineers
TRANSMITTAL P.O. Boy 1737
290 S. It'. Broad Street
Southern Pines, ,North Comlina 38387
[phone] F,4X [phone]
TO: Division of Water Quality HQA PROJECT # CL0701
Wilmington Regional Office
127 Cardinal Drive Extension (,
Wilmington, NC 25405 U
FROM: Lee Humphrey HGA FILE NO. # CL0701
Hobbs, Upchurch & Associates, P.A.
DATE: August 10, 2007
RE: Stormwater Management Permit Application
Camp Lejeune, North Carolina
MESSAGE:
Please find enclosed a copy of the Stormwater Management Application for the
MARSOC Clam Shell Site Preparation for Foxtrot Co., Golf Co., Hotel Co. and India Co.
at Camp Lejeune, MCB
If you should have questions regarding matter, please contact this office.
AUG 1 4 2007
BY:
c: lnY dncumentsl iri(mington rt g. office trons.doc

CONTRACT N40085-06-D-4403
NAVFAC SPECIFICATION
NO. 07-B-0086
MARSOC Clam Shell Site Preparations for Foxtrot Co., Golf Co., Hotel Co., and
India Co.
AT THE
MARINE CORPS BASE, CAMP LEJEUNE, NORTH CAROLINA
DESIGN BY:
HOBBS, UPCHURCH & ASSOCIATES, P.A.
300 S.W. BROAD STREET
SOUTHERN PINES, NC 28387
A/E Contract: N40085-06-D-4403
SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY:
HOBBS, UPCHURCH & ASSOCIATES, P.A.
300 S.W. BROAD STREET
SOUTHERN PINES, NC 28387
Date: August, 2007
SPECIFICATION APPROVED BY:
Brian R. Marshburn, P.E., Director
Design Branch, Public Works Division
T. L. Ammons, Commander, CEC, U.S. Navy
for Commander, Naval Facilities Engineering Command
Page 1

I
I
1
I
1
1
1
7
1
1
1
MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
PROJECT TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01
11
00
SUMMARY OF WORK
01
14
00
WORK RESTRICTIONS
01
20
00
PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
01
30
00
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
01
31
23
WEB BASED CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT (WebCM)
01
32
16
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01
33
00
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01
35
29
SAFETY AND OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH REQUIREMENTS
01
42
00
SOURCES FOR REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS
01
45
10
QUALITY CONTROL
01
50
00
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01
57
19
TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS
01
77
00
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
01
78
23
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS
02 41 00 DEMOLITION
02 82 30 RE-ESTABLISHING VEGETATION
DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK
31
11
00
CLEARING AND GRUBBING
31
23
00.00
20 EXCAVATION AND FILL
DIVISION 32
- EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
32
10
00
BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT
32
11
24
GRADED CRUSHED AGGREGATE BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT
DIVISION 33 - UTILITIES
33 30 00 SANITARY SEWERS
33 32 13.13 PACKAGE LIFT STATIONS
33 71 02 UNDERGROUND TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION
-- End of Project Table of Contents --
CL0701A
PROJECT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
SECTION O1 11 00
SUMMARY OF WORK
07/00
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
1.1.1 Project Description
The base bid work includes the installation of approximately 7692 cy of
select fill material, 4931 sy of asphalt parking area, 341 if of 24" RCP,
112 if of 15" RCP, 2 catch basins, 2 junction boxes, 3 new area lights and
one new storm water basin with a storm water pumping station associated
work items for the purpose of building a tactical parking area and other
incidental related work.
The optional bid - Hotel Co. Area H includes the installation of
approximately 1785 cy of select fill material, 1195 sy of asphalt parking
area, 112 1f of 18" RCP, 1 catch basins, 2 new area lights for the purpose
of building a tactical parking area and other incidental related work.
' The optional bid - Golf Co. Area G includes the installation of
approximately 1785 cy of select fill material, 1195 sy of asphalt parking
area, 112 if of 15" RCP, 1 catch basins, 1 new area lights for the purpose
of building a tactical parking area and other incidental related work.
The optional bid - Foxtrot Co. Area F includes the installation of
approximately 1785 cy of select fill material, 1195 sy of asphalt parking
area, 112 if of 15" RCP, 1 catch basins, 1 new area lights for the purpose
of building a tactical parking area and other incidental related work.
' 1.1.2 Location
The work shall be located at the Marine Corps Air Station, New River,
Jacksonville, North Carolina approximately as shown. The exact location
' will be indicated by the Contracting Officer.
1.2 EXISTING WORK
In addition to "FAR 52.236-9, Protection of Existing Vegetation,
Structures, Equipment, Utilities, and Improvements":
' a. Remove or alter existing work in such a manner as to prevent
injury or damage to any portions of the existing work which remain.
b. Repair or replace portions of existing work which have been
altered during construction operations to match existing or
adjoining work, as approved by the Contracting Officer. At the
completion of operations, existing work shall be in a condition
' equal to or better than that which existed before new work started.
1.3 LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND FACILITIES
' The Contractor will be responsible for obtaining the services of a
SECTION O1 11 00 Page 1

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A 1
professional utility locator to scan the construction site with
electromagnetic or sonic equipment, and mark the surface of the ground
where existing underground utilities are discovered. Verify the elevations
of existing piping, utilities, and any type of underground obstruction not
indicated or specified to be removed but indicated or discovered during
scanning in locations to be traversed by piping, ducts, and other work to
be installed. Verify elevations before installing new work closer than '
nearest manhole or other structure at which an adjustment in grade can be
made.
1.3.1 Notification Prior to Excavation '
Notify the Contracting Officer 48 hours prior to starting excavation work
in order to permit making arrangements with public works personnel to scan '
the area for unmarked utilities. Obtain station digging permits prior to
starting excavation work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS '
Not used.
PART 3 EXECUTION '
Not used.
-- End of Section -- ,
I
1
SECTION O1 11 00 Page 2 '

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
SECTION O1 14 00
WORK RESTRICTIONS
07/00
' PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 CONTRACTOR ACCESS AND USE OF PREMISES
1 1.1.1 Station Regulations
Ensure that Contractor personnel employed on the Station become familiar
' with and obey Station regulations. Keep within the limits of the work and
avenues of ingress and egress as directed. Do not enter restricted areas
unless required to do so and until cleared for such entry. Wear hard hats
in designated areas. Do not enter any restricted aras unless required to
do so and until cleared for such entry. The Contractor's equipment shall
be conspicuously marked for identification.
1.1.2 Working Hours
Regular working hours shall consist of an eight and one-half hour period
established by the Contracting Officer, Monday through Friday, excluding
Government holidays.
1.1.3 Work Outside Regular Hours
' Work outside regular working hours requires Contracting Officer approval.
Provide written request at least 15 calendar days prior to such work to
allow arrangements to be made by the Government for inspecting the work in
progress. During periods of darkness, the different parts of the work
shall be lighted in a manner approved by the Contracting Officer.
1.1.4 Utility Cutovers and Interruptions
a. Make utility cutovers and interruptions after normal working hours
or on Saturdays, Sundays, and Government holidays. Conform to
procedures required in the paragraph "Work Outside Regular Hours."
' b. Ensure that new utility lines are complete, except for the
connection, before interrupting existing service.
C. Interruption to water, sanitary sewer, storm sewer, telephone
service, electric service, air conditioning, heating, fire alarm,
compressed air, and gas shall be considered utility cutovers
pursuant to the paragraph entitled "Work Outside Regular Hours."
1 Such interruption shall be further limited to 8 hours. This time
limit includes time for deactivation and reactivation.
'
d. Operation of Station Utilities: The Contractor shall not operate
nor disturb the setting of control devices in the station
utilities
system, including water, sewer,
electrical, and steam
services.
The Government will
operate the
control devices as
required
for normal conduct of
the work.
The Contractor shall
SECTION O1 14
00 Page 1
1

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A '
notify the Contracting Officer giving reasonable advance notice
when such operation is required.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not used.
-- End of Section --
SECTION O1 14 00 Page 2

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A
SECTION 01 20 00
PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
10/05
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the
basic designation only.
U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS (USACE)
COE EP-1110-1-6 (1995) Construction Equipment Ownership
and Operating Expense Schedule
1.2 SUBMITTALS
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00,"Submittal
Procedures."
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Schedule of prices
1.3 SCHEDULE OF PRICES
1.3.1 Data Required
Within 15 calendar days of notice
of award, prepare and
deliver
to
'
Contracting Officer a schedule of
prices (construction
contract)
on the
forms furnished by the Government.
Provide a detailed
breakdown
of the
contract price, giving quantities
for each of the various
kinds
of work,
'
unit prices, and extended prices
therefor. Schedule of
prices shall
be
separated by individual building
numbers with subtotals
for each
building.
1.3.2 Schedule Instructions
Payments will not be made until the schedule of prices has been submitted
to and approved by the Contracting Officer. Identify the cost for site
work, and include incidental work to the 5 foot line. Identify costs for
the building(s), and include work out to the 5 foot line. Workout to the 5
foot line shall include construction encompassed within a theoretical line
5 feet from the face of exterior walls and shall include attendant
construction, such as cooling towers, placed beyond the 5 foot line.
1.4 CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS
In conjunction with the Contract Clause "DFARS 252.236-7000, Modification
Proposals -Price Breakdown," and where actual ownership and operating costs
of construction equipment cannot be determined from Contractor accounting
records, equipment use rates shall be based upon the applicable provisions
SECTION O1 20 00 Page 1

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel s India Co. CL0701A
of the COE EP-1110-1-8.
1.5 CONTRACTOR'S PAYMENT REQUEST
1.5.1 Proper Payment Request
A proper request for payment/invoice shall comply with all requirements
specified in this Section and the contract payment clauses. If any invoice
does not comply with these requirements, it shall be returned with a
statement of the reasons why it was not a proper invoice. A proper payment
request/invoice includes the following information, completed forms, and
number of copies indicated. Upon request, the Contracting Officer will
furnish copies of Government forms.
a. Contractor's Invoice on NAVFAC Form 7300/30, which shall show the
basis for arriving at the amount of the invoice. Submit one
original and two copies.
b. Contractor's Monthly Estimate for Voucher (LANTNAVFACENGCOM Form
9-4330/110. Submit original and two copies.
C. Payment Certification. Furnish as specified in "FAR Clause
52.232-5 (c) Payments under Fixed -Price Construction Contracts."
Submit one original.
d. QC Invoice Certification. Furnish as specified in Section 01 45 10,
"Quality Control." Submit one original.
1.5.1.1 Progress Payments
In addition to the requirements stated in Paragraph 1.5.1, "Proper Payment
Request" above, the Contractor's request for progress payments shall
include the following:
a. Updated Progress Schedule: Furnish an updated progress schedule
as specified in contract clause FAR 52.236-15 "Schedules for
Construction Contracts" and Section 01 32 16, "Construction
Progress Documentation." Submit one copy.
1.5.1.2 Final Payments
The request for final payment is submitted after completion and acceptance
of all work and all other requirements of the contract. Before submitting
the final invoice the Contractor shall meet with the appropriate Government
representatives to determine the final invoice amount, including the
assessment of liquidated damages, if any, and to make sure the final
release is complete and accurate. In addition to the requirements in
Paragraph 1.5.1, "Proper Payment Request" above, the Contractor's request
for final payment shall include the following:
a. A final release executed on the standard form provided by the
Contracting Officer. Submit two originals with final payment
request.
b. NC Tax certified statement and report for the prime and each
subcontractor (FAR 52.229-7). Submit two copies.
c. As -built drawings (if applicable).
SECTION O1 20 00 Page 2

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
d. Warranties (if applicable).
e. 0&M manuals (if applicable).
f. Final payrolls (FAR 52.222-6).
e g. A release for an assignment of claims (if applicable). Submit
three originals.
1.5.2 Procedures for Submitting Payment Request
a. The Contractor may submit only one invoice for payment each month
as the work progresses.
b. The invoice shall be delivered to the ROICC Office, Administrative
Branch, between five calendar days before and five calendar days
after the contract award date. Invoices received outside this
schedule shall be returned to the Contractor unprocessed. The
Contractor will have to wait until the following month to submit
their next invoice.
C. Invoices shall be delivered during normal work hours from 7:30 AM
up to 4:00 PM (EST), Monday through Friday, excluding holidays.
1.6 PAYMENTS TO THE CONTRACTOR
Payments will be made on submission of a proper payment request/invoice by
the Contractor.
1.6.1 Obligation of Government Payments
The obligation of the Government to make payments required under the
provisions of this contract will, at the discretion of the Contracting
Officer, be subject to the following:
a. Reasonable retention and/or deductions due to defects in material
or workmanship; potential liquidated damages; and/or failure to
comply with any other requirements of the contract.
b. Claims which the Government may have against the Contractor under
' or in connection with this contract; and
C. Unless otherwise adjusted, repayment to the Government upon demand
' for overpayments made to the Contractor.
d. Failure to provide up to date record drawings not current as
stated in Contract Clause "FAC 5252.236-9310, Record Drawings"; NC
' State tax certified statement and report in accordance with FAR
52.229-2; labor payrolls in accordance with FAR 52.222-6; as -built
drawings in accordance with Section 01 95 10, "Quality Control";
warranties and 0&M manuals; and any other requirements in the
' contract.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
tNot used.
1
SECTION O1 20 00 Page 3

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0 lA 1
PART 3 EXECUTION '
Not used.
-- End of Section -- '
1
1
SECTION 01 20 00 Page 4

I
MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A
1
1
L�
I
1
1
1
I
F
1
1
11
1
1
i
SECTION O1 30 00
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
06/06
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUBMITTALS
Submit the following in accordance with the Section 01 33 00, "Submittal
Procedures."
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
List of contact personnel
1.2 MINIMUM INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
Procure and maintain during the entire period of performance under this
contract the following minimum insurance coverage:
a. Comprehensive general liability: $500,000 per occurrence
b. Automobile liability: $200,000 per person, $500,000 per
occurrence, $20,000 per occurrence for property damage
C. Workmen's compensation as required by Federal and State workers'
compensation and occupational disease laws,
d. Employer's liability coverage of $100,000, except in States where
workers compensation may not be written by private carriers,
e. Others as required by State law.
1.3 ELECTRONIC MAIL (EMAIL)
a. The Contractor is required to establish and maintain electronic
mail (email) capability along with the capability to open various
electronic attachments in Microsoft, Adobe Acrobat, and other
similar formats.
b. Within 10 days after contract award; the Contractor shall provide
the Contracting Officer a single (only one) email address for the
ROICC office to send communications related to this contract
correspondence. The ROICC office may also use email to notify the
Contractor of base access conditions when emergency conditions
warrant, such as hurricanes, terrorist threats, etc.
C. Multiple email addresses are not authorized.
d. It is the Contractor's responsibility to make timely distribution
of all ROICC email within its own organization, including field
office(s).
1
SECTION O1 30 00 Page 1

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
e. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer, in
writing, of any changes to their email address.
1.4 CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS
1.4.1 Subcontractors and Personnel
Furnish a list of contact personnel of the Contractor and subcontractors
including addresses and telephone numbers for use in the event of an
emergency. As changes occur and additional information becomes available,
correct and change the information contained in previous lists.
1.4.2 Identification Badges
Identification badges will be furnished without charge. Application for
and use of badges will be as directed below. Immediately report instances
of lost or stolen badges to the Contracting Officer.
1.4.3 Business Access Security Requirements
1.4.3.1 Business Access Definition
Contractor/subcontractor employees requiring installation access to MCB,
Camp Lejeune or MCAS New River, N.C. must obtain a Business Access
Identification Badge for that particular installation. Regularly scheduled
delivery personnel, to include FEDEX, UPS, Pick-up and deliveries, should,
also, follow the Business Access guidelines described below. Personnel
requiring Business Access Identification Badges shall submit all
documentation listed below. Badges are not required if the contracted
position requires the employee to obtain a Common Access Card (CAC) which
will be identified separately within the Government contract.
1.4.3.2 Installation Security Access Requirements
Contractor shall accomplish the security requirements below within 10 days
after award or prior to performance under the contract.
1.4.3.3 Business Access Identification Badge Requirement
In order to obtain a Business Access Identification Badge for access to
MCB, Camp Lejeune, and satellite activities, or MCAS New River, NC, all
personnel providing services under this contract shall be required to
present the documentation below to the following offices, as applicable:
MCB, Camp Lejeune, NC and its satellite activities. Report as follows:
1. Identification Card Center, 59 Molly Pitcher Road for badge
(910-451-2727).
MCAS New River, NC. Report as follows:
1. S-4 (Facilities Office), Bldg AS-211 (1st Deck) for registration
on contractor's list (910-449-6310).
2. Pass and Identification Office, Bldg AS-211 (1st Deck) for badge
and vehicle decal (910-449-5427/5428).
SECTION O1 30 00 Page 2

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
1.4.3.4 Proof of Employee Citizenship or Legal Alien Status
Acceptable documents include birth certificate, Social Security Cards,
Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS) forms and passports.
1.4.3.5 Proof of Criminal Records Check
Proof of a criminal records check from the county or state where the
employee has resided for the previous two years (or length of legal
residence for foreign nationals in the U.S. for less than two years).
Criminal background records checks must be from a credible source. Many
credible sources exist, but some examples include the County Courthouse,
Infoiink Screening Services, Inc. (www.infolinkscreening.com), IntegraScan
Criminal Records Checks (www.integrascan.com), Intelius Employee Screening
(www.Intelius.com), and Castle Branch www.castlebranch.com). Subsequent to
the initial criminal background records checks, local criminal records
checks shall be conducted annually prior to renewal of badges for
reevaluation.
1.4.3.6 Letter Provided By Contracting Officer Indicating Contract
Letter provided by Contracting Officer indicating contract, contract period
and prime contractor. Proof of employment on a valid Government contract
(e.g., a letter on company letterhead from the prime contractor including
contract number and term).
1.4.3.7 Photo ID
Valid state or federal issued picture identification card. Acceptable
documents include state drivers license, DMV issued photo identification,
or alien registration card.
1.4.4 Denial of Access
Installation access shall be denied if it is determined that an employee:
a. Is on the National Terrorist Watch List
b. Is illegally present in the United States.
C. Is subject to an outstanding warrant.
d. Has knowingly submitted an employment questionnaire with false or
fraudulent information.
e. Has been issued a debarment order and is currently banned from
military installations.
. f. Is a Registered Sexual Offender, or has any Felony Conviction
within the past two years.
' 1.4.5 Appeal Process
All appeals should be directed to the Base Inspector's Office for any
' individual that has been denied access to the Base.
1.4.6 Display of Badges
Contractors/subcontractors shall prominently display their badges on their
SECTION O1 30 00 Page 3

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A 1
person at all times. Upon completion/termination of this contract or an
individual's employment, the Contractor shall collect and turn in to the
Pass & ID Office all badges. If the Contactor fails to obtain the
employee's badge, the Pass & ID Office will be notified within 24 hours.
Immediately report instances of lost or stolen badges to the Contracting
Officer.
1.4.7 Contractor and Subcontractor Vehicle Requirements
Each vehicle to be used in contract performance shall show the Contractor's
or subcontractor's name so that it is clearly visible and shall always
display a valid state license plate and safety inspection sticker. To
obtain a vehicle decal, which will be valid for one year or contract
period, whichever is shorter, Contractor or subcontractor vehicle operators
shall provide to the Vehicle Registration Office, 60 Molly Pitcher Road for
vehicle decal (910-451-1158):
a. An installation sponsor request forwarded to provost Marshall
office
b. A valid form of Federal or state government I.D.
C. If driving a motor vehicle, a valid driver's license, vehicle
registration and proof of insurance
Upon completion/termination of this contract or an individual's employment
the Contractor shall collect and turn in to Vehicle Registration all
Government vehicle decals. If any are not collected, the Contractor shall
notify the Vehicle Registration Office within 24 hours.
1.4.8 Security Checks
Contractor personnel and vehicles shall only be present in locations
relevant to contract performance. All Contractor personnel entering the
base shall conform to all Government regulations and are subject to such
checks as may be deemed necessary to ensure that violations do not occur.
Employees shall not be permitted on base when such a check reveals that
their presence would be detrimental to the security of the base. Subject
to security regulations, the Government will allow access to an area for
servicing equipment and/or performing required services. Upon request, the
Contractor shall submit to the Contracting Officer questionnaires and other
forms as may be required for security purposes.
1.5 SUPERVISION
Have at least one qualified supervisor capable of reading, writing, and
conversing fluently in the English language on the job site during working
hours. In addition, if a Quality Control (CQ) representative is required
on the contract, then that individual shall also have fluent English
communication skills.
1.6 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
After award of the contract but prior to commencement of any work at the
site, meet with the Contracting Officer to discuss and develop a mutual
understanding relative to the administration of the value engineering and
safety program, preparation of the schedule of prices, shop drawings, and
other submittals, scheduling programming, and prosecution of the work.
Major subcontractors who will engage in the work shall also attend.
SECTION O1 30 00 Page 4

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A
' 1.7 PARTNERING
To increase the likelihood of successful performance of this contract, the
Government requires cohesive partnerships with its Contractors and
Subcontractors. Key stakeholders, including the Clients who will receive
services, principal individuals from NAVFAC, the performance assessment
team, and representative(s) of the installation(s) will be invited to
participate in the partnering process. Key members of the prime and
subcontractors teams, including senior management personnel, must
participate. The partnership will draw on the strength of each
organization in an effort to achieve quality contract services done right
the first time, within the contract price, as scheduled, and without any
safety mishaps.
Contract Partnering Level C
This level of partnering discusses partnering concepts and benefits and
should become a part of the pre -performance conference. The senior
Government and Contractor stakeholders present will jointly host the
partnering sessions. The partners will determine the frequency of the
follow-on sessions. The partnering sessions should be held at locations
agreed to by the partners. Partnering sessions should be held at or near
the location of the activity Contracting Office. The participants shall
bear their own costs for meals, lodging, and transportation associated with
partnering.
PART
2 PRODUCTS
Not
used.
PART
3 EXECUTION
Not
used.
-- End of Section --
1
1
1
1
SECTION O1 30 00 Page 5

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
SECTION O1 31 23
WEB BASED CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT (WebCM)
03/03
ePART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
The Government and Contractor shall utilize the Naval Facilities
a Engineering Command's (NAVFAC) WebCM system for electronic submittal of all
data and documents (unless specified otherwise by the Contracting Officer)
throughout the duration of the Contract. WebCM is a web -based electronic
media site that is hosted by Primavera Systems, Inc. utilizing their
PrimeContract (hereinafter referred to as WebCM) web solution and will be
made available only to key Prime Contractor personnel and QC Specialist
personnel working for subcontractors. The joint use of this system is to
facilitate; electronic exchange of information, key processes, and overall
management of the contract. WebCM shall be the primary means of project
information submission and management. When required by the Contracting
Officer, paper documents will also be provided (i.e.; e.g. the signature of
Contract Modifications and submission of Contract Claims). In the event of
discrepancy between the electronic version and paper documents, the paper
documents will govern.
Primavera Project Planner, 23e/c, Primavera Project Manager, SureTrak and
PrimeContract are registered trademarks of Primavera Systems, Inc.
Microsoft, Internet Explorer, Outlook, Word, and Excel are registered
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S.A. Adobe and Acrobat are
eregistered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
1.2 USER ACCESS LIMITATIONS
The Contracting Officer will control the Contractor's access to WebCM by
allowing access and assigning user profiles to accepted Contractor
personnel. User profiles will define levels of access into the system;
determine assigned function -based authorizations (determines what can be
seen) and user privileges (determines what they can do). Sub -contractors
and suppliers will not have direct access to WebCM. Entry of information
exchanged and transferred between the Contractor and its sub -contractors
and suppliers on WebCM shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
1.2.1 Joint Ownership of Data
Data entered in a collaborative mode (entered with the intent to share as
determined by permissions and workflows within the WebCM system) by the
Contracting Officer and the Contractor will be jointly owned.
1.3 AUTOMATED SYSTEM NOTIFICATION AND AUDIT LOG TRACKING
Review comments made (or lack thereof) by the Government on Contractor
submitted documentation shall not relieve the Contractor from compliance
SECTION O1 31. 23 Page 1

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A 1
with requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible
for managing, tracking, and documenting the Work to comply with the
requirements of the Contract Documents. Government acceptance via
automated system notifications or audit logs extends only to the face value
of the submitted documentation and does not constitute validation of the
Contractor's submitted information.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00, "Submittal
Procedures."
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
List of Contractor's key WebCM personnel.
Include descriptions of key personnel's roles and responsibilities for this
project.
1.5 COMPUTER REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor shall use computer hardware and software that meets the
requirements of the WebCM system as recommended by Primavera Systems, Inc.
to access and utilize WebCM. As recommendations are modified by Primavera,
the Contractor will upgrade their system(s) to meet the recommendations or
better. Upgrading of the Contractor's computer systems will not be
justification for a cost or time modification to the Contract.
1.6 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY
The Contractor shall be responsible for the validity of their information
placed in WebCM and for the abilities of their personnel. Accepted users
shall be knowledgeable in the use of computers, including Internet
Explorer, e-mail programs such as Outlook, word processing programs such as
Word, spreadsheet programs such as Excel, and Adobe Portable Document
Format (PDF) document distribution program. The Contractor shall utilize
the existing forms in WebCM to the maximum extent possible. If a form does
not exist in WebCM and the Contractor must include as an attachment or by
uploading the data file, PDF documents will be created through electronic
conversion rather than optically scanned. The Contractor is responsible
for the training of their personnel in the use of WebCM and the other
programs indicated above as needed. All costs associated with the use of
this system will be evenly distributed in the project overheads and spread
across the duration of the contract; a separate cost line item will not be
allowed.
1.6.1 User Access Administration
Provide a list of Contractor's key WebCM personnel for the Contracting
Officer's acceptance. Notify the Contracting Officer immediately of any
users that are to have access removed. Resubmit the personnel list
whenever modified. User changes will take effect within 1 one working day
of accepting the requested change. The Contracting Officer reserves the
right to perform a security check on all potential users. The Contractor
will be allocated 5 key personnel with access to WebCM. Access will
include one access for each QC Specialist while they are performing their
duties, per Specification Section 01 45 10.
SECTION 01 31 23 Page 2

iMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
' 1.7 CONNECTIVITY PROBLEMS
WebCM is a web -based environment and therefore subject to the inherent
' speed and connectivity problems of the Internet. The Contractor is
responsible for its own connectivity to the Internet. WebCM response time
is dependent on the Contractor's equipment, including processor speed,
modem speed, Internet access speed, etc, and current traffic on the
Internet. The Government will not be liable for any delays associated from
the usage of WebCM including, but not limited to: slow response time, down
time periods, connectivity problems, or loss of information. Under no
circumstances shall the usage of the WebCM be grounds for a time extension
or cost adjustment to the contract.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 WEBCM UTILIZATION
WebCM shall be utilized in connection with submittal preparation and
information management required by Section 01 32 16 "Construction Progress
Documentation", Section 01 33 00, "Submittal Procedures", Section 01 45 10
"Quality Control" and other Division One sections. Requirements of this
' section are in addition to requirements of all other sections of the
specifications.
3.1.1 Shop Drawings
' Shop drawing and design data documents shall be submitted as PDF
attachments to the WebCM submittal workflow process and form. All PDF shop
drawing submittal documents shall have the Contractor's review and
submittal stamp (including signatures) as specified in Section 01 33 00,
"Submittal Procedures" the same as if submitted as hard copy. Examples of
shop drawings include, but are not limited to:
a. Standard manufacturer installation drawings.
b. Drawings prepared to illustrate portions of the work designed or
developed by the Contractor.
C. Steel fabrication, piece, and erection drawings.
' 3.1.2 Product Data
Product catalog data and manufacturers instructions shall be submitted as
' PDF attachments to the Webs submittal workflow process and form, except
that color charts and similar color oriented pages shall be submitted as
hard copy separate from and in addition to the PDF copy. Submittal forms
shall indicate when hard copy color documents are submitted. All PDF
product data submittal documents shall have the Contractors review and
submittal stamp (including signatures) as specified in Section 01 33 00,
"Submittal Procedures" the same as if submitted as hard copy. Examples of
product data include, but are not limited to:
a. Manufacturer's printed literature.
b. Preprinted product specification data and installation
SECTION O1 31 23 Page 3
t

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A '
instructions.
3.1.3 Samples
Sample submittals shall be physically submitted as specified in Section
01 33 00, "Submittal Procedures". Contractor shall enter submittal data
information into WebCM with a copy of the transmittal form(s) attached to
the submittal. Examples of samples include, but are not limited to:
a. Product finishes and color selection samples.
b. Product finishes and color verification samples.
C. Finish/color boards.
d. Physical samples of materials.
3.1.4 Administrative Submittals
All correspondence and Preconstruction submittals shall be submitted on
WebCM. Examples of administrative submittals include, but are not limited
to:
a. Digging permits and notices for excavation.
b. List of Contractor personnel accessing WebCM.
C. List of contact personnel.
d. Notices for roadway interruption, work outside regular hours, and
utility cutovers.
e. Requests for Information (RFI).
f. Network Analysis Schedules and associated reports and updates.
Each schedule submittal specified in Specification Section 01 32 16
shall be submitted as a native backed -up file (.PRX or .STX) of
the scheduling program being used. The schedule will also be
posted as a PDF file in the format specified in Specification
Section 01 32 16. Due to data transfer rates, do not display
relationship lines in the graphical depiction of the schedule.
g. Submittal Register: Use the submittal register data provided by
the Government. Contractor shall input data for dates as
specified and upon acceptance of the register, load the register
up to WebCM and update as required by the Contract documents.
h. Plans for safety, demolition, environmental protection, and
similar activities.
i. Quality Control P1an(s), Testing Plan and Log, Quality Control
Reports, Production Reports, Quality Control Specialist Reports,
Preparatory Phase Checklist, Initial Phase Checklist, Field Test
reports, Summary reports, Rework Items List, etc.
j. Meeting minutes for quality control meetings, progress meetings,
pre -installation meetings, etc.
k. Any general correspondence submitted.
SECTION 01 31 23 Page 4

aMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
3.1.5 Compliance Submittals
Test report, certificate, and manufacture field report submittals shall be
submitted on WebCM as PDF attachments. Examples of compliance submittals
include, but are not limited to:
a. Field test reports.
b. Quality Control certifications.
C. Manufacturers documentation and certifications for quality of
products and materials provided.
3.1.6 Record and Closeout Submittals
Operation and maintenance data and closeout submittals shall be submitted
on WebCM as PDF documents during the approval and review stage as
specified, with actual set of documents submitted for final. Examples of
record submittals include, but are not limited to:
a. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Final documents shall be
submitted as specified.
' b. As -built Drawings: Final documents shall be submitted as
specified.
C. Extra Materials, Spare Stock, etc.: Submittal forms shall
' indicate when actual materials are submitted.
3.1.7 Exceptions
Documents with legal consequences, contract modifications, contract claims,
security implications, and those required by other agencies may require an
additional submittal as original hard copy with original signatures and
seals. Hard copies of these documents shall be submitted as specified or
as directed by the Contracting Officer.
-- End of Section --
1
t
1
' SECTION O1 31 23 Page 5

eMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
e
[di
e
I
1
I
1
1
I
1
11
SECTION 01 32 16
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
10/05
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUBMITTALS
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00, "Submittal
Procedures."
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Construction schedule
Equipment delivery schedule
1.2 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
Within 21 days after receipt of the Notice of Award, prepare and submit to
the Contracting Officer for approval a Critical Path Method (CPM), Network
Schedule in accordance with the terms in Contract Clause "FAR 52.236-15,
Schedules for Construction Contracts," except as modified in this contract.
Primavera Suretrak 3.0 will be utilized to produce and update all progress
schedules.
1.3 EQUIPMENT DELIVERY SCHEDULE
1.3.1 Initial Schedule
Within 30 calendar days after approval of the proposed construction
schedule, submit for Contracting Officer approval a schedule showing
procurement plans for materials, plant, and equipment. Submit in the
format and content as prescribed by the Contracting Officer, and include as
a minimum the following information:
a. Description.
b. Date of the purchase order.
C. Promised shipping date.
d. Name of the manufacturer or supplier.
e. Date delivery is expected.
f. Date the material or equipment is required, according to the
current construction schedule.
1.4 NETWORK ANALYSIS SYSTEM (NAS)
The Contractor shall use the critical path method (CPM) to schedule and
control construction activities. The Network shall have a minimum of four
activities and a maximum of eight activities. The schedule shall identify
as a minimum:
1
SECTION 01 32 16 Page 1

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A '
a. Construction time for all major systems and components;
b. Manpower requirements for each activity;
C. Major submittals and submittal processing time; and
d. Major equipment lead time.
1.4.1 CPM Submittals and Procedures
Submit all network analysis and updates in hard copy. Also submit CPM
network schedule on 3 1/2 inch high density (1.4MB) floppy disks. The
network analysis system shall be submitted using SureTrak 3.0 software and
be capable of running on an IBM compatible computer (IBM is a registered
trademark of International Business Machines), operating with "Microsoft
Windows 95". The network analysis system shall be kept current, with
changes made to reflect the actual progress and status of the construction.
1.5 UPDATED SCHEDULES
Update the construction schedule and equipment delivery schedule at monthly
intervals or when schedule has been revised. Reflect any changes occurring
since the last update. Submit copies of the purchase orders and
confirmation of the delivery dates as directed.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not used.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 01 32 16 Page 2

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CLO701A
1 SECTION O1 33 00
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
1 O1/00
' PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
' 1.1.1 Government -Furnished Information
Submittal register database and submittal management program will be
delivered to the contractor, by contracting officer on 3 1/2 inch disk.
Register database will have the following fields completed, to the extent
that will be required by the Government during subsequent usage.
1
i
1
1
1
11
1
I
Column (c): Lists specification section in which submittal is required.
Column (d): Lists each submittal description (SD No. and type, e.g.
SD-04 Drawings) required in each specification section.
Column (e): Lists one principal paragraph in specification section
where a material or product is specified. This listing is only to
facilitate locating submitted requirements. Do not consider entries in
column (e) as limiting project requirements.
Column (f): Indicate approving authority for each submittal. The
Contracting Officer is approving authority for all submittals.
The database and submittal management program will be extractable from the
disk furnished to contractor, for operation on contractor's IBM compatible
personal computer with 640kb RAM,a hard drive,and 3 1/2 inch high density
floppy disk drive.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
1.2.1 Submittal
Shop drawings, product data, samples, and administrative submittals
presented for review and approval. Contract Clauses "FAR 52.236-5,
Material and Workmanship," paragraph (b) and "FAR 52.236-21, Specifications
and Drawings for Construction," paragraphs (d), (e), and (f) apply to all
"submittals."
1.2.2 Types of Submittals
All submittals are classified as indicated in paragraph "Submittal
Descriptions (SD)". Submittals also are grouped as follows:
a. Shop drawings: As used in this section, drawings, schedules,
diagrams, and other data prepared specifically for this contract,
by contractor or through contractor by way of subcontractor,
manufacturer, supplier, distributor, or other lower tier
contractor, to illustrate portion of work.
1
SECTION Ol 33 00 Page 1

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A '
b. Product data: Preprinted material such as illustrations, standard
schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams,
manufacturer's descriptive literature, catalog data, and other
data to illustrate portion of work, but not prepared exclusively
for this contract.
C. Samples: Physical examples of products, materials, equipment,
assemblies, or workmanship that are physically identical to
portion of work, illustrating portion of work or establishing
standards for evaluating appearance of finished work or both.
d. Administrative submittals: Data presented for reviews and
approval to ensure that administrative requirements of project are
adequately met but not to ensure directly that work is in
accordance with design concept and in compliance with contract
documents.
1.2.3 Submittal Descriptions (SD)
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Certificates of insurance
Surety bonds
List of proposed subcontractors
List of proposed products
Construction Progress Schedule
Submittal schedule
Schedule of values
Health and safety plan
Work plan
Quality control plan
Environmental protection plan
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Drawings, diagrams and schedules specifically prepared to illustrate some
portion of the work.
Diagrams and instructions from a manufacturer or fabricator for use in
producing the product and as aids to the contractor for integrating the
product or system into the project-.
Drawings prepared by or for the contractor to show how multiple systems and
interdisciplinary work will be coordinated.
SD-03 Product Data
Catalog cuts, illustrations, schedules, diagrams, performance charts,
instructions and brochures illustrating size, physical appearance and other
characteristics of materials or equipment for some portion of the work.
Samples of warranty language when the contract requires extended product
warranties.
SD-04 Samples
Physical examples of materials, equipment or workmanship that illustrate
functional and aesthetic characteristics of a material or product and
SECTION O1 33 00 Page 2

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
establish standards by which the work can be judged.
Color samples from the manufacturer's standard line (or custom color
samples if specified) to be used in selecting or approving colors for the
project.
Q Field samples and mock-ups constructed on the project site establish
standards by which the ensuring work can be judged. Includes assemblies or
portions of assemblies which are to be incorporated into the project and
those which will be removed at conclusion of the work.
SD-06 Test Reports
Report signed by authorized official of testing laboratory that a material,
product or system identical to the material, product or system to be
provided has been tested in accord with specified requirements. (Testing
must have been within three years of date of contract award for the
project.)
Report which includes findings of a test required to be performed by the
contractor on an actual portion of the work or prototype prepared for the
project before shipment to job site.
Report which includes finding of a test made at the job site or on sample
taken from the job site, on portion of work during or after installation.
Investigation reports
' Daily checklists
Final acceptance test and operational test procedure
' SD-07 Certificates
Statements signed by responsible officials of manufacturer of product,
system or material attesting that product, system or material meets
specification requirements. Must be dated after award of project contract
and clearly name the project.
Document required of Contractor, or of a supplier, installer or
subcontractor through Contractor, the purpose of which is to further
quality of orderly progression of a portion of the work by documenting
procedures, acceptability of methods or personnel qualifications.
Confined space entry permits.
SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions
Preprinted material describing installation of a product, system or
material, including special notices and Material Safety Data sheets
concerning impedances, hazards and safety precautions.
SD-09 Manufacturer's Field Reports
' Documentation of the testing and verification actions taken by
manufacturer's representative to confirm compliance with manufacturer's
standards or instructions.
' Factory test reports.
' SECTION O1 33 00 Page 3

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A 1
[l
SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data
Data intended to be incorporated in operations and maintenance manuals.
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
Documentation to record compliance with technical or administrative
requirements or to establish an administrative mechanism.
As -built drawings
Special warranties
Posted operating instructions
Training plan
1.2.4 Approving Authority
Person authorized to approve submittal.
1.2.5 work
As used in this section, on- and off -site construction required by contract
documents, including labor necessary to produce construction and materials,
products, equipment, and systems incorporated or to be incorporated in such
construction.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
Submit the following in accordance with the requirements of this section.
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
Submittal register
1.4 USE OF SUBMITTAL REGISTER DATABASE
Prepare and maintain submittal register, as the work progresses. Use
electronic submittal register program furnished by the Government or any
other format. Do not change data which is output in columns (c), (d), (e),
and (f) as delivered by government; retain data which is output in columns
(a), (g), (h), and (i) as approved.
1.4.1 Submittal Register
Submit submittal register as an electronic database, using submittals
management program furnished to contractor. Submit with quality control
plan and project schedule required by Section 01 45 10, "Quality Control"
and Section 01 32 16, "Construction Progress Documentation." Do not change
data in columns (c), (d), (e), and (f) as delivered by the government.
Verify that all submittals required for project are listed and add missing
submittals. Complete the following on the register database:
Column (a) Activity Number: Activity number from the project schedule
Column (g) Contractor Submit Date: Scheduled date for approving
authority to receive submittals.
SECTION O1 33 00 Page 4

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel 5 India Co. CL0701A
Column (h) Contractor Approval Date: Date contractor needs approval of
submittal.
Column (i) Contractor Material: Date that contractor needs material
delivered to contractor control.
1.4.2 Contractor Use of Submittal Register
Update the following fields in the government -furnished submittal register
program or equivalent fields in program utilized by contractor.
Column (b) Transmittal Number: Contractor assigned list of consecutive
numbers.
' Column (j) Action Code (k): Date of action used to record contractor's
review when forwarding submittals to QC.
Column (1) List date of submittal transmission.
Column (q) List date approval received.
' 1.4.3 Approving Authority Use of Submittal Register
Update the following fields in the government -furnished submittal register
program or equivalent fields in program utilized by contractor.
Column (b).
Column (1) List date of submittal receipt.
Column (m) through (p).
Column (q) List date returned to contractor.
1.4.4 Contractor Action Code and Action Code
Entries used will be as follows (others may be prescribed by Transmittal
Form):
' NR - Not Received
AN - Approved as noted
A - Approved
RR - Disapproved, Revise, and Resubmit
' 1.4.5 Copies Delivered to the Government
Deliver one copy of submitted register updated by contractor to government
with each invoice request. Deliver in electronic format, unless a paper
' copy is requested by contracting officer.
SECTION O1 33 00 Page 5

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A '
1.5 PROCEDURES FOR SUBMITTALS
1.5.1 Reviewing, Certifying, Approving Authority
QC organization shall be responsible for reviewing and certifying that
submittals are in compliance with contract requirements. The Contracting
Officer is the approving authority for all submittals.
1.5.2 Constraints
a. Submittals listed or specified in this contract shall conform to
provisions of this section, unless explicitly stated otherwise.
b. Submittals shall be complete for each definable feature of work;
components of definable feature interrelated as a system shall be
submitted at same time.
C. When acceptability of a submittal is dependent on conditions,
items, or materials included in separate subsequent submittals,
submittal will be returned without review.
d. Approval of a separate material, product, or component does not
imply approval of assembly in which item functions.
1.5.3 Scheduling
a. Coordinate scheduling, sequencing, preparing and processing of
submittals with performance of work so that work will not be
delayed by submittal processing. Allow for potential requirements
to resubmit.
b. Except as specified otherwise, allow review period, beginning with
receipt by approving authority, that includes at least 15 working
days for submittals for QC manager approval and 20 working days
for submittals for contracting officer approval. Period of review
for submittals with contracting officer approval begins when
Government receives submittal from QC organization. Period of
review for each resubmittal is the same as for initial submittal.
C. For submittals requiring review by fire protection engineer, allow
review period, beginning when government receives submittal from
QC organization, of 45 working days for return of submittal to the
contractor. Period of review for each resubmittal is the same as
for initial submittal.
I
1.5.4 Variations
Variations from contract requirements require Government approval pursuant '
to contract Clause entitled "FAR 52.236-21, Specifications and Drawings for
Construction" and will be considered where advantageous to government.
1.5.4.1 Considering Variations
Discussion with contracting officer prior to submission, will help ensure '
functional and quality requirements are met and minimize rejections and
resubmittals. When contemplating a variation which results in lower cost,
consider submission of the variation as a Value Engineering Change Proposal
(VECP). '
SECTION O1 33 00 Page 6 1

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
1.5.4.2 Proposing Variations
When proposing variation, deliver written request to the contracting
officer, with documentation of the nature and features of the variation and
why the variation is desirable and beneficial to government. If lower cost
' is a benefit, also include an estimate of the cost saving. In addition to
documentation required for variation, include the submittals required for
the item. Clearly mark the proposed variation in all documentation.
' 1.5.4.3 Warranting That Variation Are Compatible
When delivering a variation for approval, contractor warrants that this
contract has been reviewed to establish that the variation, if
incorporated, will be compatible with other elements of work.
1.5.4.4 Review Schedule Is Modified
In addition to normal submittal review period, a period of 10 working days
will be allowed for consideration by the Government of submittals with
variations.
1.5.5 Contractor's Responsibilities
' a. Determine and verify field measurements, materials, field
construction criteria; review each submittal; and check and
coordinate each submittal with requirements of the work and
' contract documents.
b. Transmitsubmittals to QC organization in accordance with schedule
on approved Submittal Register, and to prevent delays in the work,
delays to government, or delays to separate contractors.
C. Advise contracting officer of variation, as required by paragraph
entitled "Variations."
d. Correct and resubmit submittal as directed by approving authority.
When resubmitting disapproved transmittals or transmittals noted
' for resubmittal, the contractor shall provide copy of that
previously submitted transmittal including all reviewer comments
for use by approving authority. Direct specific attention in
writing or on resubmitted submittal, to revisions not requested by
approving authority on previous submissions.
e. Furnish additional copies of submittal when requested by
' contracting officer, to a limit of 20 copies per submittal.
f. Complete work which must be accomplished as basis of a submittal
in time to allow submittal to occur as scheduled.
■ g. Ensure no work has begun until submittals for that work have been
returned as "approved," or "approved as noted", except to the
' extent that a portion of work must be accomplished as basis of
submittal.
' SECTION 01 33 00 Page 7

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A ,
1.5.6 QC Organization Responsibilities
a. Note date on which submittal was received from contractor on each
submittal.
b. Review each submittal; and check and coordinate each submittal
with requirements of work and contract documents.
C. Review submittals for conformance with project design concepts and
compliance with contract documents.
d. Act on submittals, determining appropriate action based on QC
organization's review of submittal.
(1) When QC manager is approving authority, take appropriate
action on submittal from the possible actions defined in paragraph
entitled, "Actions Possible."
(2) When contracting officer is approving authority or when
variation has been proposed, forward submittal to Government with
certifying statement or return submittal marked "not reviewed" or
"revise and resubmit" as appropriate. The QC organization's
review of submittal determines appropriate action.
e. Ensure that material is clearly legible.
f. Stamp each sheet of each submittal with QC certifying statement or
approving statement, except that data submitted in bound volume or
on one sheet printed on two sides may be stamped on the front of
the first sheet only.
(1) When approving authority is contracting officer, QC
organization will certify submittals forwarded to contracting
officer with the following certifying statement:
"I hereby certify that the (equipment) (material) (article) shown and
marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated with
contract Number N62470-07-B-0086, is in compliance with the
contract drawings and specification, can be installed in the
allocated spaces, and is submitted for Government approval.
Certified by Submittal Reviewer , Date
(Signature when applicable)
Certified by QC manager , Date "
(Signature)
g. Sign certifying statement or approval statement. The person
signing certifying statements shall be QC organization member
designated in the approved QC plan. The signatures shall be in
original ink. Stamped signatures are not acceptable.
h. Update submittal register database as submittal actions occur and
maintain the submittal register at project site until final
acceptance of all work by contracting officer.
i. Retain a copy of approved submittals at project site, including
contractor's copy of approved samples.
SECTION 01 33 00 Page 8

I
MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel 6 India Co. CL0701A
1
1
1
1
1
1
lJ
1
1.5.7 Government's Responsibilities
When approving authority is contracting Officer, the Government will:
a. Note date on which submittal was received from QC manager, on each
submittal for which the contracting officer is approving authority.
b. Review submittals for approval within scheduling period specified
and only for conformance with project design concepts and
compliance with contract documents.
C. Identify returned submittals with one of the actions defined in
paragraph entitled "Actions Possible" and with markings
appropriate for action indicated.
1.5.8 Actions Possible
Submittals will be returned with one of the following notations:
a. Submittals marked "not reviewed" will indicate submittal has been
previously reviewed and approved, is not required , does not have
evidence of being reviewed and approved by contractor, or is not
complete. A submittal marked "not reviewed" will be returned with
an explanation of the reason it is not reviewed. Resubmit
submittals returned for lack of review by contractor or for being
incomplete, with appropriate action, coordination, or change.
b. Submittals marked "approved" "approved as submitted" authorize
contractor to proceed with work covered.
C. Submittals marked "approved as noted" authorize contractor to
proceed with work as noted provided contractor takes no exception
to the notations.
d. Submittals marked "revise and resubmit" or "disapproved" indicate
submittal is incomplete or does not comply with design concept or
requirements of the contract documents and shall be resubmitted
with appropriate changes. No work shall proceed for this item
until resubmittal is approved.
1.6 FORMAT OF SUBMITTALS
1.6.1 Transmittal Form
Transmit each submittal, except sample installations and sample panels, to
office of approving authority. Transmit submittals with transmittal form
prescribed by contracting officer and standard for project. The
transmittal form shall identify contractor, indicate date of submittal, and
include information prescribed by transmittal form and required in
paragraph entitled "Identifying Submittals." Process transmittal forms to
record actions regarding sample panels and sample installations.
1.6.2 Identifying Submittals
Identify submittals, except sample panel and sample installation, with the
following information permanently adhered to or noted on each separate
component of each submittal and noted on transmittal form. Mark each copy
of each submittal identically, with the following:
1 SECTION O1 33 00 Page 9

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A ,
a. Project title and location.
b. Construction contract number. '
C. Section number of the specification section by which submittal is
required.
d. Submittal description (SD) number of each component of submittal.
e. When a resubmission, alphabetic suffix on submittal description,
for example, SD-10A, to indicate resubmission.
f. Name, address, and telephone number of subcontractor, supplier,
manufacturer and any other second tier contractor associated with
submittal.
g. Product identification and location in project.
1.6.3 Format for Product Data
a. Present product data submittals for each section as a complete,
bound volume. Include table of contents, listing page and catalog
item numbers for product data.
b. Indicate, by prominent notation, each product which is being
submitted; indicate specification section number and paragraph
number to which it pertains.
C. Supplement product data with material prepared for project to
satisfy submittal requirements for which product data does not
exist. Identify this material as developed specifically for
project.
1.6.4 Format for Shop Drawings
a. Shop drawings shall not be less than 8 1/2 by 11 inches nor more
than 30 by 42 inches.
b. Present 8 1/2 by 11 inches sized shop drawings as part of the
bound volume for submittals required by section. Present larger
drawings in sets.
C. Include on each drawing the drawing title, number, date, and
revision numbers and dates, in addition to information required in
paragraph entitled "Identifying Submittals."
d. Dimension drawings, except diagrams and schematic drawings;
prepare drawings demonstrating interface with other trades to
scale. Shop drawing dimensions shall be the same unit of measure
as indicated on the contract drawings. Identify materials and
products for work shown.
1.6.5 Format of Samples
a. Furnish samples in sizes below, unless otherwise specified or
unless the manufacturer has prepackaged samples of approximately
same size as specified:
(1) Sample of Equipment or Device: Full size.
SECTION O1 33 00 Page 10

MARSOC Clam
Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel 6 India Co. CL0701A
(2) Sample of Materials Less Than 2 by 3 inches: Built up to 8
1/2 by 11 inches.
(3) Sample of Materials Exceeding 8 1/2 by 11 inches: Cut down to
8 1/2 by 11 inches and adequate to indicate color, texture, and
material variations.
(4) Sample of Linear Devices or Materials: 10 inch length or
length to be supplied, if less than 10 inches. Examples of linear
devices or materials are conduit and handrails.
(5) Sample of Non -Solid Materials: Pint. Examples of non -solid
materials are sand and paint.
(6) Color Selection Samples: 2 by 4 inches.
(7) Sample Panel: 4 by 4 feet.
(8) Sample Installation: 100 square feet.
b.
Samples Showing Range of Variation: Where variations are
unavoidable due to nature of the materials, submit sets of samples
of not less than three units showing extremes and middle of range.
C.
Reusable Samples: Incorporate returned samples into work only if
so specified or indicated. Incorporated samples shall be in
undamaged condition at time of use.
d.
Recording of Sample Installation: Note and preserve the notation
of area constituting sample installation but remove notation at
final clean up of project.
I�
e.
When color, texture or pattern is specified by naming a particular
-�
manufacturer and style, include one sample of that manufacturer
and style, for comparison.
1.6.6
Format of Administrative Submittals
a.
When submittal includes a document which is to be used in project
�
or become part of project record, other than as a submittal, do
not apply contractor's approval stamp to document, but to a
separate sheet accompanying document.
b.
Operation and Maintenance Manual Data: Submit in accordance with
Section 01 78 23, "Operation and Maintenance Data." Include
components required in that section and the various technical
sections.
1.7 QUANTITY
OF SUBMITTALS
1.7.1
Number of Copies of Product Data
a.
Submit five copies of submittals of product data requiring review
and approval only by the Contracting Officer. Submit three copies
of submittals of product data for operation and maintenance
manuals.
SECTION O1 33 00 Page 11
1

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A i
1.7.2 Number of Copies of Shop Drawings
Submit shop drawings in compliance with quantity requirements specified for
product data.
1.7.3 Number of Samples
a. Submit two samples, or two sets of samples showing range of
variation, of each required item. One approved sample or set of
samples will be retained by approving authority and one will be
returned to contractor.
b. Submit one sample panel. Include components listed in technical
section or as directed.
C. Submit one sample installation, where directed.
d. Submit one sample of non -solid materials.
1.7.4 Number of Copies of Administrative Submittals
a. Unless otherwise specified, submit administrative submittals
compliance with quantity requirements specified for product data.
b. Submit administrative submittals required under "SD-19 Operation
and Maintenance Manuals" to conform to Section 01 78 230
"Operation and Maintenance Data."
1.6 FORWARDING SUBMITTALS
1.8.1 Samples and Submittalsr
Except as otherwise noted, submit samples and submittals to:
Hobbs, Upchurch & Associates, P.A.
300 S.W. Broad Street
Southern Pines, NC 28387
1.8.1.1 Administrative Submittals
Submit administrative submittals for asbestos/lead removal and
environmental protection plan to the Resident Officer in Charge of
Construction (ROICC/OICC).
1.8.1.2 Fire Protection and Fire Alarm System Submittals
Submit fire protection and fire alarm system submittals to ROICC/OICC.
1.8.1.3 TAB Submittals
Submit to ROICC/OICC for all projects.
1.8.2 Shop Drawings, Product Data, and O&M Data
As soon as practicable after award of the contract, and before procurement
or fabrication, submit shop drawings, product data and 0&M Data required in
the technical sections of this specification.
SECTION O1 33 00 Page 12

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A
PART
2 PRODUCTS
Not
used.
PART
3 EXECUTION
Not
used.
I-- End of Section --
IL
I
I
1,
I
' SECTION O1 33 00 Page 13

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
SECTION O1 35 29
SAFETY AND OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH REQUIREMENTS
10/05
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications
listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced.
The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation
only.
AMERICAN
NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI)
ANSI Z359.1
(1992; R 1999) Safety Requirements for
Personal Fall Arrest Systems, Subsystems
and Components
ASME INTERNATIONAL (ASME)
ASME B30.3
(1996) Construction Tower Cranes
ASME B30.5
(2000) Mobile and Locomotive Cranes
ASME B30.8
(2000) Floating Cranes and Floating
Derricks
ASME B30.22
(2000) Articulating Boom Cranes
NATIONAL
FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
NFPA 10
(2002) Potable Fire Extinguishers
NFPA 241
(2000) Safeguarding Construction,
Alteration, and Demolition Operations
NFPA 51B
(2003) Fire Prevention During Welding,
Cutting, and Other Hot Work
NFPA 70
(2002) National Electrical Code
U. S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS (USACE)
EM 385-1-1
(2003) Safety and Health Requirements
Manual
U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)
29 CFR 1910
Occupational Safety and Health Standards
29 CFR 1910.146
Permit -required Confined Spaces
29 CFR 1910.94
Ventilation
SECTION 01 35 29 Page 1

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A 4
29 CFR 1915 Confined and Enclosed Spaces and Other
Dangerous Atmospheres in Shipyard
Employment
29 CFR 1919 Gear Certification
29 CFR 1926 Safety and Health Regulations for
Construction
29 CFR 1926.500 Fall Protection
1.2 SUBMITTALS
The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Accident Prevention Plan (APR)
Activity Hazard Analysis (AHA)
Crane Critical Lift Plan
Crane Work Plan
Proof of qualifications for Crane Operators
SD-06 Test Reports
Reports
Submit reports as their incidence occurs, in accordance with the
requirements of the paragraph entitled, "Reports."
Accident Reports
Monthly Exposure Reports
Regulatory Citations and Violations
Crane Reports
SD-07 Certificates
Confined Space Entry Permit
Certificate of Compliance (Crane)
Third Party Certification of Barge -Mounted Mobile Cranes
Submit one copy of each permit/certificate attached to each Daily
Report.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
a. Associate Safety Professional (ASP). An individual who is currently
certified by the Board of Certified Safety Professionals.
SECTION 01 35 29 Page 2

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
b. Certified Construction Health & Safety Technician (CHST). An
individual who is currently certified as a CHST by the Board of
Certified Safety Professionals.
c. Certified Industrial Hygienist (CIH). An individual who is currently
certified as a CIH by the American Board of Industrial Hygiene.
d. Certified Safety Professional (CSP). An individual who is currently
certified as a CSP by the Board of Certified Safety Professionals.
e. Certified Safety Trained Supervisor (STS). An individual who is
currently certified as an STS by the Board of Certified Safety
Professionals.
f. Competent Person for Fall Protection. A person who is cabable of
identifying hazardous or dangerous conditions in the personal fall
arrest system or any component thereof, as well as their application
and use with related equipment, and has the authority to take prompt
corrective measures to eliminate the hazards of falling.
g. High Visibility Accident. Any mishap which may generate publicity
and/or high visibility.
h. Low -slope roof. A roof having a slope less than or equal to 9 in
12 (vertical to horizontal).
i. Medical Treatment. Treatment administered by a physician or by
registered professional personnel under the standing orders of a
physician. Medical treatment does not include first aid treatment even
through provided by a physician or registered personnel.
j. Multi -Employer Work Site (MEWS). A multi -employer work site, as
defined by OSHA, is one in which many employers occupy the same site.
The Government considers the Prime Contractor to be the "controlling
authority" for all work site safety and health of the subcontractors.
k. Operating Envelope. The area surrounding any crane. Inside this
"envelope" is the crane, the operator, riggers, rigging gear between
the hook and the load, the load and the crane's supporting structure
(ground, rail, etc.).
1. Qualified Person for Fall Protection. A person with a recognized
degree or professional certifictae, extensive knowledge, training and
experience in the field of fall protection who is capable of performing
design, analysis, and evaluation of fall protection systems and
equipment.
M. Recordable Injuries or Illnesses. Any work -related injury or
illness that results in:
'
(1) Death, regardless of the time between the injury and death,
or the length of the illness;
'
(2) Days away from work;
(3) Restricted work;
(4) Transfer to another job;
' SECTION O1 35 29 Page 3

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
(5) Medical treatment beyond first aid;
(6) Loss of consciousness; or
(7) A significant injury or illness diagnosed by a physician or
other licensed health care professional, even if it did not result
in (1) through (6) above.
n. Site Safety and Health Officer (SSHO). The superintendent or
other qualified or competent person who is responsible for the on -site
safety and health required for the project. The Contractor quality
control (QC) person cannot be the SSHO, even though the QC has safety
inspection responsibilities as part of the QC duties.
o. Steep roof. A roof having a slope greater than 4 in 12 (vertical
to horizontal).
P. "USACE" property and equipment specified in USACE EM 385-1-1
should be interpreted as Government property and equipment.
q. Weight Handling Equipment (WHE) Accident. A WHE accident occurs
when any one or more of the six elements in the operating envelope
fails to perform correctly during operation, including operation during
maintenance or testing resulting in personnel injury or death; material
or equipment damage; dropped load; derailment; two -blocking; overload;
and collision, including unplanned contact between the load, crane,
and/or other objects. A dropped load, derailment, two -blocking,
overload and collision are considered accidents even though no material
damage or injury occurs. A component failure (e.g., motor burnout,
gear tooth failure, bearing failure) is not considered an accident
solely due to material or equipment damage unless the component failure
results in damage to other components (e.g., dropped boom, dropped
load, roll over, etc.).
1.4 CONTRACTOR SAFETY SELF -EVALUATION CHECKLIST
Contracting Officer will provide a "Contractor Safety Self -Evaluation
checklist" to the Contractor at the pre -construction conference. The
checklist will be completed monthly by the Contractor and submitted with
each request for payment voucher. An acceptable score of 90 or greater is
required. Failure to submit the completed safety self -evaluation checklist
or achieve a score of at least 90, will result in a retention of up to 10
percent of the voucher.
1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
In addition to the detailed requirements included in the provisions of this
contract, work performed shall comply with USACE EM 385-1-1, and the
following laws, ordinances, criteria, rules and regulations. Submit
matters of interpretation of standards to the appropriate administrative
agency for resolution before starting work. Where the requirements of this
specification, applicable laws, criteria, ordinances, regulations, and
referenced documents vary, the most stringent requirements shall apply.
1.6 DRUG PREVENTION PROGRAM
Conduct a proactive drug and alcohol use prevention program for all
workers, prime and subcontractor, on the site. Ensure that no employee
H
1
1
1
H
1
1
C
t
1
SECTION 01 35 29 Page 4

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
uses illegal drugs or consumes alcohol during work hours. Ensure there are
no employees under the influence of drugs or alcohol during work hours.
After accidents, collect blood, urine, or saliva specimens and test the
injured and involved employees for the influence of drugs and alcohol. A
copy of the test shall be made available to the Contracting Officer upon
request.
1.7 SITE QUALIFICATIONS, DUTIES AND MEETINGS
1.7.1 Personnel Qualifications
Work performed under this contract shall meet Level 2.
1.7.1.1 Site Safety and Health Officer (SSHO)
Site Safety and Health Officer (SSHO) shall be provided at the work site at
all times to perform safety and occupational health management,
surveillance, inspections, and safety enforcement for the Contractor. The
SSHO shall meet the following requirements:
Level 1:
Worked on similar projects.
10-hour OSHA construction safety class or equivalent within last 3
years.
Competent person training as needed.
Level 2:
A minimum of 3 years safety.work on similar project.
30-hour OSHA construction safety class or equivalent within last 3
years.
Competent person training as needed.
Level 3:
A minimum of 5 years safety work on similar projects.
30-hour OSHA construction safety class or equivalent within the
last 5 years.
An average of at least 24 hours of formal safety training each
year for the past 5 years.
Competent person training as needed.
Level 9:
A minimum of 10 years safety work of a progressive nature with at
least 5 years of experience on similar projects.
30-hour OSHA construction safety class or equivalent within the
last 5 years.
An average of at least 24 hours of formal safety training each
year for the past 5 years with training for competent person
status for at least the following areas of competency: Excavation;
Scaffolding; Fall protection; Hazardous energy; Confined space;
Health hazard recognition, evaluation and control of chemical,
physical and biological agents; Personal protective equipment and
clothing to include selection, use and maintenance.
Level 5:
An Associate Safety Professional (ASP), Certified Safety Trained
SECTION O1 35 29 Page 5

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
Supervisor (STS) and/or Construction Health & Safety Technician
(CHST).
A minimum of 10 years safety work of a progressive nature with at
least 5 years of experience on similar projects.
30-hour OSHA construction safety class or equivalent within the
last 5 years.
An average of at least 24 hours of formal safety training each
year for the past 5 years with training for competent person
status for at least the following areas of competency: Excavation;
Scaffolding; Fall protection; Hazardous energy; Confined space;
Health hazard recognition, evaluation and control of chemical,
-
physical and biological agents; Personal protective equipment and
clothing to include selection, use and maintenance.
Level 6: A
Certified Safety Professional (CSP) and/or Certified Industrial
Hygienist (CIH).
A minimum of 10 years safety work of a progressive nature with at
least 5 years of experience on similar projects.
30-hour OSHA construction safety class or equivalent within the
last 5 years.
An average of at least 24 hours of formal safety training each
year for the past 5 years with training for competent person
status for at least the following areas of competency: Excavation;
Scaffolding; Fall protection; Hazardous energy; Confined space;
Health hazard recognition, evaluation and control of chemical,
physical and biological agents; Personal protective equipment and
clothing to include selection, use and maintenance.
1.7.1.2 Certified Safety Professional (CSP) and/or Certified Industrial
hygienist (CIH)
Provide a Certified Safety Professional (CSP) and/or Certified Industrial
Hygienist (CIH) at the work site to perform safety and occupational health
management, surveillance, inspections, and safety enforcement for the
Contractor. The CSP and/or CIH shall be the safety and occupational health
"competent person" as defined by OSACE EM 385-1-1. The CSP and/or CIH
shall have no other duties than safety and occupational health management,
inspections, and/or industrial hygiene.
1.7.1.3 Associate Safety professional (ASP), Certified Safety Trained
Supervisor (STS) and/or Construction Health and Safety Technician (CHST).
Provide an Associate Safety Professional (ASP); Certified Safety Trained
Supervisor (STS); and/or Construction Health & Safety Technician (CHST) at
the work site to perform safety management, surveillance, inspections, and
safety enforcement for the Contractor to meet the designated safety level
in paragraph 1.6.1. The ASP, STS, and/or CHST shall be the safety and
occupational health "competent person" as defined by OSACE EM 385-1-1. The
ASP, STS, and/or CHST shall be at the work site at all times whenever work
or testing is being performed and shall conduct and document daily safety
inspections. The ASP, STS, and/or CHST shall have no other duties other
than safety and occupational health management, inspections, and
enforcement on this contract.
1.7.1.4 Competent Person for Confined Space Entry
Provide a competent person meeting the requirements of EM 385-1-1 who is
assigned in writing by the Designated Authority to assess confined spaces
F
1
.,I
1
U
t
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION O1 35 29 Page 6

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
and who possesses demonstrated knowledge, skill and ability to:
a. Identify the structure, location, and designation of confined and
permit -required confined spaces where work is done;
b. Calibrate and use testing equipment including but not limited to,
oxygen indicators, combustible gas indicators, carbon monoxide
indicators, and carbon dioxide indicators, and to interpret accurately
the test results of that equipment;
C. Perform all required tests and inspections specified in
29 CFR 1910.146 and 29 CFR 1915 Subpart B;
d. Assess hazardous conditions including atmospheric hazards in
confined space and adjacent spaces and specify the necessary protection
and precautions to be taken;
e. Determine ventilation requirements for confined space entries and
operations;
f. Assess hazards associated with hot work in confined and adjacent
space and determine fire watch requirements; and,
g. Maintain records required
When the work involves marine operations that handle combustible or
hazardous materials, this qualified person shall be a NFPA certified marine
chemist.
1.1.1.5 Competent Person for the Health Hazard Control and Respiratory
Protection Program
Provide a competent person meeting the requirements of EM 385-1-1 who is:
a. Capable by education, specialized training and/or experience of
anticipating, recognizing, and evaluating employee exposure to
hazardous chemical, physical and biological agents in accordance with
USACE EM 385-1-1, Section 6.
b. Capable of spe cifying necessary controls and protective actions
to ensure worker health.
1.7.1.6 Crane Operators
Crane operators shall meet the requirements in USACE EM 385-1-1, Section 16
and Appendix G. In addition, for mobile cranes with Original Equipment
Manufacturer (OEM) rated capacitates of 50,000 pounds or greater, crane
operators shall be designated as qualified by a source that qualifies crane
operators (i.e., union, a government agency, or an organization that tests
and qualifies crane operators). Proof of current qualifications shall be
provided.
1.7.2 Personnel Duties
1.7.2.1 Site Safety and Health Officer (SSHO)/Superintendent
a. Conduct daily safety and health inspections and maintain a written
log which includes area/operation inspected, date of inspection,
identified hazards, recommended corrective actions, estimated and
SECTION O1 35 29 Page 7

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A i
actual dates of corrections. Safety inspection logs shall be attached
to the Contractors' daily report.
b. Conduct mishap investigations and complete required reports.
Maintain the OSHA Form 300 and Daily Production reports for prime and
sub -contractors.
C. Maintain applicable safety reference material on the job site.
d. Attend the pre -construction conference, pre -work meetings including
preparatory inspection meeting, and periodic in -progress meetings.
e. Implement and enforce accepted APPS and AHAs.
f. Maintain a safety and health deficiency tracking system that
monitors outstanding deficiencies until resolution. A list of
unresolved safety and health deficiencies shall be posted on the safety
bulletin board.
g. Ensure sub -contractor compliance with safety and health
requirements.
Failure to perform the above duties will result in dismissal of the
superintendent and/or SSHO, and a project work stoppage. The project work
stoppage will remain in effect pending approval of a suitable replacement.
1.7.2.2 Certified Safety Professional (CSP), Certified Industrial Hygienist
(CIH), Associate Safety Professional (ASP), Certified Safety Trained
Supervisor (STS), and/or. Certified Construction Health & Safety Technician
(CHST)
a. Perform safety and occupational health management, surveillance,
inspections, and safety enforcement for the project.
b. Perform as the safety and occupational health "competent person"
as defined by USACE EM 385-1-1.
C. Be on site whenever work or testing is being performed.
d. Conduct and document safety inspections.
e. Shall have no other duties other than safety and occupational
health management, inspections, and enforcement on this contract.
If the CSP, CIH, ASP, STS, CHST is appointed as the SSHO all duties of that
position shall also be performed.
1.7.3 Meetings
1.7.3.1 Preconstruction Conference
a. The Contractor will be informed, in writing, of the date of the
preconstruction conference. The purpose of the preconstruction
conference is for the Contractor and the Contracting Officer's
representatives to become acquainted and explain the functions and
operating procedures of their respective organizations and to reach
mutual understanding relative to the administration of the overall
project's Accident Prevention Plan (APP) before the initiation of work.
SECTION O1 35 29 Page 8

tMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
b. Contractor representatives who have a responsibility or significant
role in accident prevention on the project shall attend the
preconstruction conference. This includes the project superintendent,
site safety and health officer, quality control supervisor, or any
other assigned safety and health professionals who participated in the
development of the APP (including the Activity Hazard Analyses (AHAs)
and special plans, program and procedures associated with it).
c. The Contractor shall discuss the details of the submitted APP to
include incorporated plans, programs, procedures and a listing of
' anticipated AHAs that will be developed and implemented during the
performance of the contract. This list of proposed AHAs will be
reviewed at the conference and an agreement will be reached between the
' Contractor and the Contracting Officer's representative as to which
phases will require an analysis. In addition, a schedule for the
preparation, submittal, review, and acceptance of AHAs shall be
established to preclude project delays.
' d. Deficiencies in the submitted APP will be brought to the attention
of the Contractor at the preconstruction conference, and the Contractor
shall revise the plan to correct deficiencies and re -submit it for
' acceptance. Work shall not begin until there is an accepted APP.
e. The functions of a Preconstruction conference may take place at the
Post-Awgrd Kickoff meeting for Design Build Contracts.
1.7.3.2 Weekly Safety Meetings
Conduct weekly safety meetings at the project site for all employees. The
Contracting Officer will be informed of the meeting in advance and be
allowed attendance. Minutes showing contract title, signatures of
attendees and a list of topics discussed shall be attached to the
' Contractors' daily report.
1.7.3.3 Work Phase Meetings
The appropriate AHA shall be reviewed and attendance documented by the
Contractor at the preparatory, initial, and follow-up phases of quality
control inspection. The analysis should be used during daily inspections to
' ensure the implementation and effectiveness of safety and health controls.
1.8 TRAINING
' 1.8.1 New Employee Indoctrination
New employees (prime and sub -contractor) will be informed of specific site
hazards before they begin work. Documentation of this orientation shall be
' kept on file at the project site.
1.8.2 Periodic Training
Provide Safety and Health Training in accordance with USACE EM 385-1-1 and
the accepted APP. Ensure all required training has been accomplished for
all onsite employees.
' 1.8.3 Training on Activity Hazard Analysis (AHA)
Prior to beginning a new phase, training will be provided to all affected
' employees to include a review of the AHA to be implemented.
' SECTION O1 35 29 Page 9

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A '
1.9 ACCIDENT PREVENTION PLAN (APP)
The Contractor shall use a qualified person to prepare the written
site -specific APP. Prepare the APP in accordance with the format and
requirements of USACE EM 385-1-1 and as supplemented herein. Cover all
paragraph and subparagraph elements in USACE EM 385-1-1, Appendix A,
"Minimum Basic Outline for Preparation of Accident Prevention Plan". Where
a paragraph or subparagraph element is not applicable to the work to be
performed indicate "Not Applicable" next to the heading. Specific
requirements for some of the APP elements are described below at paragraph
1.8.1. The APP shall be job -specific and shall address any unusual or
unique aspects of the project or activity for which it is written. The APP
shall interface with the Contractor's overall safety and health program.
Any portions of the Contractor's overall safety and health program
referenced in the APP shall be included in the applicable APP element and
made site -specific. The Government considers the Prime Contractor to be the
"controlling authority" for all work site safety and health of the
subcontractors. Contractors are responsible for informing their
subcontractors of the safety provisions under the terms of the contract and
the penalties for noncompliance, coordinating the work to prevent one craft
from interfering with or creating hazardous working conditions for other
crafts, and inspecting subcontractor operations to ensure that accident
prevention responsibilities are being carried out. The APP shall be signed
by the person and firm (senior person) preparing the APP, the Contractor,
the on -site superintendent, the designated site safety and health officer
and any designated CSP and/or CIH.
Submit the APP to the Contracting Officer 15 calendar days prior to the
date of the preconstruction conference for acceptance. Work cannot proceed
without an accepted APP. The Contracting Officer reviews and comments on
the Contractor's submitted APP and accepts it when it meets the
requirements of the contract provisions.
Once accepted by the Contracting Officer, the APP and attachments will be
enforced as part of the contract. Disregarding the provisions of this
contract or the accepted APP will be cause for stopping of work, at the
discretion of the Contracting Officer, until the matter has been rectified
Once work begins, changes to the accepted APP shall be made with the
knowledge and concurrence of the Contracting Officer, project
superintendent, SSHO and quality control manager. Should any unforeseen
hazard become evident during the performance of work, the project
superintendent shall inform the Contracting Officer, both verbally and in
writing, for resolution as soon as possible. In the interim, all necessary
action shall be taken by the Contractor to restore and maintain safe
working conditions in order to safeguard onsite personnel, visitors, the
public, and the environment.
Copies of the accepted plan will be maintained at the resident engineer's
office and at the job site. The APP shall be continuously reviewed and
amended, as necessary, throughout the life of the contract. Unusual or
high -hazard activities not identified in the original APP shall be
incorporated in the plan as they are discovered.
1.9.1 EM 385-1-1 Contents
In addition to the requirements outlines in Appendix A of USACE EM 385-1-1,
the following is required:
SECTION O1 35 29 Page 10

' MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel 6 India Co. CL0701A
a. Names and qualifications (resumes including education, training,
experience and certifications) of all site safety and health personnel
designated to perform work on this project to include the designated
site safety and health officer and other competent and qualified
personnel to be used such as CSPs, CIHs, STSs, CHSTs. The duties of
each position shall be specified.
b. Qualifications of competent and of qualified persons. As a
minimum, competent persons shall be designated and qualifications
submitted for each of the following major areas: excavation;
scaffolding; fall protection; hazardous energy; confined space; health
hazard recognition, evaluation and control of chemical, physical and
biological agents; personal protective equipment and clothing to
include selection, use and maintenance.
C. Confined Space Entry Plan. Develop a confined space entry plan in
accordance with USACE EM 385-1-1, applicable OSHA standards 29 CFR 1910,
29 CFR 1915, and 29 CFR 1926, and any other federal, state and local
regulatory requirements identified in this contract. Identify the
qualified person's name and qualifications, training, and experience.
Delineate the qualified person's authority to direct work stoppage in
the event of hazardous conditions. Include procedure for rescue by
contractor personnel and the coordination with emergency responders.
(If there is no confined space work, include a statement that no
confined space work exists and none will be created.)
d. Health Hazard Control Program. The Contractor shall designate a
competent and qualified person to establish and oversee a Health Hazard
Control Program in accordance with USACE EM 385-1-1, Section 6. The
program shall ensure that employees, on -site Government
representatives, and others, are not adversely exposed to chemical,
physical and biological agents and that necessary controls and
protective actions are instituted to ensure health.
e. Crane Critical Lift Plan. Prepare and sign weight handling critical
lift plans for lifts over 75 percent of capacity of the crane or hoist
(or lifts over 50 percent of the capacity of a barge mounted movile
crane's hoists) at any radius of lift; lifts involving more thatn one
crane or hoist; lifts of personnel; and lifts involving more than
'
rigging or operation, sensitive equipment, or unusual safety risks.
The plan shall be submitted 15 calendar day6s prior to on -site work and
include the requirements of USACE EM 385-1-1, paragraph 16.c.18. and
the following:
(1) For lifts of personnel, the plan shall demonstrate compliance
with the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.500(g).
'
(2) For barge mounted mobile cranes, barge stability calculations
identifying barge list and trim based on anticipated loading; and
load charts based on calculated list and trim. Teh amount of list
1
and trim shall be within the crane manufacturer's requirements.
f. Alcohol and Drug Abuse Plan
1
(1) Describe plan for random checks and testing with
pre -employment screening in accordance with the DEAR Clause
subpart 252.223-7004, "Drug Free Work Force."
1
SECTION O1 35 29 Page 11

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A '
(2) Description of the on -site prevention program ,
g. Fall Protection and Prevention (FP&P) Plan. The plan shall be site
specific and address all fall hazards in the work place and during
'
different phases of construction. It shall address how to protect and
prevent workers from falling to lower levels when they are exposed to
fall hazards above 1.8 m (6 feet). A qualified person for fall
protection shall prepare and sign the plan. The plan shall include
'
fall protection and prevention systems, equipment and methods employed
for every phase of work, responsibilities, assisted rescue self -rescue
and evacuation procedures, training requirements, and monitoring
methods. Fall Protection and Prevention Plan shall be revised every
'
six months for lengthy projects, reflecting any changes during the
course of construction due to changes in personnel, equipment, systems
or work habits. The accepted Fall Protection and Prevention Plan shall
,
be kept and maintained at the job site for the duration of the project.
The Fall Protection Plan shall be included in the Accident Prevention
Plan (APP)
1
h. Training Records and Requirements. List of mandatory training and
certifications which are applicable to this project (e.g. explosive
actuated tools, confined space entry, fall protection, crane operation,
vehicle operator, forklift operators, personal protective equipment);
,
list of requiremetns for periodic retraining/certification; outline
requirements for supervisory and employee safety meetings.
'
i. Occupant Protection Plan. The safety and health aspects of
lead -based paint removal, prepared in accordance with Section 13281A
Lead Based Paint Hazard Abatement, Target Housing & Child Occupied
Facilities, 13283N Removal and Disposal of Lead Containig Paint.
'
j. Lead Compliance Plan. The safety and health aspects of lead work,
prepared in accordance with Section 13282N Lead in Construction.
'
k. Asbestos Hazard Abatement Plan. The safety and health aspects of
asbestos work, prepared in accordance with Section 13280A, Asbestos
Abatement, 13281N, "Engineering Control of Asbestos Containing
,
Materials"
1. Site Safety and Health Plan. The safety and health aspects prepared
in accordance with Section 01351A Safety Health and Emergency Response
'
(HTRW/UST).
M. PCB Plan. The safety and health aspects of Polychlorinated
Biphenyls work, prepared in accordance with Sections 13289N, "Removal
,
and Disposal of Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) and 13285N, "Removal
and Disposal of PCB Contaminated Soils)".
n. Site Demolition Plan. The safety and health aspects prepared in
,
accordance with Section 02220, Demolition" and referenced sources.
Include engineering survey as applicable.
'
o. Excavation Plan. The safety and health aspects prepared in
accordance with Section 02300, Earthwork.
P. Crane Work Plan. The contractor shall provide a crane work plan
'
to the Contracting Officer for acceptance. The crane work plan shall
include the specific model of each crane and a drawing identifying
their locations (exact), the dimensions, wheel sizes, number of wheels,
'
SECTION O1 35 29 Page 12
1

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
wheel spacing, tire pressure(s), number of axles, axle spacing, minimum
wheel load to be exerted during operatins and maximum outrigger load to
be exerted during operations. The Contractor shall allow at least 10
working days for acceptance/non-acceptance of the crane work plan. No
crane operations shall begin prior to written acceptance of the crane
plan by the Government. ROICC shall be the government approving
authority.
1.10 ACTIVITY HAZARD ANALYSIS (AHA)
The Activity Hazard Analysis (AHA) format shall be in accordance with OSACE
EM 385-1-1. Submit the AHA for review at least 15 calendar days prior to
the start of each phase. Format subsequent AHA as amendments to the APP.
An AHA will be developed by the Contractor for every operation involving a
type of work presenting hazards not experienced in previous project
operations or where a new work crew or subcontractor is to perform work.
The analysis must identify and evaluate hazards and outline the proposed
methods and techniques for the safe completion of each phase of work. At a
minimum, define activity being performed, sequence of work, specific safety
and health hazards anticipated, control measures (to include personal
protective equipment) to eliminate or reduce each hazard to acceptable
levels, equipment to be used, inspection requirements, training
requirements for all involved, and the competent person in charge of that
phase of work. For work with fall hazards, including fall hazards
associated with scaffold erection and removal, identify the appropriate
fall protection methods used. For work with materials handling equipment,
address safeguarding measures related to materials handling equipment. For
work requiring excavations, include requirements for safeguarding
excavations. An activity requiring an AHA shall not proceed until the AHA
has been accepted by the Contracting Officer's representative and a meeting
has been conducted by the Contractor to discuss its contents with everyone
engaged in the activity, including on -site Government representatives. The
Contractor shall document meeting attendance at the preparatory, initial,
and follow-up phases of quality control inspection. The AHA shall be
continuously reviewed and, when appropriate, modified to address changing
site conditions or operations. The analysis should be used during daily
inspections to ensure the implementation and effectiveness of the
activity's safety and health controls.
The AHA list will be reviewed periodically (at least monthly) at the
Contractor supervisory safety meeting and updated as necessary when
procedures, scheduling, or hazards change.
Activity hazard analyses shall be updated as necessary to provide an
effective response to changing work conditions and activities. The on -site
superintendent, site safety and health officer and competent persons used
to develop the AHAs, including updates, shall sign and date the AHAs before
they are implemented.
The activity hazard analyses shall be developed using the
project schedule
as the basis for the activities performed. Any activities
listed on the
'
project schedule will require an AHA. The AHAs will be developed
by the
contractor, supplier or subcontractor and provided t othe
prime contractor
for submittal to the Contracting Offficer.
'
1.11 DISPLAY OF SAFETY INFORMATION
Within 1 calendar days after commencement of work, erect a
safety bulletin
'
board at the job site. The following information shall be
displayed on the
SECTION O1 35 29 Page 13
'

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A ,
safety bulletin board in clear view of the on -site construction personnel,
maintained current, and protected against the elements and unauthorized
removal:
a. Map denoting the route to the nearest emergency care facility.
b. Emergency phone numbers.
C. Copy of the most up-to-date APP.
d. Current AHA(s).
e. OSHA 300A Form.
f. OSHA Safety and Health Protection -On -The -Job Poster.
g. Confined space entry permit.
h. Hot work permit.
i. A sign indicating the number of hours worked since last lost
workday accident.
j. Safety and Health Warning Posters.
1.12 SITE SAFETY REFERENCE MATERIALS
Maintain safety -related references applicable to the project, including
those listed in the article "References." Maintain applicable equipment
manufacturer's manuals.
1.13 EMERGENCY MEDICAL TREATMENT
Contractors will arrange for their own emergency medical treatment.
Government has no responsibility to provide emergency medical treatment.
1.14 REPORTS
1.14.1 Accident Reports
a. For recordable injuries and illnesses, and property damage
accidents resulting in at least $2,000 in damages, the Prime Contractor
shall conduct an accident investigation to establish the root cause(s)
of the accident, complete the Navy Contractor Significant Incident
Report (CSIR) form or USACE Accident Report Form 3394 and provide the
report to the Contracting Officer within 1 calendar day(s) of the
accident. The Contracting Officer will provide copies of any required
or special forms.
b. For a weight handling equipment accident (including rigging gear
accidents) the Prime Contractor shall conduct an accident investigation
to establish the root cause(s) of the accident, complete the WHE
Accident Report (Crane and Rigging Gear) form and provide the report to
the Contracting Officer within 30 calendar days of the accident. Crane
operations shall not proceed until cause is determined and corrective
actions have been implemented to the satisfaction of the Contracting
Officer. The Contracting Officer will provide a blank copy of the
accident report form.
SECTION O1 35 29 Page 14

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
1.14.2 Accident Notification
Notify the Contracting Officer as soon as practical, but not later than
four hours, after any accident meeting the definition of Recordable
Injuries or Illnesses or High Visibility Accidents, property damage equal
to or greater than $2,000, or any weight handling equipment accident.
Information shall include contractor name; contract title; type of
contract; name of activity, installation or location where accident
occurred; date and time of accident; names of personnel injured; extent of
property damage, if any; extent of injury, if known, and brief description
of accident (to include type of construction equipment used, PPE used,
etc.). Preserve the conditions and evidence on the accident site until the
Government investigation team arrives on site and Government investigation
is conducted.
1.14.3 Monthly Exposure Reports
Monthly exposure reporting to the Contracting Officer is required to be
attached to the monthly billing request. This report is a compilation of
employee -hours worked each month for all site workers, both prime and
subcontractor. The Contracting Officer will provide copies of any special
forms.
1.14.4 Regulatory Citations and Violations
Contact the Contracting Officer immediately of any OSHA or other regulatory
agency inspection or visit, and provide the Contracting Officer with a copy
of each citation, report, and contractor response. Correct violations and
citations promptly and provide written corrective actions to the
Contracting Officer.
1.14.5 Crane Reports
Submit crane inspection reports required in accordance with USACE EM 385-1-1,
Appendix H and as specified herein with Daily Reports of Inspections.
1.14.6 Certificate of Compliance
The Contractor shall provide a Certificate of Compliance for each crane
entering an activity under this contract (see Contracting Officer for a
blank certificate). Certificate shall state that the crane and rigging
gear meet applicable OSHA regulations (with the Contractor citing which
OSHA regulations are applicable, e.g., cranes used in construction,
demolition, or maintenance shall comply with 29 CFR 1926 and USACE
EM 385-1-1 section 16 and Appendix H. Certify on the Certificate of
Compliance that the crane operator(s) is qualified and trained in the
operation of the crane to be used. For cranes at DOD activities in foreign
countries, the Contractor shall certify that the crane and rigging gear
conform to the appropriate host country safety standards. The Contractor
shall also certify that all of its crane operators working on the DOD
activity have been trained in the proper use of all safety devices (e.g.,
anti -two block devices). These certifications shall be posted on the crane.
1.19.7 Third Party Certification of Barge -Mounted Mobile Cranes
Barge -mounted mobile cranes shall be certified in accordance with
29 CFR 1919 by an OSHA accredited person.
SECTION O1 35 29 Page 15

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
1.15 HOT WORK '
Prior to performing "Hot Work" (welding, cutting, etc.) or operating other
flame-producing/spark producing devices, a written permit shall be
requested from the Fire Division. CONTRACTORS ARE REQUIRED TO MEET ALL
CRITERIA BEFORE A PERMIT IS ISSUED. The Contractor will provide at least
two (2) twenty (20) pound 4A:20 BC rated extinguishers for normal "Hot
Work". All extinguishers shall be current inspection tagged, approved
safety pin and tamper resistant seal. It is also mandatory to have a
designated FIRE WATCH for any "Hot Work" done at this activity. The Fire
Watch shall be trained in accordance with NFPA 51B and remain on -site for a
minimum of 30 minutes after completion of the task or as specified on the
hot work permit.
a. Oil painting materials (paint, brushes, empty paint cans, etc.),
and all flammable liquids shall be removed from the facility at
quitting time. All painting materials and flammable liquids shall be
stored outside in a suitable metal locker or box and will require t
re -submittal with non -hazardous materials.
b. Accumulation of trays, paper, shavings, sawdust, boxes and other
packing materials shall be removed from the facility at the close of '
each workday and such material disposed of in the proper containers
located away from the facility.
C. The storage of combustible supplies shall be a safe distance from '
structures.
d. Area outside the facility undergoing work shall be cleaned of
trash, paper, or other discarded combustibles at the close of each
'
workday.
e. All portable electric devices (saws, sanders, compressors,
extension chord, lights, etc.) shall be disconnected at the close of
,
each workday. When possible, the main electric switch in the facility
shall be deactivated.
f. When starting work in the facility, Contractors shall require their
personnel to familiarize themselves with the location of the nearest
fire alarm boxes and place in memory the emergency phone number 911.
ANY FIRE, NO MATTER HOW SMALL, SHALL BE REPORTED IMMEDIATELY.
'
g. Obtain services from th FIRE DIVISION for "HOT WORK" within or
around flammable materials (such as fuel systems, welding/cutting on
fuel pipes) or confined spaces (such as sewer wet wells, manholes,
'
vaults, etc.) that have the potential for flammable or explosive
atmospheres.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
,
2.1 CONFINED SPACE SIGNAGE ,
The Contractor shall provide permanent signs integral to or securely
attached to access covers for all required confined spaces. Signs wording:
"DANGER--PERMIT-REQUIRED CONFINED SPACE - DO NOT ENTER -" in bold letters ,
a minimum of 25 mm(one inch) in height and constructed to be clearly
legible with all paint removed. The signal word "DANGER" shall be red and
readable from 1.52 m(5 feet). ,
SECTION O1 35 29 Page 16 1

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
1 2.2 FALL PROTECTION ANCHORAGE
Fall protection anchorage,
conforming
to ANSI Z359.1, installed under the
supervision of a qualified
person in
fall protection, shall be left in
place for continued customer use and
so identified by signage stating the
capacity of the anchorage
(strength and
number of persons who may be
tied -off to it at any one
time).
PART 3 EXECUTION
' 3.1 CONSTRUCTION AND/OR OTHER WORK
The Contractor shall comply with USACE EM 385-1-1, NFPA 241, the APP, the
AHA, Federal and/or State OSHA regulations, and other related submittals
and activity fire and safety regulations. The most stringent standard
shall prevail.
3.1.1 Hazardous Material Use
Each hazardous material must receive approval prior to being brought onto
the job site or prior to any other use in connection with this contract.
Allow a minimum of 10 working days for processing of the request for use of
a hazardous material. Any work or storage involving hazardous chemicals or
materials must be done in a manner that will not expose Government or
Contractor employees to any unsafe or unhealthful conditions. Adequate
' protective measures must be taken to prevent Government or Contractor
employees from being exposed to any hazardous condition that could result
from the work or storage. The Prime Contractor shall keep a complete
inventory of hazardous materials brought onto the work -site. Approval by
the Contracting Officer of protective measures and storage area is required
prior to the start of the work.
' 3.1.2 Hazardous Material Exclusions
Notwithstanding any other hazardous material used in this contract,
radioactive materials or instruments capable of producing
' ionizing/non-ionizing radiation (with the exception of radioactive material
and devices used in accordance with USACE EM 385-1-1 such as nuclear
density meters for compaction testing and laboratory equipment with
radioactive sources) as well as materials which contain asbestos, mercury
or polychlorinated biphenyls, di-isocynates, lead -based paint are
prohibited. The Contracting Officer, upon written request by the
Contractor, may consider exceptions to the use of any of the above excluded
materials.
3.1.3 Unforeseen Hazardous Material
The design should have identified materials such as PCB, lead paint, and
friable and non -friable asbestos. If additional material, not indicated,
that may be hazardous to human health upon disturbance during construction
operations is encountered, stop that portion of work and notify the
Contracting Officer immediately. Within 14 calendar days the Government
will determine if the material is hazardous. If material is not hazardous
or poses no danger, the Government will direct the Contractor to proceed
' without change. If material is hazardous and handling of the material is
necessary to accomplish the work, the Government will issue a modification
pursuant to "FAR 52.243-4, Changes" and "FAR 52.236-2, Differing Site
Conditions."
1
SECTION O1 35 29 Page 17

'
MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel 6 India Co. CL0701A
3.2 PRE -OUTAGE COORDINATION MEETING
,
Contractors are required to apply for utility outages at least 15 days in
advance. As a minimum, the request should include the location of the
'
outage, utilities being affected, duration of outage and any necessary
sketches. Special requirements for electrical outage requests are
contained elsewhere in this specification section. Once approved, and
prior to beginning work on the utility system requiring shut down, the
Contractor shall attend a pre -outage coordination meeting with the
Contracting Officer to review the scope of work and the lock-out/tag-out
procedures for worker protection. No work will be performed on energized
electrical circuits unless proof is provided that no other means exist.
,
3.3 FALL HAZARD PROTECTION AND PREVENTION
'
The Contractor shall establish a fall protection and prevention program,
for the protection of all employees exposed to fall hazards. The program
shall include company policy, identify responsibilities, education and
training requirements, fall hazard identification, prevention and control
,
measures, inspection, storage, care and maintenance of fall protection
equipment and rescue and escape procedures.
3.3.1 Training
,
The Contractor shall institute a fall protection training program. As part
of the Fall Hazard Protection and Prevention Program, the Contractor shall
'
provide training for each employee who might be exposed to fall hazards. A
competent person for fall protection shall provide the training. Training
requirements shall be in accordance with USACE EM 385-1-1, section 21.A.16.
'
3.3.2 Fall Protection Equipment
The Contractor shall enforce use of the fall protection equipment '
designated for each specific work activity in the Fall Protection and
Prevention Plan and/or AHA at all times when an employee is on a surface
1.8 m(6 feet) or more above lower levels. Fall protection systems such as
guardrails, personnel fall arrest system, safety nets, etc., are required '
when working within 1.8m (6 feet) of any leading edge. In addition to the
required fall protection systems, safety skiff, personal floatation
devices, life rings etc., are required when working above or next to water ,
in accordance with USACE EM 385-1-1, paragraphs 05.I. and 05.J. Personal
fall arrest systems are required when working from an articulating or
extendible boom, swing stages, or suspended platform. In addition,
personal fall arrest systems may be required when operating other equipment '
such as scissor lifts if the work platform is capable of being positioned
outside the wheelbase. The need for tying -off in such equipment is to
prevent ejection of the employee from the equipment during raising,
lowering, or travel. Fall protection must comply with 29 CFR 1926.500, '
Subpart M and USACE EM 385-1-1.
3.3.2.1 Personal Fall Arrest Equipment
Personal fall arrest equipment, systems, subsystems, and components shall
meet ANSI Z359.1. Only a full -body harness with a shock -absorbing lanyard
or self -retracting lanyard is an acceptable personal fall arrest device. '
Body belts may only be used as a positioning device system (for uses such
as steel reinforcing assembly and in addition to an approved fall arrest
system). Harnesses shall have a fall arrest attachment affixed to the body
support (usually a Dorsal D-ring) and specifically designated for ,
SECTION 01 35 29 Page 18 ,

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
attachment to the rest of the system. Only locking snap hooks and
carabiners shall be used. Webbing, straps, and ropes shall be made of
synthetic fiber. The maximum free fall distance when using fall arrest
equipment shall not exceed 1.8 m (6 feet). The total fall distance and any
swinging of the worker (pendulum -like motion) that can occur during a fall
shall always be taken into consideration when attaching a person to a fall
arrest system.
3.3.3 Fall Protection for Roofing Work
Fall protection controls shall be implemented based on the type of roof
being constructed and work being performed. The roof area to be accessed
shall be evaluated for its structural integrity including weight -bearing
capabilities for the projected loading.
a. Low Sloped Roofs:
(1) For work within 1.8 m (6 feet) of an edge, on low -slope
roofs, personnel shall be protected from falling by use of
personal fall arrest systems, guardrails, or safety nets. A
safety monitoring system is not adequate fall protection and is
not authorized.
(2) For work greater than 1.8 m (6 feet) from an edge, warning
lines shall be erected and installed in accordance with
29 CFR 1926.500 and USACE EM 385-1-1.
b. Steep Roofs: Work on steep roofs requires a personal fall arrest
system, guardrails with toe -boards, or safety nets. This requirement
also includes residential or housing type construction.
3.3.4 Safety Nets
If safety nets are used as the selected fall protection system on the
project, they shall be provided at unguarded workplaces, leading edge work
or when working over water, machinery, dangerous operations and or other
surfaces where the use of ladders, scaffolds, catch platforms, temporary
floors, fall arrest systems or restraint/positioning systems are
impractical. Safety nets shall be tested immediately after installation
with a drop test of 181.4 kg (400 pounds) dropped from the same elevation a
person might fall, and every six months thereafter.
3.3.5 Existing Anchorage
Existing anchorages, to be used for attachment of personal fall arrest
equipment, shall be certified (or re -certified) by a qualified person for
fall protection in accordance with ANSI Z359.1. Exiting horizontal
lifeline achorages shall be certified (or re -certified) by a registered
professional engineer with experience in designing horizontal lifeline
systems.
3.3.6 Horizontal Lifelines
Horizontal lifelines shall be designed, installed, certified and used under
the supervision of a qualified person for fall protection as part of a
complete fall arrest system which maintains a safety factor of 2
29 CFR 1926.500).
SECTION O1 35 29 Page 19

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A '
3.3.7 Guardrail Systems
Guardrails shall consist of top and mid -rails, post and toe boards. The
top edge height of standard railing must be 42 inches plus or minus 3
inches above the walking/working level. When mid -rails are used, they must
be installed at a height midway between the top edge of the guardrail
system and the walking/working level. Posts shall be placed no more than 8
feet apart (29 CFR 1926.500 and USACE EM 385-1-1).
3.3.8 Rescue and Evacuation Procedures
When personal fall arrest systems are used, the contracator must ensure
that the mishap victim can self -rescue or can be rescued promptly should a
fall occur. A Rescue and Evacuation Plan shall be prepared by the
contractor and include a detailed discussion of the following: methods of
rescue; methods of self -rescue; equipment used; training requirement;
specialized training for the rescuers; procedures for requesting rescue and
medical assistance; and transportation routes to a medical facility. The
Rescue and Evaluation Plan shall be included in the Activity Hazard
Analysis (AHA) for the phase of work, in the Fall Protection and Prevention
(FP&P) Plan, and the Accident Prevention Plan (APP).
3.4 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
All personnel who enter a construction site area shall wear Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) at all times as outlined in the EM 385 1-1. In
addition to the requirements of the EM 385 1-1, Safety Glasses
(ANSI Z87.1) and High -Visibility Apparel (ANSI 107-2004 Performance Class
II, Shirt or Vest) will be worn at all times on construction sites.
Hearing protection is required in noise hazard areas or when performing
noise hazard tasks. Mandatory PPE on all construction sites includes:
a. Hard Hats
b. Safety Glasses
C. High -Visibility Shirt or Vest
d. Safety -Toed Shoes or Boots
3.5 SCAFFOLDING
Employees shall be provided with a safe means of access to the work area on
the scaffold. Climbing of any scaffold braces or supports not specifically
designed for access is prohibited. Access to scaffold platforms greater
than 6 m (20 feet) in height shall be accessed by use of a scaffold stair
system. Vertical ladders commonly provided by scaffold system
manufacturers shall not be used for accessing scaffold platforms greater
than 6 m (20 feet) in height. The use of an adequate gate is required.
Contractor shall ensure that employees are qualified to perform scaffold
erection and dismantling. Do not use scaffold without the capability of
supporting at least four times the maximum intended load or without
appropriate fall protection as delineated in the accepted fall protection
and prevention plan. Stationary scaffolds must be attached to structural
building components to safeguard against tipping forward or backward.
Special care shall be given to ensure scaffold systems are not overloaded.
Side brackets used to extend scaffold platforms on self -supported scaffold
systems for the storage of material is prohibited. The first tie-in shall
be at the height equal to 4 times the width of the smallest dimension of
the scaffold base. Work platforms shall be placed on mud sills. Scaffold
or work platform erectors shall have fall protection during the erection
and dismantling of scaffolding or work platforms that are more than six
SECTION 01 35 29 Page 20

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
feet. Delineate fall protection requirements when working above six feet
or above dangerous operations in the Fall Protection and Prevention (FP&P)
Plan and Activity Hazard Analysis (AHA) for the phase of work.
' 3.5.1 Stilts
The use of stilts for gaining additional height in construction,
renovation, repair or maintenance work is prohibited.
3.6 EQUIPMENT
3.6.1 Material Handling Equipment
a. Material handling equipment such as forklifts shall not be modified
with work platform attachments for supporting employees unless
specifically delineated in the manufacturer's printed operating
instructions.
b. The use of hooks on equipment for lifting of material must be in
accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions.
C. Operators of forklifts or power industrial trucks shall be
licensed in accordance with OSHA.
3.6.2 Weight Handling Equipment
a. Cranes must be equipped with:
' (1) Load indicating devices (LIDS) and a boom angle or radius
indicator,
(2) or load moment indicating devices (LMIs).
(3) Anti -two block prevention devices.
(4) Boom hoist hydraulic relief valve, disconnect, or shutoff
(stops hoist when boom reaches a predetermined high angle).
(5) Boom length indicator (for telescoping booms).
(6) Device to prevent uncontrolled lowering of a telescoping
hydraulic boom.
(7) Device to prevent uncontrolled retraction of a telescoping
hydraulic boom.
b. The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer 15 days in
' advance of any cranes entering the activity so that necessary quality
assurance spot checks can be coordinated. Contractor's operator shall
remain with the crane during the spot check.
C. The Contractor shall comply with the crane manufacturer's
specifications and limitations for erection and operation of cranes and
hoists used in support of the work. Erection shall be performed under
' the supervision of a designated person (as defined in ASME B30.5). All
testing shall be performed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommended procedures.
' d. The Contractor shall comply with ASME B30.5 for mobile and
SECTION O1 35 29 Page 21

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A ,
locomotive cranes, ASME B30.22 for articulating boom cranes, ASME B30.3
for construction tower cranes, and ASME B30.8 for floating cranes and
floating derricks.
e. The presence of Government personnel does not relieve the
Contractor of an obligation to comply with all applicable safety
regulations. The Government will investigate all complaints of unsafe
or unhealthful working conditions received in writing from contractor
employees, federal civilian employees, or military personnel.
f. Each load shall be rigged/attached independently to the
hook/master-link in such a fashion that the load cannot slide or
otherwise become detached. Christmas -tree lifting (multiple rigged
materials) is not allowed.
g. Under no circumstance shall a Contractor make a lift at or above
90% of the cranes rated capacity in any configuration.
h. When operating in the vicinity of overhead transmission lines,
operators and riggers shall be alert to this special hazard and shall
follow the requirements of USACE EM 385-1-1 section 11 and ASME 830.5
or ASME B30.22 as applicable.
i. Crane suspended personnel work platforms (baskets) shall not be
used unless the Contractor proves that using any other access to the
work location would provide a greater hazard to the workers or is
impossible. Personnel shall not be lifted with a line hoist or
friction crane.
j. A fire extinguisher having a minimum rating of 10BC and a minimum
nominal capacity of 51b of extinguishing agent shall be available at
all operator stations or crane cabs. Portable fire extinguishers shall
be inspected, maintained, and recharged as specified in NFPA 10,
Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers.
k. All employees shall be kept clear of loads about to be lifted and
of suspended loads.
1. A weight handling equipment operator shall not leave his position
at the controls while a load is suspended.
M. The Contractor shall use cribbing when performing lifts on
outriggers.
n. The crane hook/block must be positioned directly over the load.
Side loading of the crane is prohibited.
o. A physical barricade must be positioned to prevent personnel from
entering the counterweight swing (tail swing) area of the crane.
p. A substantial and durable rating chart containing legible letters
and figures shall be provided with each crane and securely mounted onto
the crane cab in a location allowing easy reading by the operator while
seated in the control station.
q. Certification records which include the date of inspection,
signature of the person performing the inspection, and the serial
number or other identifier of the crane that was inspected shall always
be available for review by Contracting Officer personnel.
SECTION O1 35 29 Page 22

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
r. Written reports listing the load test procedures used along with
any repairs or alterations performed on the crane shall be available
for review by Contracting Officer personnel.
S. The Contractor shall certify that all crane operators have been
trained in proper use of all safety devices (e.g. anti -two block
devices).
3.6.3 Equipment and Mechanized Equipment
a. Equipment shall be operated by designated qualified operators.
Proof of qualifications shall be kept on the project site for review.
b. Manufacture specifications or owner's manual for the equipment
shall be on site and reviewed for additional safety precautions or
requirements that are sometimes not identified by OSHA or USACE
EM 385-1-1. Such additional safety precautions or requirements shall
be incorporated into the AHAs.
C. Equipment and mechanized equipment shall be inspected in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for safe operation by a
competent person prior to being placed into use.
d. Daily checks or tests shall be conducted and documented on
equipment and mechanized equipment by designated competent persons.
3.7 EXCAVATIONS
The competent person for excavations performed as a result of contract work
shall be on -site when excavation work is being performed, and shall
inspect, and document the excavations daily prior to entry by workers. The
competent person must evaluate all hazards, including atmospheric, that may
be associated with the work, and shall have the resources necessary to
correct hazards promptly. The competent person shall perform soil
classification in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.
1 3.7.1 Utility Locations
Prior to digging, the appropriate digging permit must be obtained. All
underground utilities in the work area must be positively identified by a
private utility locating service in addition to any station locating
service and coordinated with the station utility department. Any markings
made during the utility investigation must be maintained throughout the
contract.
3.7.2 Utility Location Verification
The Contractor must physically verify underground utility locations by hand
digging using wood or fiberglass handled tools when any adjacent
construction work is expected to come within three feet of the underground
system. Digging within .061 m (2 feet) of a known utility must not be
performed by means of mechanical equipment; hand digging shall be used. If
construction is parallel to an existing utility the utility shall be
exposed by hand digging every 30.5 m (100 feet) if parallel within 1.5 m (5
feet) of the excavation.
SECTION 01 35 29 Page 23

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A I
3.7.3 Utilities with Concrete Slabs
Utilities located within concrete slabs or pier decks, bridges, and the
like are extremely difficult to identify. The location must be coordinated
with station utility departments in addition to a private locating service.
Outages on system utilities shall be used in circumstances where concrete
chipping, saw cutting, or core drilling is required and utilities are
unable to be completely identified.
3.7.4 Shoring Systems
Trench and shoring systems must be identified in the accepted safety plan
and AHA. Manufacture tabulated data and specifications or registered
engineer tabulated data for shoring or benching systems shall be readily
available on site for review. Job -made shoring or shielding shall have the
registered professional engineer stamp, specifications, and tabulated data.
Extreme care must be used when excavating near direct burial electric
underground cables.
3.7.5 Trenching Machinery
Trenching machines with digging chain drives shall be operated only when
the spotters/laborers are in plain view of the operator. Operator and
spotters/laborers shall be provided training on the hazards of the digging
chain drives with emphasis on the distance that needs to be maintained when
the digging chain is operating. Documentation of the training shall be kept
on file at the project site.
3.8 ELECTRICAL
3.8.1 Conduct of Electrical Work
Underground electrical spaces must be certified safe for entry before
entering to conduct work. Cables that will be cut must be positively
identified and de -energized prior to performing each cut. Positive cable
identification must be made prior to submitting any outage request for
electrical systems. Arrangements are to be coordinated with the
Contracting Officer and Station Utilities for identification. The
Contracting Officer will not accept an outage request until the Contractor
satisfactorily documents that the circuits have been clearly identified.
Perform all high voltage cable cutting remotely using hydraulic cutting
tool. When racking in or live switching of circuit breakers, no additional
person other than the switch operator will be allowed in the space during
the actual operation. Plan so that work near energized parts is minimized
to the fullest extent possible. Use of electrical outages clear of any
energized electrical sources is the preferred method. When working in
energized substations, only qualified electrical workers shall be permitted
to enter. When work requires Contractor to work near energized circuits as
defined by the NFPA 70, high voltage personnel must use personal protective
equipment that includes, as a minimum, electrical hard hat, safety shoes,
insulating gloves with leather protective sleeves, fire retarding shirts,
coveralls, face shields, and safety glasses. In addition, provide
electrical arc flash protection for personnel as required. Insulating
blankets, hearing protection, and switching suits may be required,
depending on the specific job and as delineated in the Contractor's AHA.
3.8.2 Portable Extension Cords
Portable extension cords shall be sized in accordance with manufacturer
e
SECTION O1 35 29 Page 24

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
ratings for the tool to be powered and protected from damage. All damaged
extension cords shall be immediately removed from service. Portable
extension cords shall meet the requirements of NFPA 70.
3.9 WORK IN CONFINED SPACES
The Contractor shall comply with the requirements in Section 06.I of USACE
EM 385-1-1 and OSHA 29 CFR 1910.146. Any potential for a hazard in the
confined space requires a permit system to be used.
a. Entry Procedures. Prohibit entry into a confined space by
personnel for any purpose, including hot work, until the qualified
person has conducted appropriate tests to ensure the confined or
enclosed space is safe for the work intended and that all potential
hazards are controlled or eliminated and documented. (See Section
06.I.05 of USACE EM 385-1-1 for entry procedures.) All hazards
pertaining to the space shall be reviewed with each employee during
review of the AHA.
b. Forced air ventilation is required for all confined space entry
operations and the minimum air exchange requirements must be maintained
to ensure exposure to any hazardous atmosphere is kept below its'
action level.
C. Ensure the use of rescue and retrieval devices in confined spaces
greater than 1.5 m (5 feet) in depth. Conform to Sections 06.I.09,
06.I.10 and 06.I.11 of USACE EM 385-1-1.
d. Sewer wet wells require continuous atmosphere monitoring with
audible alarm for toxic gas detection.
e. Include training information for employees who will be involved as
entrants and attendants for the work. Conform to Section 06.I.06 of
USACE EM 385-1-1.
f. Daily Entry Permit. Post the permit in a conspicuous place close
to the confined space entrance.
3.10 CRYSTALLINE SILICA
Grinding, abrasive blasting, and foundry operations of construction
materials containing crystalline silica, shall comply with OSHA
regulations, such as 29 CFR 1910.94, and USACE EM 385-1-1, Appendix C. The
Contractor shall develop and implement effective exposure control and
elimination procedures to include dust control systems, engineering
controls, and establishment of work area boundaries, as well as medical
surveillance, training, air monitoring, and personal protective equipment.
3.11 HOUSEKEEPING
3.11.1 Clean -Up
All debris in work areas shall be cleaned up daily or more frequently if
necessary. Construction debris may be temporarily located in an approved
location, however garbage accumulation must be removed each day.
3.11.2 Falling Object Protection
All areas must be barricaded to safeguard employees. When working
SECTION O1 35 29 Page 25

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A ,
overhead, barricade the area below to prevent entry by unauthorized
employees. Construction warning tape and signs shall be posted so they are
clearly visible from all possible access points. When employees are
working overhead all tools and equipment shall be secured so that they will
not fall. When using guardrail as falling object protection, all openings
shall be small enough to prevent passage of potential falling objects.
End of Section
SECTION O1 35 29 Page 26

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CLO701A
SECTION 01 42 00
SOURCES FOR REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS
02/02
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
Various publications are referenced in other sections of the specifications
to establish requirements for the work. These references are identified in
each section by document number, date and title. The document number used
in the citation is the number assigned by the standards producing
organization, (e.g. ASTM B 564 Nickel Alloy Forgings). However, when the
standards producing organization has not assigned a number to a document,
an identifying number has been assigned for reference purposes.
1.2 ORDERING INFORMATION
The addresses of the standards publishing organizations whose documents are
referenced in other sections of these specifications are listed below, and
if the source of the publications is different from the address of the
sponsoring organization, that information is also provided. Documents
listed in the specifications with numbers which were not assigned by the
standards producing organization should be ordered from the source by title
rather than by number. The designations "AOK" and "LOK" are for
administrative purposes and should not be used when ordering publications.
AIR CONDITIONING AND REFRIGERATION INSTITUTE (ARI)
4301 North Fairfax Dr., Suite 425
ATTN: Pubs Dept.
Arlington, VA 22203
Ph: 703-524-8800
Fax: [phone]
E-mail: [e-mail]
Internet: http://www.ari.org
AOK 5/01
LOK 2/01
AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF STATE HIGHWAY AND TRANSPORTATION OFFICIALS
(AASHTO)
444 N. Capital St., NW, Suite 249
Washington, DC 20001
Ph: 800-231-3475 202-624-5800
Fax: [phone]
Internet: http://www.transportation.org
AOK 5/01
LOK 2/01
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI)
1819 L Street, NW, 6th Floor
Washington, DC 20036
Ph: 202-293-8020
Fax: [phone]
Internet: http://www.ansi.org/
SECTION O1 42 00 Page 1

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CLO701A
Note --- Documents beginning with the letter "S" can be ordered
from:
Acoustical Society of America
Standards and Publications Fulfillment Center
P. 0. Box 1020
Sewickley, PA 15143-9998
Ph: 412-741-1979
Fax: [phone]
Internet: http://asa.aip.org
General e-mail: [e-mail]
Publications e-mail: [e-mail]
AOK 5/01
LOK 6/00
AMERICAN RAILWAY ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE -OF -WAY ASSOCIATION
(AREMA)
8201 Corporate Dr., Suite 1125
Landover, MD 20785-2230
Ph: 301-459-3200
Fax: [phone]
Internet: http://www.arema.org
AOK 5/01
LOK 3/01
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
100 Barr Harbor Drive
West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959
Ph: 610-832-9585
Fax: [phone]
Internet: httD://www.astm.orq
AOK 5/01
LOK 3/01
AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION(AWWA)
6666 West Quincy
Denver, CO 80235
Ph: 800-926-7337 - 303-794-7711
Fax: [phone]
Internet: http://www.awwa.orq
AOK 5/01
LOK 3/01
AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY (AWS)
550 N.W. LeJeune Road
Miami, FL 33126
Ph: 800-443-9353 - 305-443-9353
Fax: [phone]
Internet: http://www.amweld.org
AOK 5/01
LOK 3/01
AMERICAN WOOD -PRESERVERS' ASSOCIATION (AWPA)
P.O. Box 5690
Grandbury, TX 76049-0690
Ph: 817-326-6300
Fax: [phone]
Internet: http://www.awpa.com
AOK 5/01
SECTION 01 42 00 Page 2

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
LOK 3/01
ASME INTERNATIONAL (ASME)
Three Park Avenue
New York, NY 10016-5990
Ph: 212-591-7722
Fax: [phone]
Internet: http://www.asme.org
AOK 5/O1
LOK 6/00
ASSOCIATION OF EDISON ILLUMINATING COMPANIES (AEIC)
600 No. 18th St.
P.O. Box 2641
Birmingham, AL 35291
Ph: 205-257-2530
Fax: [phone]
Internet: http://www.aeic.orq
AOK 5/01
LOK 6/00
CAST IRON SOIL PIPE INSTITUTE (CISPI)
5959 Shallowford Rd., Suite 419
Chattanooga, TN 37421
Ph: 423-892-0137
Fax: [phone]
Internet: http://www.cispi.orq
AOK 5/01
LOK 6/00
FOUNDATION FOR CROSS -CONNECTION CONTROL AND HYDRAULIC RESEARCH
(FCCCHR)
University of South California
Kaprielian Hall 200
Los Angeles, CA 90089-2531
Ph: 213-740-2032
Fax: [phone]
Internet: http://www.usc.edu/dept/fccchr
AOK 5/01
LOK 6/00
INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS (IEEE)
445 Hoes Ln, P. 0. Box 1331
Piscataway, NJ 08855-1331
Ph: 732-981-0060 OR 800-701-4333
Fax: [phone]
Internet: http://www.ieee.org
E-mail: [e-mail]
AOK 5/01
LOK 6/00
INTERNATIONAL ELECTRICAL TESTING ASSOCIATION (NETA)
P.O. Box 687
106 Stone Street
Morrison, Colorado 80465
t
PH: 303-697-8441
FAX: [phone]
Internet: http://www.netaworld.org
AOK 6/01
SECTION 01 42 00 Page 3

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel 6 India Co. CL0701A I
MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE AND FITTINGS
INDUSTRY (MSS)
127 Park St., NE
Vienna, VA 22180-4602
Ph: 703-281-6613
Fax: [phone]
Internet: htp://www.mss-hq.com
e-mail: [e-mail]
AOK 5/01
LOK 6/00
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA)
1300 N. 17th St., Suite 1847
Rosslyn, VA 22209
Ph: 703-841-3200
Fax: [phone]
Internet: http://www.nema.org/
AOK 5/01
LOK 6/00
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
1 Batterymarch Park
P.O. Box 9101
Quincy, MA 02269-9101
Ph: 617-770-3000
Fax: [phone]
Internet: http://www.nfpa.org
AOK 5/01
LOK 8/00
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)
333 Pfingsten Rd.
Northbrook, IL 60062-2096
Ph: 847-272-8800
Fax: [phone]
Internet: http://www.ul.com/
e-mail: [e-mail]
AOK 5/01
LOK 6/00
UNI-BELL PVC PIPE ASSOCIATION (USPPA)
2655 Villa Creek Dr., Suite 155
Dallas, TX 75234
Ph: 214-243-3902
Fax: [phone]
Internet: http://www.uni-bell.ora
e-mail: [e-mail]
AOK 5/01
LOK 6/00
U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS (USACE)
Order CRD-C DOCUMENTS from:
U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station
ATTN: Technical Report Distribution Section, Services
Branch, TIC
3909 Halls Ferry Rd.
Vicksburg, MS 39180-6199
Ph: 601-634-2664
SECTION O1 42 00 Page 4

SMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
Fax: [phone]
Internet: http://www.wes.army.mil/SL/MTC/handbook/handbook.htm
0 Order Other Documents from:
USACE Publications Depot
Attn: CEIM-SP-D
2803 52nd Avenue
Hyattsville, MD 20781-1102
Ph: 301-394-0081
Fax: [phone]
Internet: http://www.usace.army.mil/publications
or http://www.hnd.usace.army.mil/techinfo/index.htm
AOK 5/01
LOK 6/00
I
I
O
■,I
1 r1
I
I
.1
I
1
I
r
U.S. DEFENSE LOGISTICS AGENCY (DLA)
Andrew T. McNamara Building
8725 John J. Kingman Road
Fort Belvoir, VA 22060
Internet: htto://www.dla.mil
AOK 8/01
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE (DOD)
Order DOD Documents from:
National Technical Information Service
5285 Port Royal Road
Springfield, VA 22161
Ph: 703-605-6000
FAX: [phone]
Internet: http://www.ntis.gov
Order Military Specifications, Standards
from:
Department of Defense Single Stock Point
Defense Automation and Production Service
Bldg 4D
700 Robbins AV
Philadelphia, PA 19111-5094
Ph: 215-697-2179
Fax: [phone]
Internet: http://www.dodsso.daos.mil
AOK 5/01
LOK 6/00
and Related Publications
for (DODSSP)
(DAPS)
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (EPA)
Ariel Rios Building
1200 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20460
Ph: 202-260-2090
FAX: [phone]
Internet: http://www.epa.gov
NOTE --- Some documents are available only from:
National Technical Information Services (NTIS)
5285 Port Royal Rd.
Springfield, VA 22161
Ph: 703-605-6000
Fax: [phone]
SECTION 01 42 00 Page 5

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A I
Internet: http://www.ntis.gov
AOK 5/01
LOK 6/00
U.S. FEDERAL HIGHWAY ADMINISTRATION (FHWA)
Office of Highway Safety (HHS-31)
400 Seventh St., SW
Washington, DC 20590-0001
Ph: 202-366-0411
Fax: [phone]
Internet: http://www.fhwa.dot.gov
Order from:
Superintendant of Documents
U. S. Government Printing Office
732 North Capitol Street, NW
Mailstop: SDE
Washington, DC 20401 '
Ph: 202-512-1530
Fax: [phone]
Internet: http://www.QDO.QOV
AOK 5/01 '
LOK 6/00
U.S. GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION (GSA)
Order from:
General Services Administration
Federal Supply Service Bureau
470 E L'Enfant Plaza, S.W., Suite 8100 t
Washington, DC 20407,
Ph: 202-619-8925
Fx: 202-619-8978
Internet: htt2://www.fss.gsa.gov/pub/fed-specs.cfm ,
AOK 5/01
LOK 6/00
U. S. GREEN BUILDING COUNCIL (USGBC) '
1015 18th Street, NW, Suite 508
Washington, D.C. 20036
Ph: 202-828-7422
Fax: [phone] ,
E-mail: [e-mail]
Internet: http://www.usgbc.ora
AOK: 2/04
LOK: 2/04
U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)
700 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W. ,
Washington, D.C. 20408
Phone: [phone]
Internet: http://www.nara.gov
Order documents from:
Superintendent of Documents
U.S.Government Printing Office '
732 North Capitol Street, NW
Washington, DC 20901
Mailstop: SUE
Ph: 202-512-1530
SECTION O1 42 00 Page 6 '

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
Fax: [phone]
Internet: http://www.gpo.gov
E-mail: [e-mail]
AOK 5/01
-- End of Section --
I
1
[J
f
I
I
1
I
1.
I
1 SECTION O1 42 00 Page 7

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
I
L'J
III
I
I
L
1
I
t
SECTION O1 45 10
QUALITY CONTROL
09/01
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications
listed
below form a part of this specification to the
extent
referenced. The
publications are referred to in the text by the
basic
designation only.
ASTM INTERNATIONAL
(ASTM)
ASTM A
880
(1996) Criteria for Use in Evaluation of
Testing Laboratories and Organizations for
Examination and Inspection of Steel,
Stainless Steel, and Related Alloys
ASTM C
1077
(1998) Laboratories Testing Concrete and
Concrete Aggregates for Use in
Construction and Criteria for Laboratory
Evaluation
ASTM D
3666
(2000) Minimum Requirements forAgencies
Testing and Inspecting Bituminous Paving
Materials
ASTM D
3740
(1999c) Agencies Engaged in the Testing
and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used
in Engineering Design and Construction
ASTM E
329
(2000a) Agencies Engaged in the Testing
and Inspection of Materials Used on
Construction
ASTM E
543
(1999) Evaluating Agencies that Perform
Nondestructive Testing
1.2 SUBMITTALS
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00, "Submittal
Procedures."
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
Quality Control Plan (QC PLAN)
Submit a QC plan within 30 calendar days after receipt of Notice of Award.
1.3 INFORMATION FOR THE CONTRACTING OFFICER
Deliver the following to the Contracting Officer:
a. Combined Contractor Production Report/Contractor Quality Control
SECTION O1 45 10 Page 1

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
Report (1 sheet): Original and 1 copy, by 10:00 AM the next work
ing day after each day that work is performed;
b. QC Specialist Reports and Test Results: Originals and 1 copy, by
10:00 AM the next working day after each day that work is per
formed;
C. Testing Plan and Log, 1 copy, at the end of each month;
d. QC Meeting Minutes: 1 copy, within 2 calendar days of the meeting;
e. Rework Items List: 1 copy, by the last working day of the month
and;
f. QC Certifications: As required by the paragraph entitled "QC
Certifications".
1.4 QC PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
Establish and maintain a QC program as described in this section. The QC
program consists of a QC Organization, a QC Plan, attending a QC Plan meet
ing, attending a Coordination and Mutual Understanding Meeting, conducting
QC meetings, performing three phases of control, performing submittal
review, ensuring testing is performed, and preparing QC certifications and
documentation necessary to provide materials, equipment, workmanship,
fabrication, construction and operations which comply with the requirements
of this Contract. The QC program shall cover construction operations on -
site and off -site and shall be keyed to the proposed construction sequence.
1.5 QC ORGANIZATION
1.5.1 QC Manager
1.5.1.1 Duties
Provide a QC Manager at the work site to manage and implement the QC
program. The QC Manager is required to attend the QC Plan meeting, attend
the Coordination and Mutual Understanding Meeting, conduct the QC meetings,
perform the three phases of control, perform submittal review, ensure
testing is performed and prepare QC certifications and documentation
required in this Contract. The QC Manager is responsible for managing and
coordinating the three phases of control and documentation performed by the
QC specialists. In addition to managing and implementing the QC program,
the QC Manager may perform the duties of project superintendent.
1.5.1.2 Qualifications
An individual with a minimum of five years experience as a foreman, super
intendent, inspector, QC Manager, project manager, or construction manager
on similar size construction contracts which included the major trades that
are part of this Contract.
1.5.1.3 Construction Quality Management Training
In addition to the above experience and education requirements, the QC
Manager shall have completed the course entitled "Construction Quality
Management for Contractors." This course is periodically offered by the
Navy and the Corps of Engineers. However, it is sponsered by both the AGC
and the ABC of Charlotte, North Carolina. Call one of the following to
SECTION O1 45 10 Page 2

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel 6 India Co. CL0701A
sign up for the next available class:
The Army Corps of Engineers, Baltimore District;
(Offered in Baltimore, MD)
Contact: Corps of Engineers, Baltimore District
10 South Howard Street
Baltimore, MD 11111
Phone: [phone]
The Associated General Contractors (AGC), Virginia Chapter
in Cooperation with the Army Corps of Engineers, Norfolk District, and
the Naval Facilities Engineering Command, Atlantic Division.
(Offered at rotating locations in Norfolk, Williamsburg, and Richmond)
Contact: AGC of Virginia
8631 Maylan Drive, Parham Park
Richmond, VA. 23294
Phone: [phone]
Carolinas Associated General Contractors (CACG)
Contact: CACG
1100 Euclid Avenue
Charlotte, NC 28203
Phone: [phone] (ext. 5248)
Associated Builders and Contractors (ABC), Carolinas Chapter
1 Contact: ABC, Carolinas Chapter
3705 Latrobe Drive
Charlotte, NC 28211
Phone: [phone]
' or: 877-470-4819
1.5.2 Alternate QC Manager Duties and Qualifications
Designate an alternate for the QC Manager at the work site to serve in the
event of the designated QC Manager's absence. The period of absence may
not exceed two weeks at one time, and not more than 30 workdays during a
' calendar year. The qualification requirements for the Alternate QC Manager
shall be three years of experience in one of the specified positions.
1.6 QC PLAN
1.6.1 Requirements
Provide for approval by the Contracting Officer, a QC plan submitted in a
3-ring binder with pages numbered sequentially that covers, both on -site
and off -site work and includes, the following:
I a. A table of contents listing the major sections identified with
tabs in the following order:
I. QC ORGANIZATION
II. NAMES AND QUALIFICATIONS
III. DUTIES, RESPONSIBILITY AND AUTHORITY OF QC PERSONNEL
IV. OUTSIDE ORGANIZATIONS
V. APPOINTMENT LETTERS
VI. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES AND INITIAL SUBMITTAL REGISTER
VII. TESTING LABORATORY INFORMATION
VIII. TESTING PLAN AND LOG
IX. PROCEDURES TO COMPLETE REWORK ITEMS
SECTION 01 45 10 Page 3

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
X. DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES
XI. LIST OF DEFINABLE FEATURES
XII. PROCEDURES FOR PERFORMING THE THREE PHASES OF CONTROL
XIII. PERSONNEL MATRIX
XIV. PROCEDURES FOR COMPLETION INSPECTION
b. A chart showing the QC organizational structure and its
relationship to the production side of the organization.
C. Names and qualifications, in resume format, for each person in the
QC organization.
d. Duties, responsibilities and authorities of each person in the QC
organization.
e. A listing of outside organizations such as, architectural and
consulting engineering firms that will be employed by the
Contractor and a description of the services these firms will
provide.
f. A letter signed by an officer of the firm appointing the QC
Manager and stating that he/she is responsible for managing and
implementing the QC program as described in this contract.
Include in this letter the QC Manager's authority to direct the
removal and replacement of non -conforming work.
g. Procedures for reviewing, approving and managing submittals.
Provide the names of the persons in the QC organization authorized
to review and certify submittals prior to approval.
h. Testing laboratory information required by the paragraphs entitled
"Accredited Laboratories" or "Testing Laboratory Requirements", as
applicable.
i. A Testing Plan and Log that includes the tests required,
referenced by the specification paragraph number requiring the
test, the frequency, and the person responsible for each test.
j. Procedures to identify, record, track and complete rework items.
k. Documentation procedures, including proposed report formats.
1. A list of the definable features of work. A definable feature of
work is a task which is separate and distinct from other tasks and
requires separate control requirements. As a minimum, if approved
by the Contracting Officer, consider each Section of the
Specifications as a definable feature of work. However, at times,
there may be more than one definable feature of work in each
Section of the Specifications.
M. A personnel matrix showing, for each section of the specification,
who will perform and document the three phases of control, and who
will perform and document the testing.
o. Procedures for Identifying and Documenting the Completion
Inspection process. Include in these procedures the responsible
party for punch out inspection, prefinal inspection, and final
acceptance inspection.
SECTION O1 45 10 Page 4

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
1.6.2 Preliminary Work Authorized Prior to Approval
The only work that is authorized to
proceed prior to the approval of the QC
plan is mobilization of
storage and
office trailers and surveying.
1.6.3 Approval
Approval of the QC plan
is required
prior to the start of construction.
The Contracting Officer
reserves the
right to require changes in the QC
plan and operations as
necessary to
ensure the specified quality of work.
The Contracting Officer
reserves the
right to interview any member of the
QC organization at any
time in order
to verify his/her submitted
qualifications.
1.6.4 Notification of Changes
Notify the Contracting Officer, in writing, of any proposed change,
including changes in the QC organization personnel, a minimum of seven
calendar days prior to a proposed change. Proposed changes must be
approved by the Contracting Officer.
1 1.7 QC PLAN MEETING
Prior to submission of the QC plan, meet with the Contracting Officer to
discuss the QC plan requirements of this Contract. The purpose of this
meeting is to develop a mutual understanding of the QC plan requirements
prior to plan development and submission.
1.8 COORDINATION AND MUTUAL UNDERSTANDING MEETING
' After submission of the QC Plan, but prior to the start of construction,
meet with the Contracting Officer to discuss the QC program required by
this Contract. The purpose of this meeting is to develop a mutual
understanding of the QC details, including forms to be used for
documentation, administration for on -site and off -site work, and the
coordination of the Contractor's management, production and QC personnel
with the Contracting Officer. As a minimum, the Contractor's personnel
required to attend shall include the project manager, project
superintendent, and QC Manager. Minutes of the meeting shall be prepared
by the QC Manager and signed by both the Contractor and the Contracting
Officer.
1.9 QC MEETINGS
After the start of construction, the QC Manager shall conduct weekly QC
meetings at the work site with the project superintendent and QC
specialists. The QC Manager shall prepare the minutes of the meeting and
provide a copy to the Contracting Officer within 2 working days after the
meeting. The Contracting Officer may attend these meetings. The QC
Manager shall notify the Contracting Officer at least 48 hours in advance
of each meet ing. As a minimum, the following shall be accomplished at
each meeting:
a. Review the minutes of the previous meeting;
' b. Review the schedule and the status of work:
- Work or testing accomplished since last meeting
- Rework items identified since last meeting
SECTION 01 45 10 Page 5

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
- Rework items completed since last meeting; '
C. Review the status of submittals:
Submittals reviewed and approved since last meeting t
Submittals required in the near future;
d. Review the work to be accomplished in the next 2 weeks and documen
tation required. Schedule the three phases of control and testing:
- Establish completion dates for rework items
- Preparatory phases required
- Initial phases required
- Follow-up phases required
- Testing required
- Status of off -site work or testing
- Documentation required;
e. Resolve QC and production problems; and
f. Address items that may require revising the QC plan:
- Changes in QC organization personnel
- Changes in procedures.
1.9.1 THREE PHASES OF CONTROL
The QC Manager shall perform the three phases of control to ensure that
work complies with Contract requirements. The Three Phases of Control
shall adequately cover both on -site and off -site work and shall include the
following for each definable features of work: A definable feature of work
is a task which is separate and distinct from other tasks and requires
separate control requirements.
1.9.2 Preparatory Phase
Notify the Contracting Officer at least 48 hours in advance of each
Preparatory phase. Conduct the preparatory phase with the superintendent,
and the foreman responsible for the definable feature. Document the
results of the preparatory phase actions in the daily Contractor Quality
Control Report. Perform the following prior to beginning work on each
definable feature of work:
a. Review each paragraph of the applicable specification sections;
b. Review the Contract drawings;
C. Verify that appropriate shop drawings and submittals for materials
and equipment have been submitted and approved. Verify receipt of
approved factory test results, when required;
d. Review the testing plan and ensure that provisions have been made '
to provide the required QC testing;
e. Examine the work area to ensure that the required preliminary work
has been completed;
f. Examine the required materials, equipment and sample work to
ensure that they are on hand and conform to the approved shop
SECTION O1 45 10 Page 6

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
drawings and submitted data;
g. Review the safety plan and appropriate activity hazard analysis to
ensure that applicable safety requirements are met, and that
required Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) are submitted; and
h. Discuss construction methods
1.9.3 Initial Phase
Notify the Contracting Officer at least 98 hours in advance of each initial
phase. When construction crews are ready to start work on a definable
feature of work, conduct the initial phase with the QC Specialists, the
super intendent, and the foreman responsible for that definable feature of
work. Observe the initial segment of the definable feature of work to
ensure that the work complies with Contract requirements. Document the
results of the initial phase in the daily Contractor Quality Control
Report. Repeat the initial phase for each new crew to work on -site, or
when acceptable levels of specified quality are not being met. Perform the
following for each definable feature of work:
a. Establish the quality of workmanship required;
b. Resolve conflicts;
C. Review the Safety Plan and the appropriate activity hazard
analysis to ensure that applicable safety requirements are met; and
d. Ensure that testing is performed by an approved laboratory.
1.9.4 Follow -Up Phase
Perform the following for on -going work daily, or more frequently as
necessary until the completion of each definable feature of work and
document in the daily Contractor Quality Control Report:
a. Ensure the work is in compliance with Contract requirements;
b. Maintain the quality of workmanship required;
�. C. Ensure that testing is performed by an approved laboratory; and
d. Ensure that rework items are being corrected.
1.9.5 Notification of Three Phases of Control for Off -Site Work
Notify the Contracting Officer at least two weeks prior to the start of the
' preparatory and initial phases.
1.10 SUBMITTAL REVIEW
Procedures for submittals are as described in Section entitled "Submittal
Procedures."
1.11 TESTING
Except as stated otherwise in the specification sections, perform sampling
and testing required under this Contract.
SECTION 01 45 10 Page 7

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel 6 India Co. CL0701A
1.11.1 Testing Laboratory Requirements
Provide an independent testing laboratory or establish a laboratory quali
fied to perform sampling and tests required by this Contract. When the
proposed testing laboratory is not accredited by an acceptable
accreditation program as described by the paragraph entitled "Accredited
Laboratories", submit to the Contracting Officer for approval, certified
statements signed by an official of the testing laboratory attesting that
the proposed laboratory meets or conforms to the following requirements:
a. Sampling and testing shall be under the technical direction of a
Registered Professional Engineer (P.E) with at least 5 years of
experience in construction material testing.
b. Laboratories engaged in testing of concrete and concrete
aggregates shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1077.
C. Laboratories engaged in testing of bituminous paving materials
shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 3666.
d. Laboratories engaged in testing of soil and rock, as used in
engineering design and construction, shall meet the requirements
of ASTM D 3740.
e. Laboratories engaged in inspection and testing of steel, stainless
steel, and related alloys will be evaluated according to ASTM A 880.
'
Laboratories shall meet the requirements of ASTM E 329.
f. Laboratories engaged in nondestructive testing (NDT) shall meet
the requirements of ASTM E 543.
■
g. Laboratories engaged in hazardous materials testing shall meet the
requirements of OSHA and EPA.
1.11.2 Accredited Laboratories
Acceptable accreditation programs are the National Institute of Standards
and Technology (NIST) National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program
(NVLAP), the American Association of State Highway and Transportation
Officials (AASHTO) program and the American Association for Laboratory
Accreditation (A2LA) program. Furnish to the Contracting Officer, a copy
of the Certificate of Accreditation, Scope of Accreditation and latest
directory of the accrediting organization for accredited laboratories. The
scope of the laboratory's accreditation shall include the test methods
required by the Contract.
1.11.3 Inspection of Testing Laboratories
Prior to approval of non -accredited laboratories, the proposed testing
laboratory facilities and records shall be subject to inspection by the
Contracting Officer. Records subject to inspection include equipment
inventory, equipment calibration dates and procedures, library of test
procedures, audit and inspection reports by agencies conducting laboratory
evaluations and certifications, testing and management personnel
qualifications, test report forms, and the internal QC procedures.
1.11.4 Capability Check
The Contracting Officer retains the right to check laboratory equipment in
SECTION 01 45 10 Page 8

tMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
the proposed laboratory and the laboratory technician's testing procedures,
techniques, and other items pertinent to testing, for compliance with the
standards set forth in this Contract.
1.11.5 Test Results
Cite applicable Contract requirements, tests or analytical procedures used.
Provide actual results and include a statement that the item tested or
analyzed conforms or fails to conform to specified requirements.
Conspicuously stamp the cover sheet for each report in large red letters
"CONFORMS" or "DOES NOT CONFORM" to the specification requirements,
whichever is applicable. Test results shall be signed by a testing
laboratory representative authorized to sign certified test reports.
Furnish the signed reports, certifications, and other documentation to the
® Contracting Officer via the QC Manager. Furnish a summary report of field
tests at the end of each month. Attach a copy of the summary report to the
last daily Contractor Quality Control Report of each month.
1 1.12 QC CERTIFICATIONS
1.12.1 Contractor Quality Control Report Certification
1 Each Contractor Quality Control Report shall contain the following
statement: "On behalf of the Contractor, I certify that this report is
complete and correct and equipment and material used and work performed
' during this reporting period is in compliance with the contract drawings
and specifications to the best of my knowledge, except as noted in this
report".
1.12.2 Invoice Certification
Furnish a certificate to the Contracting Officer with each payment request,
signed by the QC Manager, attesting that as -built drawings are current and
attesting that the work for which payment is requested, including stored
material, is in compliance with contract requirements.
1.12.3 Completion Certification
Upon completion of work under this Contract, the QC Manager shall furnish a
certificate to the Contracting Officer attesting that "the work has been
completed, inspected, tested and is in compliance with the Contract".
1.13 DOCUMENTATION
' Maintain current and complete records of on -site and off -site QC program
operations and activities.
'. 1.13.1 Contractor Production Report
Reports are required for each day that work is performed and shall be
attached to the Contractor Quality Control Report prepared for the same
day. Account for each calendar day throughout the life of the Contract.
The reporting of work shall be identified by terminology consistent with
the construction schedule. Contractor Production Reports are to be
prepared, signed and dated by the project superintendent and shall contain
the following information:
a. Date of report, report number, name of contractor, contract
number, title and location of Contract and superintendent present.
SECTION O1 45 10 Page 9

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
b. Weather conditions in the morning and in the afternoon including
maximum and minimum temperatures.
C. A list of Contractor and subcontractor personnel on the work site,
their trades, employer, work location, description of work
performed and hours worked.
e. A list of job safety actions taken and safety inspections
conducted. Indicate that safety requirements have been met
including the results on the following:
(1) Was a job safety meeting held this date? (If YES, attach a
copy of the meeting minutes.)
(2) Were there any lost time accidents this date? (If YES, attach
a copy of the completed OSHA report.)
(3) Was crane/manlift/trenching/scaffold/hv electrical/high
work/hazmat work done? (If YES, attach a statement or checklist
showing inspection performed.)
(4) Was hazardous material/waste released into the environment?
(If YES, attach a description of incident and proposed action.)
f. A list of safety actions taken today and safety inspections
conducted.
g. A list of equipment/material received each day that is
incorporated into the job.
h. A list of construction and plant equipment on the work site
including the number of hours used, idle and down for repair.
i. Include a "remarks" section in this report which will contain
pertinent information including directions received, problems
encountered during construction, work progress and delays,
conflicts or errors in the drawings or specifications, field
changes, safety hazards encountered, instructions given and
corrective actions taken, delays encountered and a record of
visitors to the work site.
1.13.2 Contractor Quality Control Report
Reports are required for each day that work is performed and for every
seven consecutive calendar days of no -work and on the last day of a no -work
period. Account for each calendar day throughout the life of the Contract.
The reporting of work shall be identified by terminology consistent with
the construction schedule. Contractor Quality Control Reports are to be
prepared, signed and dated by the QC Manager and shall contain the
following information:
a. Identify the control phase and the definable feature of work.
b. Results of the Preparatory Phase meetings held including the
location of the definable feature of work and a list of personnel
present at the meeting. Indicate in the report that for this
definable feature of work, the drawings and specifications have
been reviewed, submittals have been approved, materials comply
SECTION O1 45 10 Page 10

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel 5 India Co. CL0701A
with approved submittals, materials are stored properly,
preliminary work was done correctly, the testing plan has been
reviewed, and work methods and schedule have been discussed.
C. Results of the Initial Phase meetings held including the location
of the definable feature of work and a list of personnel present
at the meeting. Indicate in the report that for this definable
feature of work the preliminary work was done correctly, samples
have been prepared and approved, the workmanship is satisfactory,
test results are acceptable, work is in compliance with the
Contract, and the required testing has been performed and include
a list of who performed the tests.
d. Results of the Follow-up Phase inspections held including the
location of the definable feature of work. Indicate in the report
for this definable feature of work that the work complies with the
Contract as approved in the Initial Phase, and that required
testing has been performed and include a list of who performed the
tests.
e. Results of the three phases of control for off -site work, if
applicable, including actions taken.
f. List the rework items identified, but not corrected by close of
business.
g. List the rework items corrected from the rework items list along
with the corrective action taken.
h. Include a "remarks" section in this report which will contain
pertinent information including directions received, quality
control problem areas, deviations from the QC plan, construction
deficiencies encountered, QC meetings held, acknowledgement that
as -built drawings have been updated, corrective direction given by
the QC Organization and corrective action taken by the Contractor.
i. Contractor Quality Control Report certification.
1.13.3 Testing Plan and Log
As tests are performed, the QC Manager shall record on the "Testing Plan
and Log" the date the test was conducted, the date the test results were
forwarded to the Contracting Officer, remarks and acknowledgement that an
' accredited or Contracting Officer approved testing laboratory was used.
Attach a copy of the updated "Testing Plan and Log" to the last daily
Contractor Quality Control Report of each month.
1.13.4 Rework Items List
The QC Manager shall maintain a list of work that does not comply with the
Contract, identifying what items need to be reworked, the date the item was
originally discovered, and the date the item was corrected. There is no
requirement to report a rework item that is corrected the same day it is
discovered. Attach a copy of the "Contractor Rework Items List" to the
last daily Contractor Quality Control Report of each month. The Contractor
shall be responsible for including on this list items needing rework
including those identified by the Contracting Officer.
SECTION O1 45 10 Page 11

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A 1
1.13.5 As -Built Drawings
The QC Manager is required to review the as -built drawings required by
Section 01 11 00, "Summary of Work", to ensure that as -built drawings are
kept current on a daily basis and marked to show deviations which have been
made from the Contract drawings. The QC Manager shall initial each
deviation and each revision. Upon completion of work, the QC Manager shall
furnish a certificate attesting to the accuracy of the as -built drawings
prior to submission to the Contracting Officer.
1.13.6 Report Forms
The following forms, which are attached at the end of this section, are
acceptable for providing the information required by the paragraph entitled
"Documentation". While use of these specific formats are not required, any
other format used shall contain the same information:
a. Combined Contractor Production Report and Contractor Quality
Control Report (1 sheet), with separate continuation sheet
b. Testing Plan and Log
C. Rework Items List
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not used.
I
SECTION 01 45 10 Page 12

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel 6 India Co. CL0701A
SECTION 01 50 00
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
07/00
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION(AWWA)
AWWA C511 (1997) Reduced -Pressure Principle
Backflow-Prevention Assembly
FOUNDATION FOR CROSS -CONNECTION CONTROL AND HYDRAULIC RESEARCH
(FCCCHR)
FCCCHR-01 (1993) Manual of Cross -Connection Control
FCCCHR-USC (1992) List of Approved Backflow
Prevention Assemblies
U.S. FEDERAL HIGHWAY ADMINISTRATION (FHWA)
FHWA MUTCD (1988) Manual on Uniform Traffic Control
Devices
1.2 SUBMITTALS
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00, "Submittal
Procedures."
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Traffic control plan
SD-03 Product Data
Backflow preventers
SD-06 Test Reports
Backflow Preventer Tests
SD-07 Certificates
Backflow Tester Certifications
Backflow Preventers Certificate of Full Approval
SECTION 01 50 00 Page 1

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A I
1.3 BACKFLOW TESTER CERTIFICATIONS
Certificate of Full Approval from FCCCHR-USC, University of Southern
California, attesting that the design, size and make of each backflow
preventer has satisfactorily passed the complete sequence of performance
testing and evaluation for the respective level of approval. Certificate
of Provisional Approval will not be acceptable.
1.3.1 Backflow Preventers Certificate
The Contractor shall submit a certificate recognized by the State or local
authority that states the Contractor has completed at least 10 hours or
training in backflow preventer installations. The certificate must be
current.
1.4 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
1.4.1 Availability of Utility Services
a. The Contract clause related to utilities applies. Reasonable
amounts of water and electricity from the nearest outlet will be
provided free of charge for pursuance of work within a facility
under this contract. If the nearest available outlet cannot be
utilized by the Contractor because of improper voltage,
insufficient current, improper pressure, incompatible connectors,
etc., it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide
temporary utilities as required.
b. Reasonable amounts of utilities for contractor trailers and
storage buildings will be made available to the Contractor, when
available. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing
transformers, electrical service poles and drops for electrical
services, and backflow preventer devices on connections to
domestic water lines. Final taps and tie-ins to the Government
utility grid will be made by the Contractor after approval by the
Contracting Officer. Tap -in cost, if any, shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor. Under no circumstances will
taps to base fire hydrants be allowed for obtaining domestic water
1.4.2 Trailers
Electrical service will be supplied by the Government, when available,
except at Tarawa Terrace where Carolina Power and Light Company will be
the supplier.
1.4.3 Energy and Utilities Conservation
The Contractor shall carefully conserve utilities furnished without charge
The Contractor, at his own expense and in a manner satisfactory to the
Contracting Officer, shall install and maintain all necessary temporary
connections and distribution lines and remove the same prior to final
acceptance of the construction.
1.4.4 Location of Underground Utilities
Location and Protection of underground utilities shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor. Where existing -to -remain piping,
utilities, and underground obstructions of any type are indicted in
locations to be traversed by new piping, ducts, and other excavations the
SECTION O1 50 00 Page 2

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
elevations of the existing utilities and obstructions shall be determined
before the new work is completed.
a. In addition, the Contractor will be responsible for obtaining the
services of a professional utility locator prior to digging.
Contractor will provide documentation that the site has been
surveyed and checked for underground utilities. All utilities
must be located, including but not limited to power, water, sewer,
storm drains, fiber optics, T.V. cable, telephone, and intrusion
detection wiring. A set of known utility drawings will be
available in the ROICC office for review to assist the locator.
b. It is mandatory that the Contractor also contact the Base
Telephone Office (451-2531) prior to accomplishing any digging at
Camp Lejeune. A telephone office representative will assist in
locating telephone lines.
C. It is mandatory that the Contractor also contact Charter
Communications, cable TV service prior to accomplishing any
digging at Camp Lejeune, to ensure that all buried cable lines are
identified. Contact Mr. Olin Criswell at 353-8677 for assistance.
1 1.4.4.1 The Locations of Underground Utilities
shown at only approximate and the information provided may be incomplete.
Contractor shall attempt to ascertain locations of existing underground
i
utilities prior to and during digging operations.
1.4.4.2 Damage to Underground Utilities
Immediate notice shall be delivered to the Contracting Officer of any
damage. The Contractor shall make temporary repairs immediately, and shall
provide permanent repairs as soon as practicable. For any additional work
required by reason of conflict between the new and existing work, an
adjustment in contract price will be made in accordance with Contract
clause entitled "Differing Site Conditions", if appropriate.
1.5 WEATHER PROTECTION
Take necessary precautions to ensure that roof openings and other critical
openings in the building are monitored carefully. Take immediate actions
�required to seal off such openings when rain or other detrimental weather
is imminent, and at the end of each workday. Ensure that the openings are
completely sealed off to protect materials and equipment in the building
(i from damage.
i
1.5.1 Building and Site Storm Protection
When a warning of gale force winds is issued, take
precautions to minimize
'
danger to persons, and protect the work and nearby
Government property.
Precautions shall include, but are not limited to,
closing openings;
removing loose materials, tools and equipment from
exposed locations; and
removing or securing scaffolding and other temporary work. Close openings
in the work when storms of lesser intensity pose a
threat to the work or
any nearby Government property.
1
1.5.7.1 Hurricane Conditions of Readiness
Unless directed otherwise, comply with:
SECTION O1 50 00 Page 3

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & Ind.ia Co. CL0701A
a. Condition FIVE: Normal weather conditions are expected for the
foreseeable future. No action is required.
b. Condition FOUR (Sustained winds of 74 mph or greater expected
within 72 hours): Contractors shall continue normal daily clean
up and good house keeping practices. Collect and store in piles
or containers scrap lumber, waste material, and rubbish for
removal and disposal at the close of each work day. Stack lumber
in neat piles less than 4 feet high. Prepare to remove or secure
all debris, trash, or stored materials that could become missile
hazards during high wind conditions. Meetings should be held
on -site with all subcontractors to review the measures that are
going to need to be taken should the base go to a higher readiness
condition. Contact the ROICC for any additional updates and upon
completion of all required actions.
C. Condition THREE (Sustained winds of 74 mph or greater expected
within 48 hours): Once Condition 3 is set, contractors shall
shift their focus from their normal activities to taking the
actions that are required to prepare the job site for the
potential of destructive weather. All debris and rubbish shall be
removed form the site at the end of the workday. All stored
materials shall either be removed from the job site or secured
(metal straps or heavy lines/ropes). All tools, equipment and
gear shall be secured at the end of the workday. Begin
preparations to adequately secure the facility (windows boarded
up, etc.). Meetings should be held on -site with all
subcontractors to review the measures that are going to be taken
should base go to a higher readiness condition. Contract the
ROICC for any additional updates and upon completion of all
required actions.
d. Condition TWO (Sustained winds of 74 mph or greater expected
within 24 hours): Cease all normal activities until the job -site
is completely prepared for the onslaught of destructive weather.
The job site should be completely free of debris, rubbish and
scrap materials. The facility being worked on should be made
weather -tight. All scaffolding planking shall be removed. All
formwork and free standing structural steel shall be braced. All
machinery, tools, equipment and materials shall be properly
secured or removed from the job -site. Expend every effort to
clear all missiles hazards and loose equipment from the job site.
When the contractor secures for the day the job site should be
left in a condition that is ready for the storm and the contractor
should assume that they will not be allowed to return to their job
site until after the storm passes and the base is reopened.
Contact ROICC for additional updates and upon completion of
required actions.
e. Condition ONE (Sustained winds of 74 mph or greater expected
within 12 hours): If still on the job site, the contractor will
be required to immediately leave the base until the storm passes
and the base is reopened.
1.6 STATION OPERATION AFFECT ON CONTRACTOR OPERATIONS
1.6.1 Restricted Access Areas
The Government will monitor work in areas indicated. Notify Contracting
SECTION O1 50 00 Page 4

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
Officer at least 14 calendar days prior to starting work in these areas.
1.6.2 Special Restrictions Regarding Access of Vehicles and Parking
��. 1.6.2.1 Interruption of Vehicular Traffic
If during the performance of work, it becomes necessary to modify vehicular
traffic patterns at any locations, notify the Contracting Officer at least
15 calendar days prior to the proposed modification date, and provide a
Traffic Control Plan detailing the proposed controls to traffic movement
for approval. The plan shall be in accordance with State and local
regulations and the FHWA MUTCD, Part VI. Make all notifications and obtain
any permits required for modification to traffic movements outside
Station's jurisdiction. Provide cones, signs, barricades, lights, or other
traffic control devices and personnel required to control traffic.
1.7 STORAGE AREAS
The Contract Clause entitled "FAR 52.236-10, Operations and Storage Areas"
and the following apply:
1.7.1 Storage Size and Location
The open site available for storage shall be confined to the indicated
operations area.
1.8 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
Provide adequate sanitary conveniences of a type approved for the use of
persons employed on the work, properly secluded from public observation,
and maintained in such a manner as required and approved by the Contracting
Officer. Maintain these conveniences at all times without nuisance. Upon
completion of the work, remove the conveniences from the premises, leaving
the premises clean and free from nuisance. Dispose of sewage through
connection to a municipal, district, or station sanitary sewage system.
Where such systems are not available, use chemical toilets or comparably
effective units, and periodically empty wastes into a municipal, district,
or station sanitary sewage system, or remove waste to a commercial
facility. Include provisions for pest control and elimination of odors.
1.9 TEMPORARY BUILDINGS
Locate these where directed and within the indicated operations area.
1.9.1 Maintenance of Temporary Facilities
Suitably paint and maintain the temporary facilities. Failure to do so
will be sufficient reason to require their removal.
1.9.2 Trailers or Storage Buildings
Trailers or storage buildings will be permitted, where space is available,
subject to the approval of the Contracting Officer. The trailers or
buildings shall be in good condition, free from visible damage rust and
deterioration, and meet all applicable safety requirements. Trailers shall
be roadworthy and comply with all appropriate state and local vehicle
requirements. Failure to maintain storage trailers or buildings to these
standards shall result in the removal of non -complying units at the
Contractor's expense. A sign not smaller than 24 by 24 inches shall be
SECTION O1 50 00 Page 5

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
conspicuously placed on the trailer depicting the company name, business
phone number, and emergency phone number. Trailers shall be anchored to
resist high winds and must meet applicable state of local standards for
anchoring mobile trailers.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 Backflow Preventers
Reduced pressure principle type conforming to the applicable requirements
AWWA C511. Provide backflow, preventers complete with 150 pound flanged
cast iron mounted gate valve, 304 stainless steel or bronze, internal
parts. The particular make, model/design, and size of backflow preventers
to be installed shall be included in the latest edition of the List of
Approved Backflow Prevention Assemblies issued by the FCCCHR-USC and shall
be accompanied by a Certificate of Full Approval from FCCCHR-USC.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTERS
Provide an approved reduced pressure backflow prevention assembly at each
location where the Contractor taps into the Government potable water supply
A certified tester(s) shall perform testing of backflow preventer(s) for
proper installation and operation and provide subsequent tagging. Backflow
preventer tests shall be performed using test equipment, procedures, and
certification forms conforming to those outlined in the latest edition of
the Manual of Cross -Connection Control published by the FCCCHR-01. Test
and tag each reduced pressure backflow preventer upon initial installation
(prior to continued water use) and monthly thereafter. Tag shall contain
the following information: make, model, serial number, dates of tests,
results, maintenance performed, and signature of tester. Record test
results on certification forms conforming to requirements cited earlier in
this paragraph.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 01 50 00 Page 6

AMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A
a
SECTION O1 57 19
TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS
10/O1
aPART 1 GENERAL
a`
a
e
I
I
I
1
1
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications listed
below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The
publications are referred to in the text by the
basic designation only.
U.S. DEPARTMENT
OF DEFENSE (DOD)
MIL-S-16165
(Rev E) Shielding Harnesses, Shielding
Items and Shielding Enclosures for Use in
the Reduction of Interference from Engine
Electrical Systems
MIL-STD-461
(Rev E) Control of Electromagnetic
Interference Emissions and Susceptibility
MIL-STD-462
(Rev D; Notice 4) Electromagnetic
Interference Characteristics
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (EPA)
EPA 832-R-92-005
(1992) Storm Water Management for
Construction Activities
U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)
40 CFR 122.26
EPA National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System Permit Regulations
40 CFR 261
Identification and Listing of Hazardous
Waste
40 CFR 262
Generators of Hazardous Waste
40 CFR 263
Transporters of Hazardous Waste
40 CFR 264
Owners and Operators of Hazardous Waste
Treatment, Storage, and Disposal Facilities
40 CFR 265
Owners and Operators of Hazardous Waste
Treatment, Storage, and Disposal Facilities
40 CFR 300
National Oil and Hazardous Substances
Pollution Contingency Plan
49 CFR 171
General Information, Regulations, and
Definitions
49 CFR 172 Hazardous Materials Tables and Hazardous
SECTION 01 57 19 Page 1

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel 6 India Co. CL0701A 1
Materials Communications Regulations
49 CFR 178 Shipping Container Specification
1.2 Contractor Liabilities for Environmental Protection
Contractors shall complete and provide environmental training documentation
for training required by Federal, State, and local regulations.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
1.3.1 Sediment
Soil and other debris that have eroded and have been transported by runoff
water or wind.
1.3.2 Solid Waste
Rubbish, debris, garbage, and other discarded solid materials, except
hazardous waste as defined in paragraph entitled "Hazardous Waste,"
resulting from industrial, commercial, and agricultural operations and from
community activities.
1.3.3 Sanitary Wastes
Wastes characterized as domestic sanitary sewage.
1.3.4 Rubbish
Combustible and noncombustible wastes such as paper, boxes, glass,
crockery, metal, lumber, cans, and bones.
1.3.5 Debris
Combustible and noncombustible wastes such as ashes and waste materials
resulting from construction or maintenance and repair work, leaves, and
tree trimmings.
1.3.6 Chemical Wastes
This includes salts, acids, alkalies, herbicides, pesticides, and organic
chemicals.
1.3.7 Garbage
Refuse and scraps resulting from preparation, cooking, dispensing, and
consumption of food.
1.3.8 Hazardous Waste
Hazardous substances as defined in 40 CFR 261 or as defined by applicable
State and local regulations.
1.3.9 Hazardous Materials
Hazardous materials as defined in 49 CFR 171 and listed in 49 CFR 172.
SECTION 01 57 19 Page 2

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel 5 India Co. CL0701A
11
1.3.10 Landscape Features
Trees, plants, shrubs, and ground cover.
1.3.11 Lead Acid Battery Electrolyte
The electrolyte substance (liquid medium) within
a battery cell.
1.3.12 Oily Waste
Petroleum products and bituminous materials.
1.3.13 Class I Ozone Depleting Substance (ODS)
Class I and Class II ODS are defined in Sections
602 (a and b) of The Clean
Air Act.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
Submit the following in accordance with Section
01 33 00, "Submittal
Procedures."
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Environmental protection plan
Preconstruction survey report
MSDS for Class I ODS waivered product
Permit for storm water discharge
Notice of Intent
Pollution Prevention Plan
SD-06 Test Reports
Abrasive blasting waste materials
Submit a copy of an approved laboratory
analysis of materials
collected as a result from abrasive blasting
operations before
disposing of waste materials.
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
Solid waste disposal permit
Disposal permit for hazardous waste
Environmental training documentation
Permit to transport hazardous waste
Hazardous waste certification
Erosion and sediment control inspection
reports
Environmental Plan Review
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 3

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A I
Annual Report of Products Containing Recovered Materials
1.4.1 Solid Waste Disposal Permit
Submit one copy of a State and local permit or license for the solid waste
disposal facility.
1.4.2 Disposal Permit for Hazardous Waste
Submit a copy of the applicable EPA and State permits, manifests, or
licenses for transportation, treatment, storage, and disposal of hazardous
waste by permitted facilities.
1.4.3 Permit to Transport Hazardous Waste
Submit one copy of the EPA or State permit license, or regulation for the
transporter who will ship the hazardous waste to the permitted Treatment,
Storage, and Disposal (TSD) facility.
1.4.4 Hazardous Waste Certification
Submit written certification that hazardous waste turned in for disposal
was generated on Government property and is identified, packaged, and
labeled in accordance with 40 CFR 261, 40 CFR 262, and 40 CFR 263.
1.4.5 Erosion and Sediment Control Inspection Reports
Submit to the Contracting Officer once every 7 calendar days and within 24
hours of a storm event that produces 0.5 inch of rain.
1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
Provide and maintain, during the life of the contract, environmental
protection as defined in this Section. Plan for and provide environmental
protective measures to control pollution that develops during normal
construction practice. Plan for and provide environmental protective
measures required to correct conditions that develop during the
construction of permanent or temporary environmental features associated
with the project. Comply with Federal, State, and local regulations
pertaining to the environment, including but not limited to water, air,
solid waste, and noise pollution.
1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PLAN
1.6.1 Contents of Environmental Protection Plan
a. Include any hazardous materials (HM) planned for use on the
station shall be included in the station HM Tracking Program
maintained by the Safety Department. To assist this effort,
submit a list (including quantities) of HM to be brought to the
station and copies of the corresponding material safety data
sheets (MSDS). Submit this list to the Contracting Officer. At
project completion, remove any hazardous material brought onto the
station. Account for the quantity of HM brought to the station,
the quantity used or expended during the job, and the leftover
quantity which (1) may have additional useful life as a HM and
shall be removed by the Contractor, or (2) may be a hazardous
waste, which shall then be removed as specified herein.
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 4

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel 6 India Co. CL0701A
b. The Environmental Protection Plan shall list and quantify any
Hazardous Waste (HW) to be generated during the project.
�r C. In accordance with station regulations, store HW near the point of
generation up to a total quantity of one quart of hazardous waste
or 55 gallons of hazardous waste. Move any volume exceeding these
quantities to a HW permitted area within 3 days. Prior to
generation of HW, contact Contracting Officer for labeling
requirements for storage of hazardous wastes.
d. In accordance with station regulations, substitute materials as
necessary to reduce the generation of HW and include a statement
to that effect in the Environmental Plan.
e. Contact Contracting Officer for conditions in the area of the
v project which may be subject to special environmental procedures.
Include this information in the Preconstruction Survey. Describe
in the Environmental Protection Plan any permits required prior to
working the area, and contingency plans in case an unexpected
environmental condition is discovered.
f. Obtain permits for handling HW, and deliver completed documents to
Contracting Officer for review. File the documents with the
appropriate agency, and complete disposal with the approval of
Contracting Officer. Deliver correspondence with the State
concerning the environmental permits and completed permits to
Contracting Officer.
1.6.2 Environmental Protection Plan Format
The Environmental Protection Plan shall follow the following format:
r�\ ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PLAN
Contractor Organization
Address and Phone Numbers
1. Hazardous materials to be brought onto the station
2. MSDS package
3. Employee training documentation
4. HW storage plan
5. HW to be generated
6. Preconstruction survey results
7. Permitting requirements identified
1.6.3 Environmental Plan Review
V Fourteen days after the environmental protection meeting, submit the
proposed environmental plan for further discussion, review, and approval.
1.6.4 Preconstruction Survey
1 Perform a preconstruction survey of the project site with the Contracting
Officer, and take photographs showing existing environmental conditions in
.� and adjacent to the site.
v
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 5

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel 6 India Cc
CL0701A A
1.7 STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN
90 CFR 122.26, EPA 832-R-92-005. Provide "Stormwater Pollution Prevention
Plan."
a. Identify potential sources of pollution which may reasonably be
expected to affect the quality of storm water discharge from the
site.
b. Describe and ensure implementation of practices which will be used
to reduce the pollutants in storm water discharge associated with
industrial activity at the construction site.
C. Ensure compliance with terms of EPA general permit for storm water
discharge.
d. Select applicable management practices from EPA 832-R-92-005.
1.7.1 Notice of Intent
The Contractor shall prepare a completed Notice of Intent (NOI) form in
accordance with the requirements of the State's general permit for storm
water discharges from construction sites. Submit NOI, and the appropriate
permit fee to the Contracting Office a minimum of 19 days prior to start of
construction.
The Contractor shall keep a copy of the approved permit on site at the
Contractor's trailer at all times.
1.7.2 Class I and II ODS Prohibition
Class I ODS as defined and identified herein shall not be used in the
performance of this contract, nor be provided as part of the equipment.
Contractor must provide MSDS for Class I ODS waivered product. This
prohibition shall be considered to prevail over any other provision,
specification, drawing, or referenced documents.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ANNUAL REPORT OF PRODUCTS CONTAINING RECOVERED MATERIALS
The Contractor shall submit data annually (by December 1) products used
during the previous fiscal year (October 1 - September 30) as required by
6002 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act as amended by Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act (RCRA). Report forms is attached to end of this section
as "Appendix A."
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PROTECTION OF NATURAL RESOURCES
Preserve the natural resources within the project boundaries and outside
the limits of permanent work. Restore to an equivalent or improved
condition upon completion of work. Confine construction activities to
within the limits of the work indicated or specified. Conform to the state
permitting requirements of the Clean Water Act.
I
SECTION 01 57 19 Page 6

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A
3.1.1 Land Resources
Except in areas to be cleared, do not remove, cut, deface, injure, or
destroy trees or shrubs without Contracting Officer's permission. Do not
fasten or attach ropes, cables, or guys to existing nearby trees for
anchorages unless authorized by Contracting Officer. Where such use of
attach ropes, cables, or guys is authorized, the Contractor shall be
responsible for any resultant damage.
3.1.1.1 Protection of Trees
Protect existing trees which are to remain and which may be injured,
bruised, defaced, or otherwise damaged by construction operations. Remove
displaced rocks from uncleared areas. By approved excavation, remove trees
with 30 percent or more of their root systems destroyed. Removal of trees
and the procedure for removal requires approval of the Contracting Officer.
3.1.1.2 Landscape Replacement
Remove trees and other landscape features scarred or damaged by equipment
operations, and replace with equivalent, undamaged trees and landscape
features. Obtain Contracting Officer's approval before removal or
replacement.
3.1.1.3 Temporary Construction
Remove traces of temporary construction facilities such as haul roads, work
area, structures, foundations of temporary structures, stockpiles of excess
or waste materials, and other signs of construction. Grade temporary
roads, parking areas, and similar temporarily used areas to conform with
surrounding contours.
3.1.2 Water Resources
3.1.2.1 Stream Crossings
The Contracting Officer's approval is required before any equipment will be
permitted to ford live streams. In areas where frequent crossings are
required, install temporary culverts or bridges. Remove temporary culverts
or bridges upon completion of work, and repair the area to its original
condition.
3.1.2.2 Oily Wastes
Prevent oily or other hazardous substances from entering the ground,
drainage areas, or local bodies of water. Surround all temporary fuel oil
or petroleum storage tanks with a temporary earth berm of sufficient size
and strength to contain the contents of the tanks in the event of leakage
or spillage.
3.1.3 Fish and Wildlife Resources
Do not disturb fish and wildlife. Do not alter water flows or otherwise
significantly disturb the native habitat adjacent to the project and
critical to the survival of fish and wildlife, except as indicated or
specified.
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 7

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A I
3.2 HISTORICAL AND ARCHAEOLOGICAL RESOURCES
Carefully protect in -place and report immediately to the Contracting
Officer historical and archaeological items or human skeletal remains
discovered in the course of work. Stop work in the immediate area of the
discovery until directed by the Contracting Officer to resume work. The
Government retains ownership and control over historical and archaeological
resources.
3.3 NOISE
Make the maximum use of low -noise emission products, as certified by the
EPA. Blasting or use of explosives will not be permitted without written
permission from the Contracting Officer, and then only during designated
times. Confine pile -driving operations to the period between 8 a.m. and 9
p.m., Monday through Friday, exclusive of holidays, unless otherwise
directed.
3.4 RESTRICTIONS ON EQUIPMENT
3.4.1 Electromagnetic Interference Suppression
a. Electric motors must comply with MIL-STD-461 relative to radiated
and conducted electromagnetic interference. A test for
electromagnetic interference will not be required for motors that
are identical physically and electrically to those that have
previously met the requirements of MIL-STD-961. An
electromagnetic interference suppression test will not be required
for electric motors without commutation or sliprings having no
more than one starting contact and operated at 3,600 revolutions
per minute or less.
b. Equipment used by the Contractor shall comply with MIL-S-16165for
internal combustion engines and MIL-STD-461 for other devices
capable of producing radiated or conducted interference.
C. Conduct tests for electromagnetic interference on electric motors
and Contractor's construction equipment in accordance with
MIL-STD-461 and MIL-STD-462. Test location shall be reasonably
free from radiated and conducted interference. Furnish testing
equipment, instruments, and personnel for making the tests; a test
location; and other necessary facilities.
3.4.2 Radio Transmitter Restrictions
Conform to the restrictions and procedures for the use of radio
transmitting equipment, as directed. Do not use transmitters without prior
approval.
3.5 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURES
3.5.1 Local Erosion and Sediment Control Plan
Follow the approved storm water management, erosion and sediment control
plan.
3.5.2 Burnoff
Burnoff of the ground cover is not permitted.
I
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 8

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
3.5.3 Borrow Pit Areas
Manage and control borrow pit areas to prevent sediment from entering
nearby streams or lakes. Restore areas, including those outside the borrow
pit, disturbed by borrow and haul operations. Restoration includes
grading, replacement of topsoil, and establishment of a permanent
vegetative cover. Uniformly grade side slopes of borrow pit to not more
than a slope of 1 part vertical to 2 parts horizontal. Uniformly grade the
bottom of the borrow pits to provide a flat bottom and drain by outfall
ditches or other suitable means. Stockpile topsoil removed during the
borrow pit operation, and use as part of restoring the borrow pit area.
3.5.4 Protection of Erodible Soils
Immediately finish the earthwork brought to a final grade, as indicated or
specified. Immediately protect side and back slopes upon completion of
rough grading. Plan and conduct earthwork to minimize duration of exposure
of unprotected soils.
3.5.5 Temporary Protection of Erodible Soils
Use the following methods to prevent erosion and control sedimentation:
3.5.5.1 Mechanical Retardation and Control of Runoff
Mechanically retard and control the rate of runoff from the construction
site. This includes construction of diversion ditches, benches, berms, and
use of silt fences and strawbales to retard and divert runoff to protected
drainage courses.
3.5.5.2 Sediment Basins
Trap sediment in temporary sediment basins. Pump dry and remove
accumulated sediment, after each storm. Use a paved weir or vertical
overflow pipe for overflow. Remove collected sediment from the site.
Institute effluent quality monitoring programs.
3.5.5.3 Borrow
Permit only in areas where suitable environmental controls are possible.
3.5.5.4 Vegetation and Mulch
Provide temporary protection on sides and back slopes as soon as rough
grading is completed or sufficient soil is exposed to require erosion
protection. Protect slopes by accelerated growth of permanent vegetation,
temporary vegetation, mulching, or netting. Stabilize slopes by
hydroseeding, anchoring mulch in place, covering with anchored netting,
sodding, or such combination of these and other methods necessary for
effective erosion control.
a. Provide new seeding where ground is disturbed. Include topsoil or
nutriment during the seeding operation necessary to re-establish a
suitable stand of grass.
3.6 CONTROL AND DISPOSAL OF SOLID WASTES
Pick up solid wastes, and place in covered containers which are regularly
` SECTION 01 57 19 Page 9

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A I
emptied. Do not prepare or cook food on the project site. Prevent
contamination of the site or other areas when handling and disposing of
wastes. At project completion, leave the areas clean.
3.6.1 Disposal of Metal Paint Cans
All metal paint cans shall be taken to Building 962 for recycling. The
cans shall be empty and completely dry. The cans shall be triple rinsed
and stenciled "Triple Rinsed" prior to turn in. The Contractor shall give
the Government 72 hours advance notice prior to turn -in. Contractor is
responsible for rinsing, stenciling, crushing, and deposting in Government
owned receptable, located at Building 962.
3.6.2 Disposal of Rubbish and Debris
Rubbish and debris, except metals, shall be taken to the Government
landfill site indicated or specified. Conform to Regulations of Base
Sanitary Landfill as set forth in Base Order 11350.2C.
Metals shall be taken to the DRMO disposal area at Lot 201, as specified.
SECTION 01 57 19 Page 10

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep
for
Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS DISPOSAL - BASE
-'
SANITARY LANDFILL EXAMPLE/GENERAL
CATEGORY
INFORMATION FOR DEPOSIT IN THE LANDFILL
Mixed Debris
The following materials may be placed in
the landfill in a location designated by
the landfill operator. These items may
be mixed together.
Sheetrock - plaster - glass (broken).
Non -asbestos insulation - (fiberglass and
mineral wool shall be bagged).
Packing paper, styrofoam, and pasteboard
boxes.
Non -asbestos roofing materials such as
shingles built-up and single roofing.
Painted wood such as doors, windows,
siding, and trim.
Plastic/fiberglass such as pipe, electrical
boxes, cover plates, etc.
Ceramic and vinyl flooring or tile - ceiling
�1
tile.
Painted Masonry and
Deliver concrete, block, brick, mortar to
•�
Concrete
the landfill separate from any other items,
and place in a location designated by the
landfill operator. Reinforcement wire and
rebar shall be removed flush with exposed
surfaces.
Unpainted Masonry
Deliver concrete, block, brick, mortar to
and Concrete
the landfill separate from any other items,
and place in a location designated by the
landfill operator. Reinforcement wire and
rebar shall be removed flush with exposed
surfaces.
1
Nonrecyclable Cardboard
Breakdown corrugated cardboard boxes
and deliver to the Base Recycling
Center located at Building 982. If base
personnel rejects the cardboard, take
—
cardboard to the landfill.
Nonrecyclable Wood Pallets
Deliver usable pallets to the Base Recycling
Center located at Building 982. If base
personnel rejects the pellets, take pallets
to the landfill.
Treated Wood
Deliver treated wood, and such as piling and
power poles, to the landfill separated from
any other items, and place in locations as
designated by the landfill operator.
J SECTION O1 57 19 Page 11

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel s India Co. CL0701A I
CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS DISPOSAL - BASE
SANITARY LANDFILL EXAMPLE/GENERAL
CATEGORY
INFORMATION FOR DEPOSIT IN THE LANDFILL
Untreated/Unpainted Wood
Deliver lumber, trees, stumps, limbs, tops,
tops, and shrubs to the landfill separated
from any other items, and place in locations
as designated by the landfill operator.
Organic Matter
Deliver leaves, pine straw, grass clippings,
and shrub clippings to the landfill separated
from any other items, and place in locations
as designated by the landfill operator. No
bags or containers are allowed.
Fiberglass Tanks
Clean tanks before delivery to landfill.
550 Gallons
or Less
Asphalt Pavement
Remove pavement from Government property and
deliver to an asphalt recycling establishment.
Provide a record of the total tons of asphalt
recycled and the corporate name and location
of the recycling establishment receiving the
removed asphalt.
Separate each category of construction debris
debris at the construction site and deliver
separately to the landfill.
Place each category of construction debris
in the landfill at a location designated by
the landfill operator.
Weigh each and every vehicle delivering debris
upon entrance and exit. Cover debris.
Metals
Metals will not be accepted at the landfill.
Remove metals from each and every category
before delivery to landfill.
(Example: Remove hardware from doors and
windows.)
Dispose of metal construction debris at
Defense Reutilization Maintenance Office
(DRMO).
Aluminum, brass, copper, lead, other metal,
electrical wiring, cable (cut in 3 foot or
less sections)
SECTION 01 57 19 Page 12

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
�i 3.6.3 Garbage Disposal
Place garbage in approved containers; the Government will provide pickup
and disposal service.
3.6.4 Disposal Off -Base
a. Provide 24-hour advance written notice to the Contracting Office
of Contractor's intention to dispose of off base.
b. Disposal at sites or landfills not holding a valid State of North
Carolina permit is specifically prohibited. The prohibition also
' applies to sites where a permit may have been applied for but not
yet obtained.
�! C. Off -base disposal of construction debris outside the parameters of
this paragraph at site without State permits and/or not in
accordance with regulatory requirements shall require the
Contractor at his own expense to remove, transport and relocate
the debris to a State approved site. The Contractor shall also be
required to pay any fines, penalties, or fees related to the
illegal disposal of construction debris
3.7 CONTROL AND DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS WASTE
3.7.1 Hazardous Waste Generation
Handle generated hazardous waste in accordance with 40 CFR 262.
3.7.2 Hazardous Waste Disposal
Dispose of hazardous waste in accordance with Federal, State, and local
regulations, especially 40 CFR 263, 40 CFR 264, and 40 CFR 265. Removal of
hazardous waste from Government property shall not occur without prior
notification and coordination with the Contracting officer. Transport
hazardous waste by a permitted, licensed, or registered hazardous waste
transported to a TSD facility. Hazardous waste shall be properly
identified, packaged, and labeled in accordance with 49 CFR 172. Provide
completed manifest for hazardous waste disposed of off -site to the
Contracting Officer within 7 days of disposal. Hazardous waste shall not
be brought onto the station.
3.7.3 Hazardous Waste Storage
Store hazardous waste in containers in accordance with 49 CFR 178.
Identify hazardous waste in accordance with 40 CFR 261 and 40 CFR 262.
Identify hazardous waste generated within the confines of the station by
the station's EPA generator identification number.
� 3.7.4 Spills of Oil and Hazardous Materials
U
Take precautions to prevent spills of oil and hazardous material. In the
event of a spill, immediately notify the Contracting Officer. Spill
response shall be in accordance with 40 CFR 300 and applicable State
regulations.
3.7.5 Lead -Acid Batteries
Dispose of lead -acid batteries that are not damaged or leaking at a
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 13

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
State -approved battery recycle or at a permitted or interim status
hazardous waste TSD facility. For lead -acid batteries that are leaking or
have cracked casings, dispose of the electrolyte solution using one of the
following alternatives:
a. An industrial waste water treatment plant, if available and
approved by the Contracting Officer for disposing of lead -acid
battery electrolyte.
b. Dispose of the lead -acid battery electrolyte at a permitted or
interim status hazardous waste TSD facility.
The management and disposal of waste lead -acid batteries and electrolyte
shall comply with requirements for management and disposal of hazardous
wastes.
3.7.6 Mercury Control
Prior to starting work, remove thermostats, switches, and other components
that contain mercury. Upon removal, place items containing mercury in
doubled polyethylene bags, label, and turn over to the Contracting Officer
for disposal.
3.7.7 Petroleum Products
Protect against spills and evaporation during fueling and lubrication of
equipment and motor vehicles. Dispose of lubricants to be discarded and
excess oil.
3.7.8 Ozone Depleting Substances (ODS)
Remove ODS as specified in Section 02 41 00, "Demolition."
3.8 DUST CONTROL
Keep dust down at all times, including nonworking periods. Sprinkle or
treat, with dust suppressants, the soil at the site, haul roads, and other
areas disturbed by operations. Dry power brooming will not be permitted.
Instead, use vacuuming, wet mopping, wet sweeping, or wet power brooming.
Air blowing will be permitted only for cleaning nonparticulate debris such
as steel reinforcing bars. Only wet cutting will be permitted for cutting
concrete blocks, concrete, and bituminous concrete. Do not shake bags of
cement, concrete mortar, or plaster unnecessarily.
3.8.1 Abrasive Blasting
3.8.1.1 Blasting Operations
The use of silica sand is prohibited in abrasive blasting.
Provide tarpaulin drop cloths and windscreens to enclose abrasive blasting
operations to confine and collect dust, abrasive agent, paint chips, and
other debris.
3.8.1.2 Disposal Requirements
Collect dust, abrasive, paint, and other debris resulting from abrasive
blasting operations and store in 55 gallon drums with watertight lids.
Take a representative sample of this material, and test for EP toxicity
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 14

tMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
with respect to lead, chromium, and cadmium content. The sampling and
testing shall be performed in accordance with 40 CFR 261. Handle debris
resulting from the abrasive blasting operations as a hazardous material,
and dispose of in accordance with 40 CFR 262, 40 CFR 263, 40 CFR 264, and
40 CFR 265. Transport hazardous material by a transporter licensed and
permitted for transportation of hazardous materials. Dispose of hazardous
material in an EPA -approved and permitted facility specifically designated
for hazardous waste disposal.
3.9 QUARANTINE FOR IMPORTED FIRE ANT (4/82)
Onslow, Jones, and Cartaret Counties and portions of Duplin and Craven
Counties have been declared a generally infested area by the United States
Department of Agriculture (USDA) for the imported fire ant. Compliance
with the quarantine regulations established by this authority as set forth
in USDA Publication 301.81 of 31 December 1992, is required for operations
hereunder. Pertinent requirements of the quarantine for materials
originating on the Camp Lejeune reservation, the Marine Corps Air Station
(Helicopter), New River and the Marine Corps Air Station, Cherry Point,
which are to be transported outside Onslow County or adjacent suppression
areas, include the following:
a. Certification is required for the following articles and they
shall not be moved from the reservation to any point outside
Onslow County and adjacent designated areas unless accompanied by
a valid inspection certificate issued by an Officer of the Plant
Protection and Quarantine Program (PPQ) of the U.S. Department of
Agriculture.
(1) Bulk soil
(2) Used mechanized soil -moving equipment. (Used mechanized
soil -moving equipment is exempt if cleaned of loose noncompacted
soil).
(3) Other products, articles, or means of conveyances, if it is
determined by an inspector that they present a hazard of
transporting spread of the imported fire ant and the person in
possession thereof has been so notified.
b. Authorization for movement of equipment outside the imported fire
and regulated area shall be obtained from USDA, Animal and Plant
Health Inspection Service (APHIS), Plant Protection and Quarantine
(PPQ), Box 28, Goldsboro, North Carolina, 27533-0028, Attn:
Mr. William Scroggins or Mr. Frank Best, telephone [phone].
If Mr. Scroggins or Mr. Best are not available, contact Mr. Jim
Kelley at [phone], the supervisor's office in Wilmington.
Requests for inspection shall be made sufficiently in advance of
the date of movement to permit arrangements for the services of
authorized inspectors. The equipment shall be prepared and
�y
!�
assembled so that it may be readily inspected. Soil on or
attached to equipment, supplies, and materials shall be removed by
9A
washing with water or such other means as necessary to accomplish
complete removal. Resulting spoil shall be wasted.as necessary
,
and as directed.
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 15

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for
Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel
& India Co. CL0701A
ANNUAL REPORT OF PRODUCTS
CONTAINING RECOVERED MATERIALS
Page 1 of 3
Contractor shall submit data annually (By 1 December) for the following
products used during the previous fiscal year (1 October - 30 September) as
-
required by 6002 of the Solid
Waste Disposal Act as ammended by Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act
(RCRA):
Contract Number:
Fiscal Year:
- ------MATERIAL
-------------------------------
-----------1--
UNIT QUANTITY TOTAL
IA. Insulation I
-QUANTITY
-(CRM)---I- -I
---I--
I I
I 1. Loose fill I
----------------------------
Ft3 I I I
l�
I ---------
1 2. Blanket or batt I
I-------------------I----------------I
Ft2 I
I---------------------------- I ---------
1 3. Board I
----------------------------
I ------------------- ----------------I
Ft2 1
1I ---------
1 4. Spray -in -place I
I------------------- I ----------------I
m3
I------------------------------------
1 5. Other
-------------------I----------------I
IB. Cement and Concrete I
yd3 I
IC. Pier and Paper Products I
I i I�
1 1. Copy Paper I
Box I I
I---------------------------- I ---------
1 2. Printing/Writing Paperl
I ------------------- ----------------I
Box I
I---------------------------- I ---------I-------------------
1 3. Corrugated and I
I ----------------I
I I I
I fiberboard boxes I
Box I I
1 4. Folding boxboard and I
I I
I cartons I
Box I I I
I---------------------------- I ---------
1 5. Stationary, office I
I-------------------I----------------i
I I
I papers, envelopes, andl
I
computer paper I
$Amt I I
I---------------------------- I ---------
1 6. Toilet tissue, paper I
I ------------------- I ----------------I
I I
I towels, fasial tissue,)
I I
I paper napkins, doilies)
I I
I and industrial wipes I
I---------------------------- ---------
$Amt I I
I
1 7. Brown papers and I
I ------------------- I ----------------I
I I I
I coarse papers I
Box I I I
I---------------------------- I ---------
1 6. Other 1
I ------------------- I ---------------- I
1 1 1
1
-------------------I---------I-------------------I----------------I
I
I I I
r
APPENDIX A
SECTION 01 57 19 Page 16

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
Page 2 of 3
MATERIAL I DEFINITION
11.
I----------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Quantity (CRM)
I Quantity used containing recovered materials.)
----------------------------------------------
12.
Total Quantity
I 1
I Quantity used containing recovered materials I
I plus quantity used not containing recovered I
----------------------------
I materials. 1
13.
Unit
I ----------------------------------------------I
I Ft3 (cubic feet), Ft2 (square feet),
I
I m3 (cubic meters), yd3 (cubic yards), box
I
I (number of boxes used), $ Amt (dollar value I
I
I----------------------------
I of material used) 1
----------------------------------------------I
14.
Loose -Fill Insulation
I
I Includes, but is not limited to..."cellulose
I fiber, mineral fibers (fiberglass and rock I
----------------------------
I wool), vermiculite, and perlite.
I ----------------------------------------------I
15.
Blanket or Batt
I Includes, but is not limited to... "mineral
I
I------------------
Insulation
--I----------------------------------------------I
I fibers (fiberglass and rock wool)."
16.
Board Insulation
I This category refers to sheathing, roof
I
I decking, and wood panel insulation. It
I
I includes, but is not limited to... "cellulose)
I
I fiber fiberboard, perlite composite board,
I
I polyurethane, polyisocyanurate, polystyrene,
I
I----------------------------
I phenolics, and composites."
I ----------------------------------------------I
17.
Spray -in -place
I Includes, but is not limited to... "foam -in -
I
Insulation
I place polyurethane and polyisocyanurate,
1
I----------------------------
1 and spray -on cellulose." 1
----------------------------------------------I
18.
Cement or Concrete
I
I
Containing Recovered
1
Materials, Cement, or
I
Concrete Containing
I
Fly Ash
----------------------------
19.
Copy Paper
----------------------------------------------I
I This item refers to... "any grade of paper
I
I suitable for copying by the xerographic I
I
I method."
I----------------------------
110.
Printing & Writing
I ----------------------------------------------I
I This item refers to... "paper designed for
Paper
I printing, other than newsprint, such as
I
I offset or book paper," and... "paper 1
I
1 suitable for pen and ink, pencil, typewriter I
I or printing." 1
APPENDIX A
SECTION 01 51 19 Page 17

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
Page 3 of 3
-- --- ---- --- - -------------------------------------------------------
MATERIAL DEFINITION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
I11. Corrugated & Fiberboard Corrugated boxes refer to... "boxes made of 1
Boxes
corrugated F
made from a
I
to two flat
1
(linerboard)
I
refer to...
I
either solic
I
(general tez
----------------------------
I
paperboard c
112.
I-------------
Folding Boxes and I
This item re
I
Cartons
suitable for
cartons."
----------------------------
113.
Stationery, Office I
-------------
This item is
Papers, Envelopes, and I
however, if
1
Manifold Business Forms 190
CFR 250.4
I
items.
114.
-----------
Toilet Tissue, Paper
------------
This item is
Towels, Facial Tissue,
however, if
I
Paper Napkins, Doilies, 1
40 CFR 250.4
----------------------------
and Industrial Wipes I
items.
115.
I-------------
Brown Papers, and Coarse)
Brown papers
1
Papers I
made from un
for bags, sa
forth." Coa
I
used for inc
distinguishe
or sanitary
----------------------------
116.
Other I
-------------
Any other ty
I
----------------------------
I
I----------------------------I-------------
I
-----------------------------------------
I
-----------------------------------------
I
-----------------------------------------
I
-----------------------------------------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
of the above
-------------
-- End of Section --
aperboard, which, in turn, is I
fluted corrugating medium pasted
sheets of paperboard 1
Fiber or fiberboard boxes 1
"boxes made from containerboard,
fiber or corrugated paperboard I
m); or boxes made from solid I
f the same material throughout." I
---------------------------------I
fers to... "a paperboard I
the manufacture of folding
---------------------------------
considered self-explanatory, I
questions arise refer to I
for definitions of any of these I
---------------------------------
considered self-explanatory,
questions arise refer to
for definitions of any of these
---------------------------------
refer to... "papers usually
oleached kraft pulp and used
cks, wrapping paper, and so 1
rse papers refer to.... "papers
istrial purposes,as
J from those used for cultural I
?urposes." 1
---------------------------------I
ae of paper not included in any 1
categories. 1
---------------------------------I
---------------------------------I
------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------1
---------------------------------I
APPENDIX A
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 18

MARSOC Clam Sheli Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Cc
CL0701A
SECTION O1 77 00
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
09/06
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUBMITTALS
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00, "Submittal
Procedures."
SD-10, Operation and Maintenance Data
Equipment/product warranty list
Submit Data Package 1 in accordance with Section 01 78 23,
"Operation and Maintenance Data."
EQUIPMENT/PRODUCT WARRANTY TAG
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
As -built drawings
CIS Deliverables
Record of materials
1.2 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
As -Built Drawings will be submitted as specified in 1.2.1 along with GIS
Deliverables which will be created and submitted within specification in
section 1.2.2.
1.2.1 As -Built Drawings
"FAC 5252.236-9310, Record Drawings." In addition to the requirements of
FAC 5252.236-9310, the Contractor shall survey the horizontal and vertical
location of all new utilities and structures to within 0.1 feet relative to
the station datum. All utilities shall be surveyed at each fitting and
every 100 LF of run length and at each change of direction. All structures
shall be surveyed at corners of buildings. Locations and elevations shall
be recorded on the Record Drawings. Submit drawings with QC certification.
Submit drawings in AutoCAD format versions 2000 or 2002.
1.2.2 GIS Deliverables
Shall meet the following requirements:
1.2.2.1 Objective
The primary objective of this section is to provide detailed specifications
for GIS, Geographic Information Systems and GPS, Global Positioning System,
technologies that will be utilized in the creation of the geospatial data
SECTION O1 77 00 Page 1

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel 6 India Co. CL0701A 1
deliverables for all new Infrastructure and Utility data which is to be
used to update Camp Lejeune's Integrated Geographic Information Repository
(IGIR), database.
1.2.2.2
LIS
F1
Specific Tasks
Requirements for GPS collection:
1. Utilities: Locate, field verify and collect GPS coordinates
for all new Utility data utilizing Survey Grade GPS. The Geoid99
CONUS epoch shall be used for survey grade data collection, or a
more current epoch if available at the time of this contract.
Horizontal accuracy for survey grade GPS data collection shall be
+ 1 centimeter at 1 sigma + 2 PPM. Every effort shall be made to
capture feature locations without using offsets unless
obstructions are present.
2. Infrastructure: Field verify and collect GPS coordinates for
all new Infrastructure data utilizing Sub -meter Grade GPS. The
Geoid99 CONUS epoch shall be used for survey grade data
collection, or a more current epoch if available at the time of
this project. Horizontal accuracy for Sub -meter grade GPS data
collection shall be + 1 meter at 1 sigma + 2 PPM.
Creation of GIS Spatial data
1. Locate, verify and/or GPS all newly constructed features in
order to create spatial and non -spatial GIS data.
2. Spatially reference in data deliverable where new utility
features tie in from construction to existing utility systems.
3. All utility data will be created using GIS spatially
connectivity rules which specifies that vertex, edge and endpoints
be snapped to features within the utility system. Features will be
snapped to the appropriate utility item.
9. Correct Topology will be used for all features. Feature where
edges meet should not overlap.
5. The contractor shall review current GIS data for the MCB Camp
Lejeune's IGIR database and update the newly demolished utility ��
for each Utility Line Feature data set. I
a) Demolished Lines are to be delivered in the appropriate
feature data set.
b) Abandoned In Place, AIP, utility lines will be located and
updated in the current utility line feature data set '
and identified as AIP.
6. GPS raw data will be submitted with each review.
C. Creation of Attribute data
1. The Contractor shall request a copy of Camp Lejeune's GIS data
via the project manager. Camp Lejeune's GIS data is continuously
being updated and/or changed, therefore it is suggested that the
GIS data be routinely requested.
SECTION 01 77 00 Page 2

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
2. Each Feature class attribute data shall be developed in
accordance with the most current layout used by MCB, Camp
Lejeune's IGIR data. Any alteration shall be submitted for
approval prior to collection of data to the I&E's Public Works GIS
Data Development Section, building 1005.
A
3. Specific attention shall be used with data type, character
length, and attribute field name.
4. The Contract shall review Camp Lejeune's current attributes
for each feature class and populate the tables in accordance with
existing scheme, and collect attributed data as outlined in
section G.
5. Use of construction/as-built drawings to obtain attribute data
associated with features located in field is acceptable; however,
changes in spatial and non -spatial data in the field always
supersede planned drawings.
6. In section G references to Units of Measure, Units and Size
Units are defined in Camp Lejeune existing GIS data for specific
feature classes.
D. Geographic Data Documentation, the creation of Metadata
1. For each digital file delivered containing geographic
information (regardless of format); the Contractor shall provide
documentation consistent with the Federal Geographic Data
Committee (FGDC) Content Standards for Digital Geospatial Metadata
(CSDGM).
2. Data sets derived from GPS data collection efforts shall
include metadata to record descriptions of the receiver and other
equipment used during collection and processing, base stations
used for differential corrections, software used for performing
differential corrections, estimated horizontal and vertical
accuracies obtained, and conversion routines used to translate the
data into final geographic data delivery format.
E. Geospatial Data Projection:
1. Geographic data (regardless of format) shall be provided in
meters and projected into the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM)
coordinate system.
2. The maps and data shall use UTM Zone 18N, the GRS 1980
spheroid and the North American Datum 1983 (WGS-84).
3. Each data set shall have a projection file if appropriate
based on format. The Contracting Officer's Technical
Representative, if applicable will determine map or drawing scales.
4. Mapping accuracy for the agreed scales will conform to the
American Society for Photogrammetry and Remote Sensing (ASPRS),
"Accuracy Standards for Large -Scale Maps" and "Interim Accuracy
Standards for Large -Scale Maps" (ASPRS, 1991).
F. Geospatial Data Structure:
SECTION O1 77 00 Page 3

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A I
1. GIS Data Sets - The Contractor should have a working knowledge
of the most current version of the Spatial Data Standards for
Facilities, Infrastructure and Environment (SDSFIE), also known as
the National Committee for Information Technology Standards.
G. The following attributes shall be collected for each
Infrastructure data class:
1. Infrastructure: Collect CPS data for all features listed with
Sub -Meter accuracy.
A. Structures: LEJEUNE.structure_existing_area
1. GPS Structure and collect the following attributes:
a) Subtype ID: Structure, Canopy/Pavilion, Shed,
Towers, Carport and Dugouts, etc
b) Building ID: Facility Number
c) Structure Status: existing structure, portable,
etc
d) Number of Levels
e) Structure Use 2: Populate "Residential" if
structure is a residential unit
f) Material: Brick, Vinyl, etc.
g) Drawing Number
h) Drawing Type
i) Contract Number
j) Date Acquired: Year
k) Date Source: Survey Grade GPS, Located in
Field, Sub -Meter Grade GPS, Georeferenced
Drawing, AutoCAD Drawing
B. Parking Lots: LEJEUNE.vehiclejparking_area
1. GPS and collect the following attributes:
a) Parking ID: Building that is associated with
this feature
b) Paved or Unpaved
c) Total Spaces
d) Lighting: yes / no -
e) Installation Date
f) Drawing Number
g) Drawing Type
h) Contract Number
i) Data Source: Sub -Meter GPS, Survey Grade GPS,
Georeferenced Drawing, AutoCAD Drawing
C. Fence/Walls/Gates: LEJEUNE.general improvement feat line
1. GPS and collect the following attributes:
a) Subtype ID: FENCE, GATE, WALL
b) Material: CHAIN LINK, WOOD, etc
c) Containment Type: AST, Parking lot, Pumping
Station, Pond, Well, etc
d) Feature Height
e) Units of Measure
SECTION 01 77 00 Page 4

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
f) Drawing Number
g) Drawing Type
h) Contract Number
i) Data Source: Sub -Meter GPS, Survey Grade CPS,
Georeferenced Drawing, AutoCAD Drawing
D. Other Infrastructure Features:
1. All newly constructed Infrastructure items may
require GIS data. Confirmation for such items that
have not been referenced in 1.2.2.2 Specific Tasks,
Section G, can be obtained by contacting the
Installations and Environment, Public Works
Department, GIS Section. At a minimum the following
will be required;
a) Facility ID
b) Installation Date
c) Type/Description
d) Material
e) Drawing Number
f) Drawing Type
g) Contract Number
h) Date Source: Survey Grade GPS, Sub -Meter GPS,
Georeferenced Drawing, AutoCAD Drawing
2. Utilities: Locate and Collect GPS data for each feature
listed with survey grade accuracy.
Please note: All utility lines that can be currently located
in MCB, Camp Lejeune GIS geodatabase that are to be
demolished/removed within the specifications of this contract
will be used to update the demolished line feature data set for
that class. The existing spatial and non -spatial data will be
copied into the demolished feature class. This information
does not include Abandoned in Place (AIP) lines. Abandoned
lines shall remain the in the existing data feature class and
be attributed AIP.
Electrical Distribution - Please Note: MCB, Camp Lejeune's
Complete Circuit ID list is available upon request.
A. Electrical Lines: LEJEUNE.electrical cable line
1. Locate all Electrical Line data and collect the
following attributes:
a) Subtype Identifier: Primary OH, Primary UG,
Secondary OH, Secondary UG, Service OH, Service UG
b) Disposition: Permanent, Buried, Abandoned etc
c) Subtype: Overhead/Underground
d) Date Acquired: Year
e) Disposition: Permanent, Temporary, Demolished,
Abandoned, etc
f) Conduit Size
g) Number of Phases
h) Insulation Material
i) Voltage
j) Cable Length
SECTION O1 77 00 Page 5

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL07O1A 1
k) Size of Units
1) Substation ID
m) Circuit ID: RG1, RG2, AS1, ASL, FC1, FC2, MAL,
etc
n) Contract Number
o) Drawing Type
p) Drawing Number
q) Secondary Voltage: i.e., 12470\7200 480\277
120\240)
r) Date Source: Survey Grade CPS, Located in Field,
Sub -Meter GPS, Georeferenced Drawing, AutoCAD
Drawing
B. Electrical Meter: LEJEUNE.electrical meter —point
1. Locate, GPS and collect the following attributes:
a) Meter ID
b) Voltage
c) KW Rate
d) Number of Phases
e) Model Number
f) Date Acquired
g) Facility ID
h) Substation ID
i) Circuit ID: RG1, RG2, AS1, ASL, FC1, FC2,
MAL, etc
j) X Coordinates
k) Y Coordinates
1) Contract Number
m) Drawing Type
n) Drawing Number
o) Data Source: Survey Grade GPS, Located in Field,
Sub -Meter GPS, Georeferenced Drawing, AutoCAD
Drawing
C. Electrical Transformer:
LEJEUNE.elect_transformr bank_point
1. Locate, GPS and collect the following attributes:
a) Subtype: Pole Mount, Pad Mount
b) Transformer Id
C) Date Installed
d) Primary Voltage
e) Secondary Voltage
f) Number of Transformers
g) Total KVA
h) Substation ID
i) Circuit ID: RG1, RG2, AS1, ASL, FC1, FC2,
MAL, etc
j) KVA Information
k) X Coordinates
1) Y Coordinates
m) Contract Number
n) Drawing Type
o) Drawing Number
p) Date Source: Survey Grade GPS, Located in
Field, Sub -Meter GPS, Georeferenced Drawing,
SECTION 01 77 00 Page 6

MARSOC Clam Shell
Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel India
& Co. CL0701A
AutoCAD Drawing
D.
Electrical
Poles: LEJEUNE.utility_Pole_tower_point
i
1.
Locate, GPS and collect the following attributes:
a) Pole No
b) Date Acquired: Year
c) Condition
d) Type: pole, riser, down guy, etc
e) Material
f) Pole Height
g) Units of Measure
h) Circuit ID (previously Feeder ID): RG1, RG2,
AS1, ASL, FC1, FC2, MAL, etc
i) X Coordinates
j) Y Coordinates
k) Contract Number
1) Drawing Type
m) Drawing Number
n) Date Source: Survey Grade GPS, Located in
Field, Sub -Meter GPS, Georeferenced Drawing,
AutoCAD Drawing
E.
Exterior
Lighting: LEJEUNE.utility_pole_tower_point
1.
Locate, GPS and collect the following attributes:
a)
Light Type
b)
X Coordinates
�
c)
Y Coordinates
d)
Sensor: YES/ NO
e)
Watts
f)
Voltage
g)
Circuit ID: RG1, RG2, AS1, ASL, FC1, FC2, MAL, etc
h)
Contract Number
i)
Drawing Type
j)
Drawing Number
k)
Date Acquired: Year
1)
Date Source: Survey Grade GPS, Located in Field,
!�
Sub -Meter GPS, Georeferenced Drawing, AutoCAD Drawing
F.
Electrical Switch: LEJEUNE.electrical_switch_point
'
1.
Locate, GPS and collect the following attributes:
a) Subtype ID: Circuit Breaker, Fuse Cutout, GOABS,
Reclosures; Switch, Vacuum, Disconnect, Other
b) Switch ID: if applicable
c) Disposition
d) Installation Type: Pad Mounted, Pole Mounted,
Cubicle, etc
e) Switch Status: Open, Closed
f) Voltage
g) Circuit ID: RG1, RG2, AS1, ASL, FC1, FC2,
MAL, etc
h) X Coordinates
i) Y Coordinates
j) Contract Number
SECTION 01 77 00 Page 7

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A '
k) Drawing Type
1) Drawing Number
m) Date Source: Survey Grade CPS, Located in
Field, Sub -Meter GPS, Georeferenced Drawing,
AutoCAD Drawing
G. Storm Sewer Lines: LEJEUNE.storm sewer line
1. Locate, GPS and collect the following attributes:
a) Date Acquired: Year
b) Use
c) Type
d) Material
e) Size
f) Diameters Units
g) Elevation
h) Elevation Units
i) Contract Number
j) Drawing Type
k) Drawing Number
1) Date Source: Survey Grade GPS, Located in
Field, Sub -Meter GPS, Georeferenced Drawing,
AutoCAD Drawing
H. Inlet: LEJEUNE.storm sewer inlet_point
1. Locate, GPS and collect the following attributes:
a) Subtype ID
b) Date Acquired: Year
c) Inlet Status: Curb Opening, Drop Inlet,
Surface Linear, etc
d) Invert Elevation
e) Weir Elevation
f) Elevation Units
g) X Coordinates
h) Y Coordinates
i) Contract Number
j) Drawing Type
k) Drawing Number
1) Date Source: Survey Grade GPS, Located in
Field, Sub -Meter GPS, Georeferenced Drawing,
AutcCAD Drawing
Wastewater Collection: Collect GPS data - survey grade
I. Wastewater Lines: LEJEUNE.wastewater line
1. Locate, GPS and collect the following attributes:
a) Pipe ID: by Manhole number
b) Date Acquired: Year
c) Use: main line, force main, building/facility
service, abandoned/inactive pipe, etc
d) Material
e) Size of Diameter
f) Units
g) Invert Elevation 1
SECTION 01 77 00 Page 8

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
h) Invert Elevation 2
i) Elevation Units
j)
Slope
k)
Slope Units: Percent
1)
Building ID: If building/facility service line
indicate Building number that the line services
m)
Contract Number
n)
Drawing Number
o)
Drawing Type
p)
Date Source: Survey Grade GPS, Located in Field,
Sub -meter GPS, Georeferenced Drawing, AutoCAD
Drawing
J. Fitting:
LEJEUNE.wastewater_fitting-point
'
1. Georeference
Fitting data and collect the following
attributes:
a)
Subtype ID: BEND, CAP, CLEANOUT, REDUCER, TEE,
WYE, etc
b)
Date Acquired: Year
c)
Type
d)
Material
e)
Size of Diameter
f)
Units
g)
User Flag: Named Area
'
h)
Contract Number
i)
Drawing Type
j)
Drawing Number
k)
X Coordinates
t
1)
Y Coordinates
m)
Date Source: Survey Grade GPS, Located in Field,
Sub -Meter GPS, Georeferenced Drawing, AutoCAD
Drawing
K. Valves: LEJEUNE.wastewater_valve-,Point
'
1. Locate, GPS and collect the following attributes:
a)
Valves ID: Manhole Number associate with valve
b)
Date Acquired: Year
c)
Valve Style/Group: Gate, Check etc
d)
Valve Use
e)
Size in Diameter
'
f)
Units of Diameter
g)
Valve Elevation
h)
Units of Elevation
'
i)
j)
X Coordinates
Y Coordinates
k)
Manhole ID
1)
Contract Number
m)
Drawing Type
n)
Drawing Number
o)
Date Source: Survey Grade GPS, Located in Field,
Sub -Meter GPS, Georeferenced Drawing, AutoCAD
'
Drawing
L. Pump
Stations: LEJEUNE.wastewateryump_point
SECTION 01 77 00 Page 9

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
1. Locate, GPS and collect the following attributes:
a) Pump Station ID: Facility Number
b) Date Acquired: Year
c) Use: Air, Chemicals, Sanitation Sewage, etc
d) Type: Submersible Turbine, Vertical Lift
Centrifugal, etc
e) Cooling Method
f) Rated Outflow Volume
g) Flow Unit Measure Code
h) X Coordinates
i) Y Coordinates
j) Number of Pumps
k) Contract Number
1) Drawing Type
m) Drawing Number
n) Date Source: Survey Grade GPS, Located in Field,
Sub -Meter GPS, Georeferenced Drawing, AutoCAD
Drawing
M. Other Utility Features:
N
1. All newly constructed utility items may require GIS
data. Confirmation for such items that have not been
referenced in 1.2.2.2 Specific Tasks, Section G, can
be obtained by contacting the Installations and
Environment, Public Works Department, GIS Section.
At a minimum the following will be required;
1
1.2.2.3 Submittals
a) Facility ID
b) Installation Date
c) Type/Description
d) Material
e) Drawing Number
f) Drawing Type
g) Contract Number
h) Date Source: Survey Grade GPS, Sub -Meter GPS,
Georeferenced Drawing, AutoCAD Drawing
Non -Compliance
Failure to following Specific tasks Sections, A - H
will result in non -acceptance of data deliverable.
A. Geospatial Data Software Format: Geographic data must be provided
in a form that does not require translation, preprocessing, or post
processing before being used in the IGIR System. Digital geographic
maps and the related data sets shall be delivered in one of the
following software formats: Any maps, drawings, figures, sketches,
databases, spreadsheets, or text files prepared for this contract shall
be provided in both hard copy and digital form. The contractor shall
deliver hard copy paper ANSI E Maps of digital data with structure
identifications or numbers, road names and other relevant information
displayed and/or labeled in ArcMap and Adobe Portable Document Format
(PDF) of final data.
1. PREFERRED: In a personal geodatabase format (Access database '
SECTION 01 77 00 Page 10

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
file) using ArcGIS 9.1 The personal geodatabase must be importable
to an Oracle 109 multi-user geodatabase using ArcSDE 9.1.
2. ALTERNATIVE 1: In double precision, standard ESRI shapefile
format.
1.2.2.4 Geographic Data Review:
' 1. The digital geographic maps, GPS and related data, and text
documents shall be included for review in the draft and final
contract submittals.
' 2. For each review of digital geospatial data deliverables, the
Contractor shall provide a technical consultant to meet on -site at
' Camp Lejeune with the Public Works GIS Specialist and functional
area subject matter experts to review the data deliverables on a
Windows 2000 compatible system.
1 3. The data will be analyzed for discrepancies in subject
content, correct format in accordance with these specifications,
and compatibility with the existing IGIR system.
' 9. The Contractor shall incorporate review comments to data and
text prior to approval of the final submittal.
1.2.2.5 General References:
I. Copies of the SDSFIE may be obtained from the CADD/GIS
Technology Center's Internet homepage at http://tsc.wes.army.mil
or by contacting:
Director, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station
CADD/GIS Technology Center
' Attn: CEWES-IM-DA/Smith
3909 Halls Ferry Road
Vicksburg, MS 39180-6199
' 2. Copies of the ASPRS Accuracy Standards can be obtained on the
Internet at http://www.asprs.org or by contacting:
' American Society for Photogrammetry and Remote Sensing
5410 Grosvenor Lane, Suite 210
Bethesda, MD 20814-2160
3. Copies of the FGDC metadata standard can be obtained on the
Internet at http://www.fgdc.gov or by contacting:
FGDC Secretariat
' c/o U.S. Geological Survey
590 National Center
Reston, Virginia 22092
' [phone]
1.2.2.6 Ownership
All digital working and final files, to include raw CPS data files, final
hard -copy products, source data acquired for this project, and related
materials, including that furnished by the Government, shall become the
property of Marine Corps Base, Camp Lejeune and will not be issued,
SECTION 01 77 00 Page 11

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A '
distributed, or published by the Contractor
1.2.2.7 Milestones and Meetings
The Consultant shall comply with the schedule submittal dates presented in
tThe Consultant shall comply with the schedule submittal dates presented in
the following table. Each Phase of large projects will follow the schedule
submittal. All meetings will be held with a GIS Specialist present from
Camp Lejeune's I&E, Public Works GIS Section.
Schedule Date (No later than) Submittal Date
Kick off meeting Before GPS/GIS Work Commence
10-15% completion Review GIS Data/Comments
50% completion Review GIS Data/Comments
100 % completion (Draft) Review GIS Data/Comments
20 Days After Receipt of Comments Final Product Due
1.2.3 As -Built Record of Materials
Furnish a record of materials.
Where several manufacturers' brands, types, or classes of the item listed
have been used in the project, designate specific areas where each item was
used. Designations shall be keyed to the areas and spaces depicted on the
contract drawing. Furnish the record of materials used in the following
format:
MATERIALS SPECIFICATION MANUFACTURER MATERIALS USED WHERE
DESIGNATION (MANUFACTURER'S USED
DESIGNATION)
'
1.3 EQUIPMENT/PRODUCT WARRANTIES
'
1.3.1 Equipment/Product Warranty List
Furnish to the Contracting Officer a bound and indexed notebook containing
'
written warranties for equipment/products that have extended warranties
(warranty periods exceeding the standard one-year warranty) furnished under
the contract, and prepare a complete listing of such equipment/products.
The equipment/products list shall state the specification section
'
applicable to the equipment/product, duration of the warranty therefor,
start date of the warranty, ending date of the warranty, and the point of
contact for fulfillment of the warranty. The warranty period shall begin
'
on the same date as project acceptance and shall continue for the full
product warranty period. Execute the full list and delivere to the
Contracting Officer prior to final acceptance of the facility.
1.3.2 Equipment Warranty Tags and Guarantor's Local Representative
Furnish with each warranty the name, address, and telephone number of the '
guarantor's representative nearest to the location where the equipment and
appliances are installed. The guarantor's representative, upon request of
the station representative, shall honor the warranty during the warranty ,
period, and shall provide the services prescribed by the terms of the
warranty. At the time of installation, tag each item of warranted
equipment with a durable, oil- and water-resistant tag approved by the
Contracting Officer. Attach tag with copper wire and spray with a clear t
SECTION O1 77 00 Page 12

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel 5 India Co. CL0701A
silicone waterproof coating. Leave the date of acceptance and QC's
signature blank until project is accepted for beneficial occupancy. Tag
shall show the following information:
EQUIPMENT/PRODUCT WARRANTY TAG
Type of Equipment/Product
Warranty Period From _
Contract No.
Inspector's Signature
Construction Contractor:
Name:
Address:
Telephone:
Warranty Contact:
Name:
Address:
Telephone:
Date Accepted
STATION PERSONNEL TO PERFORM ONLY OPERATIONAL MAINTENANCE
' 1.4 CLEANUP
Leave premises "broom clean." Clean interior and exterior glass surfaces
t exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances;
polish transparent and glossy surfaces; vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces.
Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean filters of
t operating equipment. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts and
drainage systems. Sweep paved areas and rake clean landscaped areas.
Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish and construction facilities
from the site.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not used.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 01 77 00 Page 13

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
SECTION O1 78 23
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
07/06
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM E 1971 (1998; R 2005) Stewardship for the
Cleaning of Commercial and Institutional
Buildings
1.2 SUBMISSION OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Submit Operation and Maintenance (0&M) Data specifically applicable to this
contract and a complete and concise depiction of the provided equipment,
product, or system, stressing and enhancing the importance of system
interactions, troubleshooting, and long-term preventative maintenance and
operation. The subcontractors shall compile and prepare data and deliver
to the Contractor prior to the training of Government personnel. The
Contractor shall compile and prepare aggregate 0&M data including
clarifying and updating the original sequences of operation to as -built
conditions. Organize and present information in sufficient detail to
clearly explain O&M requirements at the system, equipment, component, and
subassembly level. Include an index preceding each submittal. Submit in
accordance with this section and Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.
1.2.1 Package Quality
Documents must be fully legible. Poor quality copies and material with
hole punches obliterating the text or drawings will not be accepted.
1.2.2 Package Content
Data package content shall be as shown in the paragraph titled "Schedule of
Operation and Maintenance Data Packages." Comply with the data package
requirements specified in the individual technical sections, including the
content of the packages and addressing each product, component, and system
designated for data package submission, except as follows. Commissioned
items without a specified data package requirement in the individual
technical sections shall use Data Package 3. Commissioned items with a
Data Package 1 or 2 requirement shall use instead Data Package 3.
1.2.3 Changes to Submittals
Manufacturer -originated changes or revisions to submitted data shall be
furnished by the Contractor if a component of an item is so affected
subsequent to acceptance of the O&M Data. Changes, additions, or revisions
required by the Contracting Officer for final acceptance of submitted data,
shall be submitted by the Contractor within 30 calendar days of the
notification of this change requirement.
SECTION 01 78 23 Page 1

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A '
1.2.4 Review and Approval
'
The Government's Commissioning Authority (CA) shall review the commissioned
systems and equipment submittals for completeness and applicability. The
'
Government shall verify that the systems and equipment provided meet the
requirements of the Contract documents and design intent, particularly as
they relate to functionality, energy performance, water performance,
maintainability, sustainability, system cost, indoor environmental
'
quality, and local environmental impacts. This work shall be in addition
to the normal review procedures for 0&M data.
1.2.5 O&M Database
'
Develop a database from the 0&M manuals that contains the information
required to start a preventative maintenance program.
,
1.3 TYPES OF INFORMATION REQUIRED IN 0&M DATA PACKAGES
1.3.1 Operating Instructions
,
Include specific instructions, procedures, and illustrations for the
following phases of operation for the installed model and features of each
'
system:
1.3.1.1 Safety Precautions
List
'
personnel hazards and equipment or product safety precautions for all
operating conditions.
1.3.1.2 Operator Prestart
'
Include procedures required to install, set up, and prepare each system for
use.
r
1.3.1.3 Startup, Shutdown, and Post -Shutdown Procedures
Provide narrative description for Startup, Shutdown and Post -shutdown
operating procedures including the control sequence for each procedure.
1.3.1.4 Normal Operations
Provide narrative description of Normal Operating Procedures. Include
Control Diagrams with data to explain operation and control of systems and
specific equipment.
1.3.1.5 Emergency Operations
Include Emergency Procedures for equipment malfunctions to permit a short
period of continued operation or to shut down the equipment to prevent
further damage to systems and equipment. Include Emergency Shutdown
Instructions for fire, explosion, spills, or other foreseeable
contingencies. Provide guidance and procedures for emergency operation of
all utility systems including required valve positions, valve locations and
zones or portions of systems controlled.
1.3.1.6 Operator Service Requirements
Include instructions for services to be performed by the operator such as
SECTION 01 78 23 Page 2

' MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel 6 India Co. CL0701A
lubrication, adjustment, inspection, and recording gage readings.
1.3.1.7 Environmental Conditions
1 Include a list of Environmental Conditions (temperature, humidity, and
other relevant data) that are best suited for the operation of each
product, component or system. Describe conditions under which the item
equipment should not be allowed to run.
1.3.2 Preventive Maintenance
Include the following information for preventive and scheduled maintenance
to minimize corrective maintenance and repair for the installed model and
features of each system. Include potential environmental and indoor air
quality impacts of recommended maintenance procedures and materials.
1.3.2.1 Lubrication Data
' Include preventative maintenance lubrication data, in addition to
instructions for lubrication provided under paragraph titled "Operator
Service Requirements":
' a. A table showing recommended lubricants for specific temperature
ranges and applications.
b. Charts with a schematic diagram of the equipment showing
' lubrication points, recommended types and grades of lubricants,
and capacities.
c. A Lubrication Schedule showing service interval frequency.
t 1.3.2.2 Preventive Maintenance Plan and Schedule
1 Include manufacturer's schedule for routine preventive maintenance,
inspections, tests and adjustments required to ensure proper and economical
operation and to minimize corrective maintenance. Provide manufacturer's
projection of preventive maintenance work -hours on a daily, weekly,
monthly, and annual basis including craft requirements by type of craft.
For periodic calibrations, provide manufacturer's specified frequency and
procedures for each separate operation.
1.3.2.3 Cleaning Recommendations
Provide environmentally preferable cleaning recommendations in accordance
' with ASTM E 1971.
1.3.3 Corrective Maintenance (Repair)
' Include manufacturer's recommended procedures and instructions for
correcting problems and making repairs for the installed model and features
of each system. Include potential environmental and indoor air quality
impacts of recommended maintenance procedures and materials.
' 1.3.3.1 Troubleshooting Guides and Diagnostic Techniques
' Include step-by-step procedures to promptly isolate the cause of typical
malfunctions. Describe clearly why the checkout is performed and what
conditions are to be sought. Identify tests or inspections and test
equipment required to determine whether parts and equipment may be reused
SECTION O1 78 23 Page 3

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & Ind.ia Co
CL0701A '
or require replacement.
1.3.3.2 Wiring Diagrams and Control Diagrams
Wiring diagrams and control diagrams shall be point-to-point drawings of
wiring and control circuits including factory -field interfaces. Provide a
complete and accurate depiction of the actual job specific wiring and
control work. On diagrams, number electrical and electronic wiring and
pneumatic control tubing and the terminals for each type, identically to
actual installation configuration and numbering.
1.3.3.3 Maintenance and Repair Procedures
Include instructions and a list of tools required to repair or restore the
product or equipment to proper condition or operating standards.
1.3.3.4 Removal and Replacement Instructions
Include step-by-step procedures and a list required tools and supplies for
removal, replacement, disassembly, and assembly of components, assemblies,
subassemblies, accessories, and attachments. Provide tolerances,
dimensions, settings and adjustments required. Instructions shall include
a combination of text and illustrations.
1.3.3.5 Spare Parts and Supply Lists
Include lists of spare parts and supplies required for maintenance and
repair to ensure continued service or operation without unreasonable
delays. Special consideration is required for facilities at remote
locations. List spare parts and supplies that have a long lead-time to
obtain.
1.3.4 Corrective Maintenance Work -Hours
Include manufacturer's projection of corrective maintenance work -hours
'
including requirements by type of craft. Corrective maintenance that
requires completion or participation of the equipment manufacturer shall be
identified and tabulated separately.
1.3.5 Appendices
Provide information required below and information not specified in the
preceding paragraphs but pertinent to the maintenance or operation of the
product or equipment. Include the following:
1.3.5.1 Product Submittal Data
1
Provide a copy of all SD-03 Product Data submittals required in the
applicable technical sections.
t
1.3.5.2 Manufacturer's Instructions
Provide a copy of all SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions submittals required
'
in the applicable technical sections.
1.3.5.3 0&M Submittal Data
'
Provide a copy of all SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data submittals
required in the applicable technical sections.
'
SECTION O1 78 23 Page 4

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
1.3.5.4 Parts Identification
Provide identification and coverage for all parts of each component,
' assembly, subassembly, and accessory of the end items subject to
replacement. Include special hardware requirements, such as requirement to
use high -strength bolts and nuts. Identify parts by make, model, serial
' number, and source of supply to allow reordering without further
identification. Provide clear and legible illustrations, drawings, and
exploded views to enable easy identification of the items. When
illustrations omit the part numbers and description, both the illustrations
and separate listing shall show the index, reference, or key number that
will cross-reference the illustrated part to the listed part. Parts shown
in the listings shall be grouped by components, assemblies, and
subassemblies in accordance with the manufacturer's standard practice.
Parts data may cover more than one model or series of equipment,
components, assemblies, subassemblies, attachments, or accessories, such as
typically shown in a master parts catalog
' 1.3.5.5 Warranty Information
List and explain the various warranties and clearly identify the servicing
' and technical precautions prescribed by the manufacturers or contract
documents in order to keep warranties in force. Include warranty
information for primary components such as the compressor of air
conditioning system.
1.3.5.6 Personnel Training Requirements
Provide information available from the manufacturers that is needed for
' use in training designated personnel to properly operate and maintain the
equipment and systems.
1 1.3.5.7 Testing Equipment and Special Tool Information
Include information on test equipment required to perform specified tests
and on special tools needed for the operation, maintenance, and repair of
1 components.
1.3.5.8 Testing and Performance Data
Include completed prefunctional checklists, functional performance test
forms, and monitoring reports. Include recommended schedule for retesting
and blank test forms.
' 1.3.5.9 Contractor Information
Provide a list that includes the name, address, and telephone number of the
General Contractor and each Subcontractor who installed the product or
equipment, or system. For each item, also provide the name address and
telephone number of the manufacturer's representative and service
organization that can provide replacements most convenient to the project
' site. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of the product,
equipment, and system manufacturers.
1.4 TYPES OF INFORMATION REQUIRED IN CONTROLS O&M DATA PACKAGES
Include Data Package 5 and the following for control systems:
SECTION O1 78 23 Page 5

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A '
a. Narrative description on how to perform and apply all functions,
features, modes, and other operations, including unoccupied operation,
seasonal changeover, manual operation, and alarms. Include detailed
technical manual for programming and customizing control loops and
algorithms.
b. Full as -built sequence of operations.
c. Copies of all checkout tests and calibrations performed by the
Contractor (not Cx tests).
d. Full points list. A listing of rooms shall be provided with the
following information for each room:
(1) Floor
(2) Room number
(3) Room name
(4) Reference drawing number
1.5 SCHEDULE OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PACKAGES
Furnish the 0&M data packages specified in individual technical sections.
The required information for each O&M data package is as follows:
1.5.1 Data Package 1
a. Safety precautions
b. Cleaning recommendations
C. Maintenance and repair procedures
d. Warranty information
e. Contractor information
f. Spare parts and supply list
1.5.2 Data Package 2
a. Safety precautions
b. Normal operations
C. Environmental conditions
d. Lubrication data
e. Preventive maintenance plan and schedule
f. Cleaning recommendations
g. Maintenance and repair procedures
h. Removal and replacement instructions
SECTION 01 78 23 Page 6
11

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A
i. Spare parts and supply list
j.
Parts identification
k.
Warranty information
I.
Contractor information
1.5.3
Data Package 3
1
a.
Safety precautions
b.
Operator prestart
'
C.
Startup, shutdown, and post -shutdown procedures
d.
Normal operations
e.
Emergency operations
f.
Environmental conditions
'
g.
Lubrication data
h.
Preventive maintenance plan and schedule
i.
Cleaning recommendations
'
j.
k.
Troubleshooting guides and diagnostic techniques
Wiring
diagrams and control diagrams
1.
Maintenance and repair procedures
M.
Removal and replacement instructions
n.
Spare parts and supply list
o.
Product submittal data
P.
0&M submittal data
q.
Parts identification
'
r.
Warranty information
S.
Testing equipment and special tool information
'
t.
Testing and performance data
U.
Contractor information
1
1.5.4
Data Package 4
'
a.
Safety precautions
b.
Operator prestart
1
SECTION 01 78 23 Page 7
t

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A
C. Startup, shutdown, and post -shutdown procedures
d. Normal operations
e. Emergency operations
f. Operator service requirements
g. Environmental conditions
h. Lubrication data
i. Preventive maintenance plan and schedule
j. Cleaning recommendations
k. Troubleshooting guides and diagnostic techniques
1. Wiring diagrams and control diagrams
M. Maintenance and repair procedures
n. Removal and replacement instructions
o. Spare parts and supply list
p. Corrective maintenance man-hours
q. Product submittal data
r. 0&M submittal data
S. Parts identification
t. Warranty information
U. Personnel training requirements
V. Testing equipment and special tool information
W. Testing and performance data
X. Contractor information
1.5.5 Data Package 5
a. Safety precautions
b. Operator prestart
C. Start-up, shutdown, and post -shutdown procedures
d. Normal operations
e. Environmental conditions
I. Preventive maintenance plan and schedule
g. Troubleshooting guides and diagnostic techniques
SECTION O1 78 23 Page 8

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A
h. Wiring and control diagrams
i. Maintenance and repair procedures
j. Removal and replacement instructions
k. Spare parts and supply list
1. Product submittal data
M. Manufacturer's instructions
n. 0&M submittal data
o. Parts identification
p. Testing equipment and special tool information
q. Warranty information
r. Testing and performance data
S. Contractor information
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not used.
-- End of Section --
SECTION O1 78 23 Page 9

' MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
SECTION 02 41 00
DEMOLITION
10/06
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
'
The publications listed
below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The
basic designation
publications are referred to within the text by the
only.
'
AIR-CONDITIONING AND REFRIGERATION INSTITUTE (ARI)
ARI Guideline K
(2005) Containers for Recovered
Fluorocarbon Refrigerants
AMERICAN ASSOCIATION
OF STATE HIGHWAY AND TRANSPORTATION OFFICIALS
(AASHTO)
'
AASHTO M 145
(1991; R 2000) Classification of Soils and
Soil -Aggregate Mixtures for Highway
AASHTO T 180
Construction Purposes
(2001; R 2004) Moisture -Density Relations
Of Soils Using a 4.54-kg (10-1b) Rammer
'
and an 457-mm (18-in) Drop
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI)
'
ANSI A10.6
(1990; R 1998) Safety Requirements for
Demolition Operations
U.S. ARMY CORPS
OF ENGINEERS (USACE)
'
EM 385-1-1
(2003) Safety and Health Requirements
Manual
'
U.S. DEFENSE LOGISTICS AGENCY (DLA)
DLA 4145.25
(June 2000) Storage and Handling of
Liquefied and Gaseous Compressed Gases and
Their Full and Empty Cylinders
U.S. DEPARTMENT
OF DEFENSE (DOD)
'
DOD 4000.25-1-M
(2000) Requisitioning and Issue Procedures
MIL-STD-129
(Rev P) Military Marking for Shipment and
Storage
U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)
40 CFR 61-SUBPART M
National Emission Standard for Asbestos
t
40 CFR 82
Protection of Stratospheric Ozone
SECTION 02 41 00 Page 1
1

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
49 CFR 173.301 Shipment of Compressed Gases in Cylinders
and Spherical Pressure Vessels
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Do not begin demolition or deconstruction until authorization is received
from the Contracting Officer. The work of this section is to be performed
in a manner that maximizes salvage and recycling of materials. Remove
rubbish and debris from the project site; do not allow accumulations inside
or outside the buildings. The work includes demolition,salvage of
identified items and materials, and removal of resulting rubbish and
debris. Remove rubbish and debris from Government property daily, unless
otherwise directed. Store materials that cannot be removed daily in areas
specified by the Contracting Officer. In the interest of occupational
safety and health, perform the work in accordance with EM 385-1-1, Section
23, Demolition, and other applicable Sections.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When
used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office
that will review the submittal for the Government. The following shall be
submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Existing Conditions; G
SD-07 Certificates
Demolition Plan; G
Notifications; G
Proposed demolition and removal procedures for approval before
work is started.
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
Receipts
Receipts or bills of laden, as specified.
1.4 REGULATORY AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
Comply with federal, state, and local hauling and disposal regulations. In
addition to the requirements of the "Contract Clauses," conform to the
safety requirements contained in ANSI A10.6.
1.4.1 Notifications
1.4.1.1 General Requirements
Furnish timely notification of demolition projects to Federal, State,
regional, and local authorities in accordance with 40 CFR 61-SUBPART M.
Notify the Regional Office of the United States Environmental Protection
Agency (USEPA) and the Contracting Officer in writing 10 working days prior
to the commencement of work in accordance with 40 CFR 61-SUBPART M.
SECTION 02 41 00 Page 2

' MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
' 1.4.2 Receipts
Submit a shipping receipt or bill of lading for all containers of ozone
depleting substance (ODS) shipped to the Defense Depot, Richmond, Virginia.
1.5 DUST AND DEBRIS CONTROL
Prevent the spread of dust and debris and avoid the creation of a nuisance
or hazard in the surrounding area. Do not use water if it results in
' hazardous or objectionable conditions such as, but not limited to, ice,
flooding, or pollution.
1.6 PROTECTION
1.6.1 Traffic Control Signs
Where pedestrian and driver safety is endangered in the area of removal
work, use traffic barricades with flashing lights. Notify the Contracting
Officer prior to beginning such work.
1 1.6.2 Existing Conditions Documentation
Before beginning any demolition or deconstruction work, survey the site and
examine the drawings and specifications to determine the extent of the
work. Record existing conditions in the presence of the Contracting
Officer showing the condition of structures and other facilities adjacent
to areas of alteration or removal. Photographs sized 4 inch will be
acceptable as a record of existing conditions. Include in the record the
' elevation of the top of foundation walls, finish floor elevations, possible
conflicting electricla conduits, plumbing lines, alarms systes, the
location and extent of existing cracks and other damage and description of
' surface conditions that exist prior to before starting work. It is the
Contractor's responsibility to verify and document all required outages
which will be required during the course of work, and to note these outages
on the record document.
' 1.6.3 Items to Remain in Place
Take necessary precautions to avoid damage to existing items to remain in
place, to be reused, or to remain the property of the Government. Repair
or replace damaged items as approved by the Contracting Officer.
Coordinate the work of this section with all other work indicated.
Construct and maintain shoring, bracing, and supports as required. Ensure
that structural elements are not overloaded. Increase structural supports
or add new supports as may be required as a result of any cutting, removal,
deconstruction, or demolition work performed under this contract. Do not
1, overload pavements to remain. Provide new supports and reinforcement for
existing construction weakened by demolition, deconstruction, or removal
work. Repairs, reinforcement, or structural replacement require approval
by the Contracting Officer prior to performing such work.
' 1.6.4 Existing Construction Limits and Protection
Do not disturb existing construction beyond the extent indicated or
necessary for installation of new construction. Provide temporary shoring
and bracing for support of building components to prevent settlement or
other movement. Provide protective measures to control accumulation and
migration of dust and dirt in all work areas. Remove dust, dirt, and
SECTION 02 41 00 Page 3

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A '
debris from work areas daily.
1.6.5 Weather Protection
For portions of the building to remain, protect building interior and
materials and equipment from the weather at all times. Where removal of
existing roofing is necessary to accomplish work, have materials and
workmen ready to provide adequate and temporary covering of exposed areas
1.6.6 Trees
Protect trees within the project site which might be damaged during
demolition or deconstruction, and which are indicated to be left in place,
by a 6 foot high fence. Erect and secure fence a minimum of 5 feet from
the trunk of individual trees or follow the outer perimeter of branches or
clumps of trees. Replace any tree designated to remain that is damaged
during the work under this contract with like -kind or as approved by the
Contracting Officer.
1.6.7 Utility Service
Maintain existing utilities indicated to stay in service and protect
against damage during demolition and deconstruction operations. Prior to
start of work, utilities serving each area of alteration or removal will be
shut off by the Government and disconnected and sealed by the Contractor.
1.6.8 Facilities
Protect electrical and mechanical services and utilities. Where removal of
existing utilities and pavement is specified or indicated, provide approved
barricades, temporary covering of exposed areas, and temporary services or
connections for electrical and mechanical utilities. Floors, roofs, walls,
columns, pilasters, and other structural components that are designed and
constructed to stand without lateral support or shoring, and are determined
to be in stable condition, must remain standing without additional bracing,
shoring, or lateral support until demolished or deconstructed, unless
directed otherwise by the Contracting Officer. Ensure that no elements
determined to be unstable are left unsupported and place and secure
bracing, shoring, or lateral supports as may be required as a result of any
cutting, removal, deconstruction, or demolition work performed under this
contract.
1.6.9 Protection of Personnel
Before, during and after the demolition work the Contractor shall
continuously evaluate the condition of the structure being demolished and
take immediate action to protect all personnel working in and around the
project site. No area, section, or component of floors, roofs, walls,
columns, pilasters, or other structural element will be allowed to be left
standing without sufficient bracing, shoring, or lateral support to prevent
collapse or failure while workmen remove debris or perform other work in
the immediate area.
1.7 BURNING
The use of burning at the project site for the disposal of refuse and
debris will not be permitted. Where burning is permitted, adhere to
federal., state, and local regulations.
SECTION 02 41 00 Page 4

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
1.8 FOREIGN OBJECT DAMAGE (FOD)
Aircraft and aircraft engines are subject to FOD from debris and waste
material lying on airfield pavements. Remove all such materials that may
appear on operational aircraft pavements due to the Contractor's
operations. If necessary, the Contracting Officer may require the
Contractor to install a temporary barricade at the Contractor's expense to
control the spread of FOD potential debris. The barricade must include a
fence covered with a fabric designed to stop the spread of debris. Anchor
the fence and fabric to prevent displacement by winds or jet/prop blasts.
Remove barricade when no longer required.
1.9 RELOCATIONS
' Perform the removal and reinstallation of relocated items as indicated with
workmen skilled in the trades involved. Items to be relocated which are
damaged by the Contractor shall be repaired or replaced with new undamaged
items as approved by the Contracting Officer.
1.10 REQUIRED DATA
Prepare a Demolition Plan. Include in the plan procedures for careful
removal and disposition of materials specified to be salvaged, coordination
with other work in progress, a disconnection schedule of utility services,
a detailed description of methods and equipment to be used for each
operation and of the sequence of operations. Identify components and
materials to be salvaged for reuse or recycling with reference to paragraph
Existing Facilities to be Removed. Append tracking forms for all removed
materials indicating type, quantities, condition, destination, and end use.
Coordinate with Waste Management Plan.
1.11 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
' Comply with the Environmental Protection Agency requirements specified.
1.12 USE OF EXPLOSIVES
Use of explosives will not be permitted.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
' 2.1 FILL MATERIAL
' Comply with excavating, backfilling, and compacting procedures for soils
used as backfill material to fill basements, voids, depressions or
excavations resulting from demolition or deconstruction of structures.
Fill material shall be waste products from demolition or deconstruction
until all waste appropriate for this purpose is consumed.
Fill material must conform to the definition of satisfactory soil material
as defined in AASHTO M 145, Soil Classification Groups A-1, A-2-4, A-2-5
and A-3. In addition, fill material must be free from roots and other
organic matter, trash, debris, frozen materials, and stones larger than 2
inches in any dimension.
'. Proposed fill material must be sampled and tested by an approved soil
testing laboratory, as follows:
,. Soil classification AASHTO M 145
SECTION 02 41 00 Page 5

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CLO701A '
Moisture -density relations AASHTO T 180, Method B or D
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXISTING FACILITIES TO BE REMOVED
Inspect and evaluate existing structures on site for reuse. Existing
construction scheduled to be removed for reuse shall be disassembled.
Dismantled and removed materials are to be separated, set aside, and
prepared as specified, and stored or delivered to a collection point for
reuse, remanufacture, recycling, or other disposal, as specified.
Materials shall be designated for reuse on site whenever possible.
3.1.1 Structures
a. Remove existing structures indicated to be removed to 1 feet below
grade. Interior walls, other than retaining walls and partitions,
shall be removed to 1 feet below grade or to top of concrete slab on
ground. Break up basement slabs to permit drainage. Remove sidewalks,
curbs, gutters and street light bases as indicated.
b. Demolish structures in a systematic manner from the top of the
structure to the ground. Complete demolition work above each tier or
floor before the supporting members on the lower level are disturbed.
Demolish concrete and masonry walls in small sections. Remove
structural framing members and lower to ground by means of derricks,
platforms hoists, or other suitable methods as approved by the
Contracting Officer.
C. Locate demolition and deconstruction equipment throughout the
structure and remove materials so as to not impose excessive loads to
supporting walls, floors, or framing.
3.1.2 Utilities and Related Equipment
3.1.2.1 General Requirements
Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or used facilities,
except when authorized in writing by the Contracting Officer. Do not
interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied and used by the
Government except when approved in writing and then only after temporary
utility services have been approved and provided. Do not begin demolition
or deconstruction work until all utility disconnections have been made.
Shut off and cap utilities for future use, as indicated.
3.1.2.2 Disconnecting Existing Utilities
Remove existing utilities, as indicated and terminate in a manner
conforming to the nationally recognized code covering the specific utility
and approved by the Contracting Officer. When utility lines are
encountered that are not indicated on the drawings, the Contracting Officer
shall be notified prior to further work in that area. Remove meters and
related equipment and deliver to a location in accordance with instructions
of the Contracting Officer.
3.1.3 Chain Link Fencing
Remove chain link fencing, gates and other related salvaged items scheduled
SECTION 02 41 00 Page 6

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
for removal and transport to designated areas. Remove gates as whole
units. Cut chain link fabric to 25 foot lengths and store in rolls off the
ground.
3.1.4 Paving and Slabs
Remove sawcut concrete and asphaltic concrete paving and slabs as indicated
to a depth of 6 inches below new finish grade. Provide neat sawcuts at
limits of pavement removal as indicated. Pavement and slabs designated to
be recycled and utilized in this project shall be moved, ground and stored
as directed by the Contracting Officer. Pavement and slabs not to be used
in this project shall be removed from the Installation at Contractor's
expense.
3.1.5 Masonry
Sawcut and remove masonry so as to prevent damage to surfaces to remain and
to facilitate the installation of new work. Where new masonry adjoins
existing, the new work shall abut or tie into the existing construction as
indicated. Provide square, straight edges and corners where existing
masonry adjoins new work and other locations. Masonry removed in whole
' blocks shall be salvaged and stored for reuse. Masonry removed in pieces
shall be crushed for use as aggregate.
3.1.6 Concrete
Saw concrete along straight lines to a depth of a minimum 2 inch. Make
each cut in walls perpendicular to the face and in alignment with the cut
in the opposite face. Break out the remainder of the concrete provided
that the broken area is concealed in the finished work, and the remaining
concrete.is sound. At locations where the broken face cannot be concealed,
grind smooth or saw cut entirely through the concrete.
' 3.1.7 Structural Steel
Dismantle structural steel at field connections and in a manner that will
' prevent bending or damage. Salvage for recycle structural steel, steel
joists, girders, angles, plates, columns and shapes. Flame -cutting torches
are permitted when other methods of dismantling are not practical.
Transport steel joists and girders as whole units and not dismantled.
' Transport structural steel shapes to a designated area as directed by the
Contracting Officer, stacked according to size, type of member and length,
and stored off the ground, protected from the weather.
3.1.8 Miscellaneous Metal
Salvage shop -fabricated items such as access doors and frames, steel
gratings, metal ladders, wire mesh partitions, metal railings, metal
windows and similar items as whole units. Salvage light -gage and
cold -formed metal framing, such as steel studs, steel trusses, metal
gutters, roofing and siding, metal toilet partitions, toilet accessories
' and similar items. Recycle scrap metal as part of demolition and
deconstruction operations. Provide separate containers to collect scrap
metal and transport to a scrap metal collection or recycling facility, in
accordance with the Waste Management Plan.
3.1.9 Carpentry
,. Salvage for lumber, millwork items, and finished boards, and sort by type
SECTION 02 41 00 Page 7

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A - ,
and size. Chip or shred and recycle salvaged wood unfit for reuse, except
stained, painted, or treated wood. Remove windows, doors, frames, and
cabinets, and similar items as whole units, complete with trim and
accessories. Do not remove hardware attached to units, except for door
closers. Brace the open end of door frames to prevent damage.
3.1.10 Patching
Where removals leave holes and damaged surfaces exposed in the finished
work, patch and repair these holes and damaged surfaces to match adjacent
finished surfaces, using on -site materials when available. Where new work
is to be applied to existing surfaces, perform removals and patching in a
manner to produce surfaces suitable for receiving new work. Finished
surfaces of patched area shall be flush with the adjacent existing surface
and shall match the existing adjacent surface as closely as possible as to
texture and finish. Patching shall be as specified and indicated, and
shall include:
a. Concrete and Masonry: Completely fill holes and depressions, left
as a result of removals in existing masonry walls to remain, with
an approved masonry patching material, applied in accordance with
the manufacturer's printed instructions.
b. Where existing partitions have been removed leaving damaged or
missing resilient tile flooring, patch to match the existing floor
tile.
C. Patch acoustic lay -in ceiling where partitions have been removed.
The transition between the different ceiling heights shall be
effected by continuing the higher ceiling level over to the first
runner on the lower ceiling and closing the vertical opening with
a painted sheet metal strip.
3.1.11 Mechanical Equipment and Fixtures
Disconnect mechanical hardware at the nearest connection to existing
services to remain, unless otherwise noted. Mechanical equipment and
fixtures must be disconnected at fittings. Remove service valves attached
to the unit. Salvage each item of equipment and fixtures as a whole unit;
listed, indexed, tagged, and stored. Salvage each unit with its normal
operating auxiliary equipment. Transport salvaged equipment and fixtures,
including motors and machines, to a designated storage area as directed by
the Contracting Officer. Do not remove equipment until approved. Do not
offer low -efficiency equipment for reuse.
3.1.11.1 Preparation for Storage
Remove water, dirt, dust, and foreign matter from units; tanks, piping and
fixtures shall be drained; interiors, if previously used to store
flammable, explosive, or other dangerous liquids, must be steam cleaned.
Seal openings with caps, plates, or plugs. Secure motors attached by
flexible connections to the unit. Change lubricating systems with the
proper oil or grease.
3.1.11.2 Piping
Disconnect piping at unions, flanges and valves, and fittings as required
to reduce the pipe into straight lengths for practical storage. Store
salvaged piping according to size and type. If the piping that remains can
SECTION 02 41 00 Page 8

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co.- CL0701A
become pressurized due to upstream valve failure, end caps, blind flanges,
or other types of plugs or fittings with a pressure gage and bleed valve
shall be attached to the open end of the pipe to ensure positive leak
control. Carefully dismantle piping that previously contained gas,
gasoline, oil, or other dangerous fluids, with precautions taken to prevent
injury to persons and property. Store piping outdoors until all fumes and
residues are removed. Box prefabricated supports, hangers, plates, valves,
and specialty items according to size and type. Wrap sprinkler heads
individually in plastic bags before boxing. Classify piping not designated
for salvage, or not reusable, as scrap metal.
3.1.12 Electrical Equipment and Fixtures
Salvage motors, motor controllers, and operating and control equipment that
are attached to the driven equipment. Salvage wiring systems and
components. Box loose items and tag for identification. Disconnect
primary, secondary, control, communication, and signal ciruits at the point
of attachment to their distribution system.
3.1.12.1 Fixtures
Remove and salvage electrical fixtures. Salvage unprotected glassware from
the fixture and salvage separately. Salvage incandescent, mercury-vapor,
and fluorescent lamps and fluorescent ballasts manufactured prior to 1978,
boxed and tagged for identification, and protected from breakage.
3.1.12.2 Electrical Devices
Remove and salvage switches, switchgear, transformers, conductors including
wire and nonmetallic sheated and flexible armored cable, regulators,
meters, instruments, plates, circuit breakers, panelboards, oulet boxes,
and similar items. Box and tag these items for identification according to
type and size.
3.1.12.3 Wiring Ducts or Troughs
Remove and salvage wiring ducts or troughs. Dismantle plug-in ducts and
wiring troughs into unit lengths. Remove plug-in or disconnecting devices
from the busway and store separately.
3.1.12.4 Conduit and Miscellaneous Items
Salvage conduit except where embedded in concrete or masonry. Consider
corroded, bent, or damaged conduit as scrap metal. Sort straight and
undamaged lengths of conduit according to size and type. Classify
supports, knobs, tubes, cleats, and straps as debris to be removed and
disposed.
' 3.2 CONCURRENT EARTH -MOVING OPERATIONS
Do not begin excavation, filling, and other earth -moving operations that
are sequential to demolition or deconstruction work in areas occupied by
structures to be demolished or deconstructed until all demolition and
deconstruction in the area has been completed and debris removed. Fill
holes, open basements and other hazardous openings.
SECTION 02 41 00 Page 9

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A ,
3.3 DISPOSITION OF MATERIAL
3.3.1 Title to Materials
Except for salvaged items specified in related Sections, and for materials
or equipment scheduled for salvage, all materials and equipment removed and
not reused or salvaged, shall become the property of the Contractor and
shall be removed from Government property. Title to materials resulting
from demolition and deconstruction, and materials and equipment to be
removed, is vested in the Contractor upon approval by the Contracting
Officer of the Contractor's demolition, deconstruction, and removal
procedures, and authorization by the Contracting Officer to begin
demolition and deconstruction. The Government will not be responsible for
the condition or loss of, or damage to, such property after contract award.
Showing for sale or selling materials and equipment on site is prohibited.
3.3.2 Reuse of Materials and Equipment
Remove and store materials and equipment listed in the Demolition Plan to
be reused or relocated to prevent damage, and reinstall as the work
progresses.
3.3.3 Salvaged Materials and Equipment
Remove materials and equipment that are listed in the Demolition Plan to be
removed by the Contractor and that are to remain the property of the
Government, and deliver to a storage site.
a. Salvage items and material to the maximum extent possible.
b. Store all materials salvaged for the Contractor as approved by the
Contracting Officer and remove from Government property before
completion of the contract. Material salvaged for the Contractor shall
not be sold on the site.
3.3.4 Disposal of Ozone Depleting Substance (ODS)
Class I and Class II ODS are defined in Section, 602(a) and (b), of The
Clean Air Act. Prevent discharge of Class I and Class II ODS to the
atmosphere. Place recovered ODS in cylinders meeting ARI Guideline K
suitable for the type ODS (filled to no more than 80 percent capacity) and
provide appropriate labeling. Recovered ODS shall be removed from
Government property and disposed of in accordance with 40 CFR 82.
Products, equipment and appliances containing ODS in a sealed,
self-contained system (e.g. residential refrigerators and window air
conditioners) shall be disposed of in accordance with 40 CFR 82.
3.3.4.1 Special Instructions
No more than one type of ODS is permitted in each container. A
warning/hazardous label shall be applied to the containers in accordance
with Department of Transportation regulations. All cylinders including but
not limited to fire extinguishers, spheres, or canisters containing an ODS
shall have a tag with the following information:
a. Activity name and unit identification code
b. Activity point of contact and phone number
SECTION 02 41 00 Page 10

' MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
C. Type of ODS and pounds of ODS contained
d. Date of shipment
e. Naval stock number (for information, call [phone]).
3.3.5
Transportation Guidance
Ship all ODS containers in accordance with MIL-STD-129, DLA 4145.25 (also
referenced one of the following: Army Regulation 700-68, Naval Supply
Instruction 4440.128C, Marine Corps Order 10330.2C, and Air Force
Regulation 67-12), 49 CFR 173.301, and DOD 4000.25-1-M.
3.4
CLEANUP
Remove debris and rubbish from basement and similar excavations. Remove
and transport the in a manner that prevents spillage on streets or adjacent
areas. Apply local regulations regarding hauling and disposal.
3.5
DISPOSAL OF REMOVED MATERIALS
3.5.1
Regulation of Removed Materials
t
Dispose of debris, rubbish, scrap, and other nonsalvageable materials
resulting from removal operations with all applicable federal, state and
local regulations as contractually specified in the Waste Management Plan.
Storage of removed materials on the project site is prohibited.
3.5.2
Burning on Government Property
Burning of materials removed from demolished and deconstructed structures
will not be permitted on Government property.
3.5.3
Removal to Spoil Areas on Government Property
Transport noncombustible materials removed from demolition and
deconstruction structures to designated spoil areas on Government property.
3.5.4
Removal from Government Property
Transport waste materials removed from demolished and deconstructed
structures, except waste soil, from Government property for legal disposal.
Dispose of waste soil as directed.
'
3.6
REUSE OF SALVAGED ITEMS
Recondition salvaged materials and equipment designated for reuse before
installation. Replace items damaged during removal and salvage operations
or restore them as necessary to usable condition.
-- End of Section --
1
SECTION 02 41 00 Page 11

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
SECTION 02 82 30
RE-ESTABLISHING VEGETATION
10/99
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
The work covered by this section consists of preparing seedbeds; furnishing
and placing limestone, fertilizer, and seed; compacting seedbeds;
furnishing, placing, and securing mulch; mowing; and other operations
necessary for the permanent establishment of grasses.
Seeding, and mulching shall be performed on all earth areas disturbed by
construction. Provide seeding and mulching of all areas except provide
sodding where indicated. The Contractor shall adapt his operations to
variations in weather or soil conditions as necessary for the successful
establishment and growth.
The quantity of mowing to be performed will be affected by the actual
conditions which occur during the construction of the project. The
quantity of mowing may be increased, decreased, or eliminated entirely at
the direction of the Contracting Officer. Such variations in quantity will
not be considered as alterations in the details of construction or a change
in the character of the work.
' PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 FERTILIZER
The quality of all fertilizer and all operations in connection with the
furnishing of this material shall comply with the requirements of the North
Carolina Fertilizer Law and with the rules and regulations, adopted by the
North Carolina Board of Agriculture in accordance with the provisions of
said law, in effect at the time of sampling. Fertilizer shall be 10-10-10.
Dry fertilizer shall have been manufactured from cured stock. Liquid
fertilizer shall be stored and cared for after manufacture in a manner that
will prevent loss of plant food values.
2.2 LIMESTONE
The quality of all limestone and all operations in connection with the
furnishing of this material shall comply with the requirements of the North
Carolina Lime Law and with the rules and regulations adopted by the North
Carolina Board of. Limestone shall be agricultural grade ground Dolomitic
limestone. All limestone shall contain not less than 90 percent calcium
carbonate equivalents. Dolomitic limestone shall contain not less than 10
' percent of magnesium. Dolomitic limestone shall be so graded that at least
90 percent will pass through a U.S. Standard 20 mesh screen, and at least
35 percent will pass through a U.S. Standard 100 mesh screen.
2.3 SEED
The quality of all seed and all operations in connection with the
furnishing of this material shall comply with the requirements of the North
SECTION 02 82 30 Page 1

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A '
Carolina Seed Law and with the rules and regulations adopted by the North
Carolina Board of Agriculture. Seed shall have been approved by the North
Carolina Department of Agriculture before being sown. No seed will be
accepted with a date of test more than 8 months prior to the date of
sowing, excluding the month in which the test was completed. Seed mix by
weight shall be 50% KY-31 Fescue, 20% Annual Rye, 30% Unhulled Bermuda.
2.4 MULCH FOR EROSION CONTROL
Mulch for erosion control shall consist of grain straw or other acceptable
material, and shall have been approved by the Contracting Officer before
being used. All mulch shall be reasonably free from mature seed bearing
stalks, roots, or bulblets. Material for holding mulch in place shall be
asphalt or other approved binding material.
2.5 SOD
Sod shall consist of a live, dense, well rooted growth of centipede grass
free from an excessive amount of restricted noxious weeds as defined by the
North Carolina Board of Agriculture. The area from which sod is to be
obtained shall have been mowed to a height of not less than 2 inches. Sod
shall be cut into rectangular sections of sizes convenient for handling
without breaking or loss of soil. It shall be cut with a sod cutter or
other acceptable means to a depth that will retain in the sod practically
all of the dense root system of the grass. During wet weather the sod
shall be allowed to dry sufficiently before lifting to prevent tearing
during handling and placing, and during extremely dry weather it shall be
watered before lifting if such watering is necessary to insure its vitality
and to prevent loss of soil during handling.
2.6 MATTING FOR EROSION CONTROL
2.6.1 General
Matting for erosion control shall be or excelsior matting. Other
acceptable material manufactured especially for erosion control may be used
when approved by the Contracting Officer in writing before being used.
Matting for erosion control shall not be dyed, bleached, or otherwise
treated in a manner that will result in toxicity to vegetation.
2.6.2 Excelsior Matting
Excelsior matting shall consist of a machine produced mat of curled wood
excelsior a minimum of 97 inches in width. The mat shall weigh 0.975
pounds per square yard with a tolerance of plus or minus 10 percent. At
least 80 percent of the individual excelsior fibers shall be 6 inches or
more in length. The excelsior fibers shall be evenly distributed over the
entire area of the blanket. One side of the excelsior matting shall be
covered with an extruded plastic mesh. The mesh size for the plastic mesh
shall be a maximum of 1 inch x 1 inch.
2.6.3 Wire Staples
Staples shall be machine made of No. 11 gage new steel wire formed into a
"U" shape. The size when formed shall be not less than 6 inches in length
with a throat of not less than 1 inch in width.
SECTION 02 82 30 Page 2

rMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
2.7 WATER
Water used in the planting or care of vegetation shall meet the requirements
of Class C fresh waters as defined in 15 NAC 2B.0200.
2.8 PLANT MATERIALS - NURSERY GROWN
All plants shall be as indicated. Container growth plants may be used in
lieu of balled and burlapped plants Grading of plants, size of root balls,
and type and minimum dimensions of containers shall conform to the
1 specifications contained in the edition of American Standard for Nursery
Stock. Plants shall not be cut back from larger sizes to meet the sizes
indicated. All plants shall be first-class representatives of their
species or varieties. The root system shall be vigorous and well -developed.
Plants to be balled and burlapped (B&B) shall be dug so as to retain as
many fibrous roots as possible, and shall come from soil which will form a
firm ball. The soil in the ball shall be the original and undisturbed soil
in which the plant has been grown. The plant shall be dug, wrapped,
transported, and handled in such a manner that the soil in the ball will
not become frozen, or loosened so as to cause stripping of the small
1 feeding roots or movements of the soil away from contact with such roots.
Container grown plants shall be healthy, vigorous, well -rooted, and shall
have become established in the container in which they are delivered.
These plants shall have been in the container long enough for the fibrous
roots to have developed so that the root mass will retain its shape and
hold together when removed from the container.
2.9 MATERIALS FOR STAKING AND GUYING
Stakes shall be of cypress, cedar, oak, locust, or other acceptable wood
' free from defects that would impair the strength of the stake. Stakes shall
be a minimum of 2 inch X 2 inch (nominal) inches square. The size and
length of stakes shall be as shown on the plans. Wire shall be new soft No.
14 gage steel wire, or as shown on the plans. Hose to be used with wire
shall have a minimum inside diameter of 1/2 inch. All hose shall be garden
type hose composed of rubber and fabric, or as shown on the plans.
Wrapping for tree trunks shall consist of burlap or a waterproof crinkled
kraft paper which has been prepared especially for tree wrapping, or other
tmaterials especially designed for tree wrapping.
PART 3 EXECUTION
' 3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
The work shall be performed immediately upon completion of earthwork areas.
No exception will be made to this requirement unless otherwise permitted
in writing by the Contracting Officer. Upon failure or neglect on the part
of the Contractor to coordinate his grading with seeding and mulching
operations and diligently pursue the control of erosion and siltation, the
Contracting Officer may suspend the Contractor's operations until such time
as the work is coordinated in a manner acceptable to the Contracting
Officer.
3.2 SEEDBED PREPARATION
The Contractor shall cut and satisfactorily dispose of weeds or other
unacceptable growth on the areas to be seeded. The soil shall then be
SECTION 02 82 30 Page 3

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A ,
scarified or otherwise loosened to a depth of not less than 3 inches except
as otherwise provided below or otherwise directed by the Contracting
Officer. Clods shall be broken and the top 2 to 3 inches of soil shall be
worked into an acceptable seedbed by the use of soil pulverizers, drags, or
harrows; or by other methods approved by the Contracting Officer. All rock
and debris 3 inches or larger shall be removed prior to the application of
seed and fertilizer. On cut slopes that are 2:1 and steeper, both the
depth of preparation and the degree of smoothness of the seedbed may be
reduced as permitted by the Contracting Officer, but in all cases the slope
surface shall be scarified, grooved, trenched, or punctured so as to
provide pockets, ridges, or trenches in which the seeding materials can
lodge. On cut slopes that are either 2:1 or steeper, the Contracting
Officer may permit the preparation of a partial or complete seedbed during
the initial grading of the slope. If at the time of final seeding and
mulching operations such initial preparation is still in a condition
acceptable to the Contracting Officer, additional seedbed preparation may
be reduced or eliminated. Seedbed preparation within 2 feet of the edge of
any pavement shall be limited to a depth of 2 to 3 inches. The preparation
of seedbeds shall not be done when the soil is frozen, extremely wet, or
when the Contracting Officer determines that it is an otherwise unfavorable
working condition.
3.3 LIMESTONE AND FERTILIZER
Limestone may be applied as a part of the seedbed preparation, provided it
is immediately worked into the soil. If not so applied, limestone and
fertilizer shall be distributed uniformly over the prepared seedbed and
then harrowed, raked, or otherwise thoroughly worked into the seedbed.
Apply fertilizer at the rate of 25 pounds per 1000 square feet. Apply lime
at the rate of 40 pounds per 1000 square feet. Application equipment for
liquid fertilizer, other than a hydraulic seeder, shall be calibrated to
ensure that the required rate of fertilizer is applied uniformly.
3.4 SEEDING
Seed shall be distributed uniformly over the seedbed at the rate of 3
pounds per 1000 square feet. Seed shall be harrowed, dragged, raked, or
otherwise worked so as to cover the seed with a layer of soil. The depth
of covering shall be 1/4 inch. When a hydraulic seeder is used for
application of seed and fertilizer, the seed shall not remain in water
containing fertilizer for more than 30 minutes prior to application unless
otherwise permitted by the Contracting Officer. Immediately after seed has
been properly covered the seedbed shall be compacted in the manner and
degree approved by the Contracting Officer.
3.5 MULCHING
All seeded areas shall be mulched. Grain straw or excelsior mat may be
used as mulch at any time of the year. Mulch shall be applied within 24
hours after completion of seeding unless otherwise permitted by the
Contracting Officer. Care shall be exercised to prevent displacement of
soil or seed or other damage to the seeded area during the mulching
operations. Mulch shall be uniformly spread by hand or by approved
mechanical spreaders or blowers which will provide an acceptable
application. An acceptable application will be that which will allow some
sunlight to penetrate and air to circulate but also partially shade the
ground, reduce erosion, and conserve soil moisture. Mulch shall be held in
place by applying a sufficient amount of asphalt or other approved binding
material to assure that the mulch is properly held in place. The rate and
SECTION 02 82 30 Page 4

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
method of application of binding material shall meet the approval of the
Contracting Officer. Where the binding material is not applied directly
with the mulch it shall be applied immediately following the mulch
application. During the application of binding material, adequate
precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to vehicles, structures,
guardrails,. and devices. Areas where seeding and mulching have been
performed shall be maintained in a satisfactory condition until final
acceptance of the project. Maintenance shall include mowing at the
location and times directed by the Contracting Officer. Areas of damage or
failure due to any cause shall be corrected by being repaired or by being
completely redone as may be directed by the Contracting Officer.
Excelsior matting shall be installed on all seeded slopes greater than 3:1
(h:v). Install the matting per the manufacturer's printed instructions.
3.6 SODDING
Extreme care shall be exercised to prevent breaking the sod sections and to
prevent the sod from drying out. Any sod that is torn, broken, or too dry
will be rejected. Torn or broken sod, if kept moist, may be used for
filling unavoidable small gaps in sod cover as permitted by the Contracting
Officer. Sod shall be placed on the designated areas within 24 hours after
being cut. The area to be sodded shall be brought to a firm uniform
surface. The limestone and fertilizer shall be distributed uniformly over
the area. The area shall be roughened by means of picks, rakes, or other
approved means to a depth of not less than 2 inches without distorting the
uniformity of the surface. The finished surface shall be moistened with
water prior to placing the sod. Within 24 hours after soil preparation has
been completed, place the sod. Each piece of sod shall be packed tightly
against the edge of adjacent pieces so that the fewest possible gaps will
be left between the pieces. Unavoidable gaps shall be closed with small
pieces of sod. Sod shall be placed beginning at either the top or the toe
of the slope. Sod shall be placed with the long edge horizontal and with
staggered vertical joints. The edge of the sod shall be turned slightly
into the ground at the top of a slope and a layer of earth placed over it
and tamped as to conduct the surface water over and onto the top of the
sod. On all slopes 2:1 or steeper, in drainage channels, and on any areas
that are in such condition that there is danger of sod slipping, sod shall
be staked in place by driving stakes flush with the sod. Staking shall be
done concurrently with sod placement and prior to tamping. Use wooden
stakes approximately 1 inch square or 1 inch in diameter and not less than
12 inches in length. The number of stakes shall be sufficient to prevent
slipping or displacement of the sod. Stakes shall be driven perpendicular
to the slope. Where backfill is necessary on cut slopes to obtain a
uniform sodding area, stakes shall be of sufficient length to reach a
minimum of 3 inches into the solid earth underneath the backfill. Sod
shall not be placed when the atmospheric temperature is below 32 degrees F.
Frozen sod shall not be used. After sod has been placed and tamped, it
shall be carefully and thoroughly watered as required to maintain the sod
in a healthy condition. Watering shall be conducted until final
acceptance. Application of water may be made by the use of hydraulic
seeding equipment, farm type irrigation equipment, or by other acceptable
means.
3.7 PLANTING
No planting shall be done when the temperature is below 32 degrees F.
Exercise utmost care and use adequate precautions to prevent injury of the
plant.
SECTION 02 82 30 Page 5

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A I
The roots of balled and burlapped plants, if not immediately planted after
delivery, shall be adequately protected by a soil or sawdust covering that
is kept moist constantly in an acceptable manner appropriate to weather or
seasonal conditions.
Locations for plants and outlines for areas to be planted or reforested
shall be located and marked on the ground by the Contractor prior to
digging plant holes. Flags will not necessarily be needed for all plants
required by the contract, but shall be used on portions of the project
until plant locations approved.
Shrubs and trees shall be pruned after planting as shown on the plans or as
directed by the Contracting Officer. Such pruning shall be in accordance
with the plans, generally accepted horticultural practices, and according
to shape, size, and condition of the individual plant.
After the plant hole is dug, the walls and floor of the plant hole shall be
scarified. The plant shall then be placed in the prepared plant hole at
the proper position as regards to depth, alignment, final grade of the
surrounding ground level, and vertical placement of the trunk. This
position shall be maintained during all subsequent backfilling and watering
operations. The depth to which plants are to be set shall be the same as
in the nursery or collection site unless otherwise directed.
After one-half to two-thirds of the backfilling and tamping has been
completed, and if the soil in the plant holes is not sufficiently moist it
shall be moistened with water. The quantity of water applied shall be such
as to moisten all soil particles but shall not be an amount that will
saturate the soil to the extent of excluding all air from around the roots.
After absorption of the water is sufficiently complete, the remainder of
the backfill shall be placed.
Water rings shall be constructed around all plants except reforestation
plants in accordance with details shown on the plans. A water ring shall
consist of a ridge of firmed soil in a ring around the plant and of a
minimum inside diameter equal to the diameter of the plant hole. This
ridge shall be approximately 6 inches high and shall be compacted firmly
enough to hold water.
Mulch the water ring area. The depth of mulch shall be approximately 4
inches.
Water at the time of planting and at intervals required to maintain the
plant in a healthy condition. Watering shall be done with gravity flow or
low pressure applicators which will not cause holes or washes around the
plant root system. The soil around each plant shall be thoroughly
saturated at each watering.
Plants shall be staked or guyed. Care shall be taken to ensure that the
plant is attached and held rigid to the support in a manner that will
prevent chafing or other injury to the bark, and that will permit normal
development of the trunk or branch.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 02 82 30 Page 6

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
1
1
I
1
1
�1
I
SECTION 31 11 00
CLEARING AND GRUBBING
04/06
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUBMITTALS
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When
used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office
that will review the submittal for the Government. The following shall be
submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
SD-03 Product Data
Nonsaleable Materials
Written permission to dispose of such products on private
property shall be filed with the Contracting Officer.
SD-04 Samples
Tree wound paint
Herbicide
Submit samples in cans with manufacturer's label.
1.2 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver materials to, store at the site, and handle in a manner which will
maintain the materials in their original manufactured or fabricated
condition until ready for use.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 TREE WOUND PAINT
Bituminous based paint of standard manufacture specially formulated for
tree wounds.
2.2 HERBICIDE
Comply with Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (Title 7
U.S.C. Section 136) for requirements on Contractor's licensing,
certification and record keeping. Contact the command Pest Control
Coordinator prior to starting work.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PROTECTION
3.1.1 Roads and Walks
Keep roads and walks free of dirt and debris at all times.
SECTION 31 11 00 Page 1

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A '
3.1.2 Trees, Shrubs, and Existing Facilities
Trees and vegetation to be left standing shall be protected from damage '
incident to clearing, grubbing, and construction operations by the erection
of barriers or by such other means as the circumstances require.
3.1.3 Utility Lines
Protect existing utility lines that are indicated to remain from damage.
Notify the Contracting Officer immediately of damage to or an encounter
with an unknown existing utility line. The Contractor shall be responsible
for the repairs of damage to existing utility lines that are indicated or
made known to the Contractor prior to start of clearing and grubbing
operations. When utility lines which are to be removed are encountered
within the area of operations, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting
Officer in ample time to minimize interruption of the service. Refer to
Section 01 30 00, ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS and Section 01 57 19,
TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS for additional utility protection.
3.2 CLEARING
Clearing shall consist of the felling, trimming, and cutting of trees into
sections and the satisfactory disposal of the trees and other vegetation
designated for removal, including downed timber, snags, brush, and rubbish
occurring within the areas to be cleared. Clearing shall also include the
removal and disposal of structures that obtrude, encroach upon, or
otherwise obstruct the work. Trees, stumps, roots, brush, and other
vegetation in areas to be cleared shall be cut off flush with or below the
original ground surface, except such trees and vegetation as may be
indicated or directed to be left standing. Trees designated to be left
standing within the cleared areas shall be trimmed of dead branches 1-1/2
inches or more in diameter and shall be trimmed of all branches the heights
indicated or directed. Limbs and branches to be trimmed shall be neatly
cut close to the bole of the tree or main branches. Cuts more than 1-1/2
inches in diameter shall be painted with an approved tree -wound paint.
Apply herbicide in accordance with the manufacturer's label to the top
surface of stumps designated not to be removed.
3.3 TREE REMOVAL
Where indicated or directed, trees and stumps that are designated as trees
shall be removed from areas outside those areas designated for clearing and
grubbing. This work shall include the felling of such trees and the
removal of their stumps and roots as specified in paragraph GRUBBING.
Trees shall be disposed of as specified in paragraph DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS.
3.4 PRUNING
Trim trees designated to be left standing within the cleared areas of dead
branches 1 1/2 inches or more in diameter; and trim branches to heights and
in a manner as indicated. Neatly cut limbs and branches to be trimmed
close to the bole of the tree or main branches. Paint cuts more than 1 1/4
inches in diameter with an approved tree wound paint.
3.5 GRUBBING
Grubbing shall consist of the removal and disposal of stumps, roots larger
than 3 inches in diameter, and matted roots from the designated grubbing
SECTION 31 11 00 Page 2

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
areas. Material to be grubbed, together with logs and other organic or
metallic debris not suitable for foundation purposes, shall be removed to a
depth of not less than 18 inches below the original surface level of the
ground in areas indicated to be grubbed and in areas indicated as
construction areas under this contract, such as areas for buildings, and
areas to be paved. Depressions made by grubbing shall be filled with
suitable material and compacted to make the surface conform with the
original adjacent surface of the ground.
3.6 DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS
' 3.6.1 Saleable Timber
1. All timber on the project site noted for clearing and grubbing shall
become the property of the Contractor, and shall be removed from the
project site and disposed of off stations.
3.6.2 Nonsaleable Materials
Logs, stumps, roots, brush, rotten wood, and other refuse from the clearing
and grubbing operations, except for salable timber, shall be disposed of
outside the limits of Government -controlled land at the Contractor's
responsibility, except when otherwise directed in writing. Such directive
will state the conditions covering the disposal of such products and will
also state the areas in which they may be placed.
-- End of Section --
1
1
I
I
1
1
SECTION 31 11 00 Page 3
1

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A I
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20
EXCAVATION AND FILL
04/06
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1
REFERENCES
The
publications
listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent
referenced.
The publications are referred to in the text by the
basic
designation
only.
AMERICAN
WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION(AWWA)
AWWA
C600
(2005) Installation of Ductile -Iron Water
Mains and Their Appurtenances
AMERICAN
WELDING SOCIETY (AWS)
AWS
D1.1/D1.1M
(2006) Structural Welding Code - Steel
AMERICAN
WOOD -PRESERVERS' ASSOCIATION (AWPA)
AWPA
C2
(2003) Lumber, Timber, Bridge Ties and
Mine Ties - Preservative Treatment by
Pressure Processes
AWPA
P5
(2005) Standard for Waterborne
Preservatives
ASTM INTERNATIONAL
(ASTM)
ASTM
A 139
(2000) Electric -Fusion (Arc) -Welded Steel
Pipe (NPS 4 and Over)
ASTM
A 252
(1998; R 2002) Welded and Seamless Steel
Pipe Piles
ASTM
C 136
(2005) Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse
Aggregates
ASTM
C 33
(2003) Concrete Aggregates
ASTM
D 1140
(2000) Amount of Material in Soils Finer
than the No. 200 (75-micrometer) Sieve
ASTM
D 1556
(2000) Density and Unit Weight of Soil in
Place by the Sand -Cone Method
ASTM
D 1557
(2002el) Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Modified
Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/cu. ft. (2,700
kN-m/cu.m.))
ASTM
D 2216
(2005) Laboratory Determination of Water
(Moisture) Content of Soil and Rock by Mass
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20 Page 1

MARSOC
Clam Shell Site
Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
ASTM
D
2321
(2005) Underground Installation of
Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other
Gravity -Flow Applications
ASTM
D
2487
(2000) Soils for Engineering Purposes
(Unified Soil Classification System)
ASTM
D
2922
(2004) Density of Soil and Soil -Aggregate
in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)
ASTM
D
3017
(2004) Water Content of Soil and Rock in
Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)
ASTM
D
3786
(2001) Hydraulic Bursting Strength of
Textile Fabrics -Diaphragm Bursting
Strength Tester Method
ASTM
D
422
(1963; R 2002) Particle -Size Analysis of
Soils
ASTM
D
4318
(2000) Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and
Plasticity Index of Soils
ASTM
D
4355
(2002) Deterioration of Geotextiles from
Exposure to Light, Moisture and Heat in a
Xenon -Arc Type Apparatus
ASTM
D
4491
(1999; R 2004) Water Permeability of
Geotextiles by Permittivity
ASTM
D
4533
(2004) Trapezoid Tearing Strength of
Geotextiles
I
ASTM
D
4632
(1991; R 2003) Grab Breaking Load and
Elongation of Geotextiles
ASTM
D
4751
(2004) Determining Apparent Opening Size
of a Geotextile
ASTM
D
4759
(2002) Determining the Specification
Conformance of Geosynthetics
ASTM
D
4833
(2000el) Index Puncture Resistance of
Geotextiles, Geomembranes, and Related
'
Products
ASTM
D
698
(2000ael) Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Standard
Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/cu. ft. (600
kN-m/cu. m.))
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION AGENCY (EPA)
EPA
530/F-93/004
(1993; Rev 0; Updates I, II, IIA, IIB, and
III) Test Methods for Evaluating Solid
'
Waste (Vol IA, IB, IC, and II) (SW-846)
EPA
600/4-79/020
(1983) Methods for Chemical Analysis of
Water and Wastes
SECTION -31 23 00.00 20 Page 2

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A '
1.2 DEFINITIONS
1.2.1 Capillary Water Barrier
A layer of clean, poorly graded crushed rock, stone, or natural sand or
gravel having a high porosity which is placed beneath a building slab with
or without a vapor barrier to cut off the capillary flow of pore water to
the area immediately below a slab.
1.2.2 Degree of Compaction
Degree of compaction is expressed as a percentage of the maximum density
obtained by the test procedure presented in ASTM D 698, for general soil
types, abbreviated as percent laboratory maximum density.
1.2.3 Hard Materials
Weathered rock, dense consolidated deposits, or conglomerate materials
which are not included in the definition of "rock" but which usually
require the use of heavy excavation equipment, ripper teeth, or jack
hammers for removal.
1.2.4 Rock
Solid homogeneous interlocking crystalline material with firmly cemented,
laminated, or foliated masses or conglomerate deposits, neither of which
can be removed without systematic drilling and blasting, drilling and the
use of expansion jacks or feather wedges, or the use of backhoe-mounted
pneumatic hole punchers or rock breakers; also large boulders, buried
masonry, or concrete other than pavement exceeding 1/2 cubic yard in
volume. Removal of hard material will not be considered rock excavation
because of intermittent drilling and blasting that is performed merely to
increase production.
1.2.5 Pile Supported Structure
As used herein, a structure where both the foundation and floor slab are
pile supported.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When
used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office
that will review the submittal for the Government. The following shall be
submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Dewatering work plan
Submit 15 days prior to starting work.
SD-06 Test Reports
Borrow Site Testing; G
Fill and backfill test
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20 Page 3

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
Select material test
Porous fill test for capillary water barrier
Density tests
Moisture Content Tests
Copies of all laboratory and field test reports within 24 hours of the
completion of the test.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Perform in a manner to prevent contamination or segregation of materials.
1.5 CRITERIA FOR BIDDING
Base bids on the following criteria:
t
a. Surface elevations are as indicated.
b. Pipes or other artificial obstructions, except those indicated,
will not be encountered.
C. Blasting will not be permitted. Remove material in an approved
manner.
1.6 REQUIREMENTS FOR OFF SITE SOIL
�. Soils brought in from off site for use as backfill shall be tested for TPH,
BTEX and full TCLP including ignitability, corrosivity and reactivity.
Backfill shall contain less than 100 parts per million (ppm) of total
petroleum hydrocarbons (TPH) and less than 10 ppm of the sum of Benzene,
Toluene, Ethyl Benzene, and Xylene (BTEX) and shall not fail the TCPL test.
TPH concentrations shall be determined by using EPA 600/4-79/020 Method
418.1. BTEX concentrations shall be determined by using EPA 530/F-93/004
Method 5030/8020. TCLP shall be performed in accordance with
EPA 530/F-93/004 Method 1311. Provide Borrow Site Testing for TPH, BTEX
and TCLP from a composite sample of material from the borrow site, with at
least one test from each borrow site. Material shall not be brought on
site until tests have been approved by the Contracting Officer.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.7.1 Dewatering Work Plan
Submit procedures for accomplishing dewatering work.
1.7.2 Utilities
' Movement of construction machinery and equipment over pipes and utilities
during construction shall be at the Contractor's risk. Perform work
adjacent to non -Government utilities as indicated in accordance with
procedures outlined by utility company. Excavation made with power -driven
equipment is not permitted within two feet of known Government -owned
utility or subsurface construction. For work immediately adjacent to or
for excavations exposing a utility or other buried obstruction, excavate by
hand. Start hand excavation on each side of the indicated obstruction and
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20 Page 4

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A ,
continue until the obstruction is uncovered or until clearance for the new
grade is assured. Support uncovered lines or other existing work affected
by the contract excavation until approval for backfill is granted by the
Contracting Officer. Report damage to utility lines or subsurface
construction immediately to the Contracting Officer.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 SOIL MATERIALS
2.1.1 Satisfactory Materials
Any materials classified by ASTM D 2487 as GW, GP, GM, GP -GM, GW-GM, GC,
GP -GC, GM -GC, SW, SP, SM, SW-SM free of debris, roots, wood, scrap
material, vegetation, refuse, soft unsound particles, and frozen,
deleterious, or objectionable materials. Unless specified otherwise, the
maximum particle diameter shall be one-half the lift thickness at the
intended location.
2.1.2 Unsatisfactory Materials
Materials which do not comply with the requirements for satisfactory
materials. Unsatisfactory materials also include man-made fills, trash,
refuse, or backfills from previous construction. Unsatisfactory material
also includes material classified as satisfactory which contains root and
other organic matter, frozen material, and stones larger than 2 inches.
The Contracting Officer shall be notified of any contaminated materials.
2.1.3 Cohesionless and Cohesive Materials
Cohesionless materials include materials classified in ASTM D 2487 as GW,
GP, SW, and SP. Cohesive materials include materials classified as GC, SC,
ML, CL, MH, and CH. Materials classified as GM, GP -GM, GW-GM, SW-SM,
SP-SM, and SM shall be identified as cohesionless only when the fines are
nonplastic (plasticity index equals zero). Materials classified as GM and
SM will be identified as cohesive only when the fines have a plasticity
index greater than zero.
2.1.4 Nonfrost Susceptible (NFS) Material
A uniformly graded washed sand with a maximum particle size of 1/8 inch and
less than 5 percent passing the No. 200 size sieve, and with not more than
3 percent by weight finer than 0.02 mm grain size.
2.1.5 Common Fill
Approved, unclassified soil material with the characteristics required to
compact to the soil density specified for the intended location.
2.1.6 Backfill and Fill Material
ASTM D 2487, classification GW, GP, GM, GC, SW, SP, SM with a maximum
ASTM D 4318 liquid limit of 35, maximum ASTM D 4318 plasticity index of 12,
and a maximum of 25 percent by weight passing ASTM D 1140, No. 200 sieve.
2.1.7 Select Material
Provide materials classified as GW, GP, SW by ASTM D 2487 where indicated
The liquid limit of such material shall not exceed 35 percent when tested
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20 Page 5

MARSOC Clam Shell for
Site Prep Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel &
India Co. CL0701A
in accordance with ASTM D 4318. The plasticity index
shall not be greater
than 12 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM
D 4318, and not more
than 35 percent by weight shall be finer than No. 200
sieve when tested in
accordance with ASTM D 1140.
The combined material shall conform to the following
sieve analysis:
Sieve Size Percent
Passing by Weight
2 1/2 inches
100
No. 4
40 - 85
;
No. 10
20 - 80
No. 40
10 - 60
No. 200
5 - 25
t2.1.8
Topsoil
Provide as specified in Section 02 82 30 RE-ESTABLISHING
VEGETATION.
,.
Natural, friable soil representative of productive,
well -drained soils in
the area, free of subsoil, stumps, rocks larger than
one inch diameter,
brush, weeds, toxic substances, and other material detrimental
to plant
'
growth. Amend topsoil pH range to obtain a pH of 5.5
to 7.
2.2 POROUS FILL FOR CAPILLARY WATER BARRIER
ASTM C 33 fine aggregate grading with a maximum of 3 percent by weight
passing ASTM D 1140, No. 200 sieve, and conforming to the general soil
material requirements specified in paragraph entitled "Satisfactory
Materials."
2.3 UTILITY BEDDING MATERIAL
Except as
bedding f
specified
of ASTM D
line of p
specified otherwise in the individual piping section, provide
)r buried piping in accordance with AWWA C600, Type 4, except as
herein. Backfill to top of pipe shall be compacted to 95 percent
698 maximum density. Plastic piping shall have bedding to spring
ipe. Provide ASTM D 2321 materials as follows:
a. Class I: Angular, 0.25 to 1.5 inches, graded stone, including a
number of fill materials that have regional significance such as
coral, slag, cinders, crushed stone, and crushed shells.
b. Class II: Coarse sands and gravels with maximum particle size of
1.5 inches, including various graded sands and gravels containing
small percentages of fines, generally granular and noncohesive,
either wet or dry. Soil Types GW, GP, SW, and SP are included in
tthis class as specified in ASTM D 2487.
2.3.1 Sand
Clean, coarse -grained sand classified in accordance with the NCDOT State
Standard or by ASTM D 2487 for bedding and backfill as indicated.
' 2.3.2 Gravel
Clean, coarsely graded natural gravel, crushed stone or a combination
thereof in accordance with the NCDOT or having a classification of GW in
accordance with ASTM D 2487 for bedding and backfill as indicated.
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20 Page 6
r

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A I
2.4 BORROW
Obtain borrow materials required in excess of those furnished from
excavations from sources outside of Government property.
2.5 BACKFILL FOR UNDERDRAINAGE SYSTEMS
Clean sand, crushed rock, or gravel meeting the following requirements:
a. Perforated or Slotted -Wall Pipe: Backfill meeting requirements of
Type I material as specified in Table 1.
b. Open Joint Pipe: Type III backfill consisting of both Type I and
Type II materials as specified in Table 1.
C. Blind or French Drains: Backfill consisting of Type II material
as specified in Table 1.
d. Any Type Drain Used With Filter Fabric: Clean gravel or crushed
stone or gravel conforming to ASTM C 33 coarse aggregate grading
size 57, 67, or 7.
TABLE 1
Type I Type II Type III
Gradation E 11 Gradation 57 Gradation
ASTM C 33 ASTM C 33
ASTM D 422
Sieve Size
Percent
Passing
Percent Passing Percent Passing
1.5 inches
--
100
1 inch
--
90
- 100
3/8 inch
100
25
- 60
No. 4
95
- 100
5
- 40
No. 8
--
0
- 20
No. 16
45
- 80
No. 50
10
- 30
No. 100
0
- 10
--
2.6 FILTER FABRIC
Provide a pervious sheet of polyester, nylon, glass or polypropylene,
ultraviolet resistant filaments woven, spun bonded, fused, or otherwise
manufactured into a nonraveling fabric with uniform thickness and strength.
Fabric shall have the following manufacturer certified minimum average roll
properties as determined by ASTM D 4759:
Class A Class B
a. Grab tensile strength (ASTM D 4632) min. 180 80 lbs.
machine and transversed direction
b. Grab elongation (ASTM D 4632) min. 15 15 percent
machine and transverse direction
C. Puncture resistance (ASTM D 4833) min. 80 25 lbs.
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20 Page 7

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
1
I
I
11
M
e
f
0i
h
Mullen burst strength (ASTM D 3786)
Trapezoidal Tear (ASTM D 4533)
Apparent Opening Size (ASTM D 4751)
Class A
min. 290
Class B
130 psi.
min. 50 25 lbs.
See Criteria Below
(1) Soil with 50 percent or less particles by weight passing US
No. 200 Sieve, ADS less than 0.6 mm (greater than #30
US Std. Sieve)
(2) Soil with more than 50 percent particles by weight passing US
No. 200 Sieve, ADS less than 0.297 mm (greater than 450 US
Std. Sieve)
Permeability (ASTM D 4491)
Ultraviolet Degradation (ASTM D 4355)
1 2.7 MATERIAL FOR PIPE CASING
k fabric greater
than k Soil
70 percent Strength
retained at 150 hours
2.7.1 Casing Pipe
ASTM A 139, Grade B, or ASTM A 252, Grade 2, smooth wall pipe. Casing size
shall be of the outside diameter and wall thickness as indicated.
' Protective coating is not required on casing pipe.
2.7.2 Wood Supports
Treated Yellow Pine or Douglas Fir, rough, structural grade. Provide wood
with nonleaching water -borne pressure preservative (ACA or CCA) and
treatment conforming to AWPA P5 and AWPA C2, respectively. Secure wood
' supports to carrier pipe with stainless steel or zinc -coated steel bands.
2.8 MATERIAL FOR RIP -RAP
Filter fabric and rock conforming to these DOT for construction indicated.
2.8.1 Bedding Material
Consisting of sand, gravel, or crushed rock, well graded, or poorly graded
with a maximum particle size of 2 inches. Material shall be composed of
tough, durable particles. Fines passing the No. 200 standard sieve shall
1 have a plasticity index less than six.
2.8.2 Grout
Composed of cement, water, an air -entraining admixture, and sand mixed in
proportions of one part portland cement to two parts of sand, sufficient
water to produce a workable mixture, and an amount of admixture which will
entrain sufficient air to produce durable grout, as determined by the
Contracting Officer. Mix grout in a concrete mixer. Mixing time shall be
sufficient to produce a mixture having a consistency permitting gravity
flow into the interstices of the rip -rap with limited spading and brooming.
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20 Page 8

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel s India Co
CL0701A '
2.8.3 Rock
Rock fragments sufficiently durable to ensure permanence in the structure
and the environment in which it is to be used. Rock fragments shall be
free from cracks, seams, and other defects that would increase the risk of
deterioration from natural causes. The size of the fragments shall be such
that no individual fragment exceeds a weight of 150 pounds and that no more
than 10 percent of the mixture, by weight, consists of fragments weighing 2
pounds or less each. Specific gravity of the rock shall be a minimum of
2.50. The inclusion of more than trace 1 percent quantities of dirt,
sand, clay, and rock fines will not be permitted.
2.9 BURIED WARNING AND IDENTIFICATION TAPE
Metallic core or metallic -faced, acid- and alkali -resistant, polyethylene
plastic warning tape manufactured specifically for warning and
identification of buried utility lines. Provide tape on rolls, 3 inch
minimum width, color coded as specified below for the intended utility with
warning and identification imprinted in bold black letters continuously
over the entire tape length. Warning and identification to read,
"CAUTION, BURIED (intended service) LINE BELOW" or similar wording. Color
and printing shall be permanent, unaffected by moisture or soil.
Warning Tape Color Codes
Yellow:
Electric
Yellow:
Gas, Oil; Dangerous Materials
Orange:
Telephone and Other
Communications
Blue:
Water Systems
Green:
Sewer Systems
White:
Steam Systems
Gray:
Compressed Air
2.9.1 Warning Tape for Metallic Piping
Acid and alkali -resistant polyethylene plastic tape conforming to the
width, color, and printing requirements specified above. Minimum thickness
of tape shall be 0.003 inch. Tape shall have a minimum strength of 1500 psi
lengthwise, and 1250 psi crosswise, with a maximum 350 percent elongation.
2.9.2 Detectable Warning Tape for Non -Metallic Piping
Polyethylene plastic tape conforming to the width, color, and printing
requirements specified above. Minimum thickness of the tape shall be 0.004
inch. Tape shall have a minimum strength of 1500 psi lengthwise and 1250
psi crosswise. Tape shall be manufactured with integral wires, foil
backing, or other means of enabling detection by a metal detector when tape
is buried up to 3 feet deep. Encase metallic element of the tape in a
protective jacket or provide with other means of corrosion protection.
2.10 DETECTION WIRE FOR NON-METALLIC PIPING
Detection wire shall be insulated single strand, solid copper with a
minimum of 12 AWG.
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20 Page 9

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PROTECTION
�I 3.1.1 Drainage and Dewatering
Provide for the collection and disposal of surface and subsurface water
encountered during construction.
3.1.1.1 Drainage
So that construction operations progress successfully, completely drain
construction site during periods of construction to keep soil materials
sufficiently dry. The Contractor shall establish/construct storm drainage
features (ponds/basins) at the earliest stages of site development, and
throughout construction grade the construction area to provide positive
surface water runoff away from the construction activity and/or provide
temporary ditches, swales, and other drainage features and equipment as
required to maintain dry soils, prevent erosion and undermining of
foundations. When unsuitable working platforms for equipment operation and
unsuitable soil support for subsequent construction features develop,
remove unsuitable material and provide new soil material as specified
herein. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to assess the soil and
ground water conditions presented by the plans and specifications and to
employ necessary measures to permit construction to proceed. Excavated
slopes and backfill surfaces shall be protected to prevent erosion and
sloughing. Excavation shall be performed so that the site, the area
immediately surrounding the site, and the area affecting operations at the
site shall be continually and effectively drained.
3.1.1.2 Dewatering
Groundwater flowing toward or into excavations shall be controlled to
prevent sloughing of excavation slopes and walls, boils, uplift and heave
in the excavation and to eliminate interference with orderly progress of
construction. French drains, sumps, ditches or trenches will not be
permitted within 3 feet of the foundation of any structure, except with
specific written approval, and after specific contractual provisions for
restoration of the foundation area have been made. Control measures shall
be taken by the time the excavation reaches the water level in order to
' maintain the integrity of the in situ material. While the excavation is
open, the water level shall be maintained continuously, at least 2 feet
below the working level.
Operate dewatering system continuously until construction work below
existing water levels is complete. Submit performance records weekly.
Measure and record performance of dewatering system at same time each day
by use of observation wells or piezometers installed in conjunction with
' the dewatering system.
3.1.2 Underground Utilities
rLocation of the existing utilities indicated is approximate. The
Contractor shall physically verify the location and elevation of the
existing utilities indicated prior to starting construction. The
Contractor shall contact the Public Works Department for assistance in
locating existing utilities. The Contractor shall scan the construction
site with electromagnetic and sonic equipment and mark the surface of the
ground where existing underground utilities are discovered.
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20 Page 10
1

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A ,
3.1.3 Machinery and Equipment
Movement of construction machinery and equipment over pipes during
construction shall be at the Contractor's risk. Repair, or remove and
provide new pipe for existing or newly installed pipe that has been
displaced or damaged. '
3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION
3.2.1 Clearing and Grubbing
Unless indicated otherwise, remove trees, stumps, logs, shrubs, brush and
vegetation and other items that would interfere with construction '
operations within the within lines 5 feet outside of each building and
structure line. Remove stumps entirely. Grub out matted roots and roots
over 2 inches in diameter to at least 18 inches below existing surface.
3.2.2 Stripping
Strip suitable soil from the site where excavation or grading is indicated
and stockpile separately from other excavated material. Material
unsuitable for use as topsoil shall be wasted. Locate topsoil so that the
material can be used readily for the finished grading. Where sufficient
existing topsoil conforming to the material requirements is not available
on site, provide borrow materials suitable for use as topsoil. Protect
topsoil and keep in segregated piles until needed.
3.2.3 Unsuitable Material
Remove vegetation, debris, decayed vegetable matter, sod, mulch, and
aw
rubbish underneath paved areas or concrete slabs.
3.3 EXCAVATION
t
Excavate to contours, elevation, and dimensions indicated. Reuse excavated
materials that meet the specified requirements for the material type
'
required at the intended location. Keep excavations free from water.
Excavate soil disturbed or weakened by Contractor's operations, soils
softened or made unsuitable for subsequent construction due to exposure to
weather. Excavations below indicated depths will not be permitted except
'
to remove unsatisfactory material. Unsatisfactory material encountered
below the grades shown shall be removed as directed. Refill with select
material and compact to 95 percent of ASTM D 698 maximum density. Unless
specified otherwise, refill excavations cut below indicated depth with
select material and compact to 95 percent of ASTM D 698 maximum density.
Satisfactory material removed below the depths indicated, without specific
direction of the Contracting Officer, shall be replaced with satisfactory'
materials to the indicated excavation grade; except as specified for spread
footings. Determination of elevations and measurements of approved
overdepth excavation of unsatisfactory material below grades indicated
shall be done under the direction of the Contracting Officer.
3.3.1 Structures With Spread Footings
Ensure that footing subgrades have been inspected and approved by the
Contracting Officer prior to concrete placement. Fill over excavations
with concrete during foundation placement.
'
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20 Page 11
'

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
3.3.2 Pipe Trenches
Excavate to the dimension indicated. Grade bottom of trenches to provide
uniform support for each section of pipe after pipe bedding placement.
Tamp if necessary to provide a firm pipe bed. Recesses shall be excavated
to accommodate bells and joints so that pipe will be uniformly supported
for the entire length. Rock, where encountered, shall be excavated to a
depth of at least 6 inches below the bottom of the pipe.
3.3.3 Hard Material and Rock Excavation
Remove hard material and rock to elevations indicated in a manner that will
leave foundation material in an unshattered and solid condition. Roughen
level surfaces and cut sloped surfaces into benches for bond with concrete.
Protect shale from conditions causing decomposition along joints or
r cleavage planes and other types of erosion. Removal of hard material and
rock beyond lines and grades indicated will not be grounds for a claim for
' additional payment unless previously authorized by the Contracting Officer.
Excavation of the material claimed as rock shall not be performed until
the material has been cross sectioned by the Contractor and approved by the
Contracting Officer. Common excavation shall consist of all excavation not
classified as rock excavation.
3.3.4 Excavated Materials
Satisfactory excavated material required for fill or backfill shall be
placed in the proper section of the permanent work required or shall be
separately stockpiled if it cannot be readily placed. Satisfactory material
in excess of that required for the permanent work and all unsatisfactory
material shall be disposed of as specified in Paragraph "DISPOSITION OE
SURPLUS MATERIAL."
3.3,1 Final Grade of Surfaces to Support Concrete
Excavation to final grade shall not be made until just before concrete is
to be placed. Only excavation methods that will leave the foundation rock
�I in a solid and unshattered condition shall be used. Approximately level
surfaces shall be roughened, and sloped surfaces shall be cut as indicated
into rough steps or benches to provide a satisfactory bond. Shales shall
be protected from slaking and all surfaces shall be protected from erosion
resulting from ponding or flow of water.
3.4 SUBGRADE PREPARATION
Unsatisfactory material in surfaces to receive fill or in excavated areas
shall be removed and replaced with satisfactory materials as directed by
the Contracting Officer. The surface.shall be scarified to a depth of 6
inches before the fill is started. Sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical
to 4 horizontal shall be plowed, stepped, benched, or broken up so that the
fill material will bond with the existing material. When subgrades are
less than the specified density, the ground surface shall be broken up to a
minimum depth of 6 inches, pulverized, and compacted to the specified
density. When the subgrade is part fill and part excavation or natural
ground, the excavated or natural ground portion shall be scarified to a
depth of 12 inches and compacted as specified for the adjacent fill.
Material shall not be placed on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain
frost. Compaction shall be accomplished by sheepsfoot rollers,
pneumatic -tired rollers, steel -wheeled rollers, or other approved equipment
' well suited to the soil being compacted. Material shall be moistened or
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20 Page 12

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A '
aerated as necessary to provide the moisture content that will readily
facilitate obtaining the specified compaction with the equipment used.
Minimum subgrade density shall be as specified herein.
3.5 SUBGRADE FILTER FABRIC
Place synthetic fiber filter fabric as indicated directly on prepared
subgrade free of vegetation, stumps, rocks larger than 2 inches diameter
and other debris which may puncture or otherwise damage the fabric. Repair
damaged fabric by placing an additional layer of fabric to cover the
damaged area a minimum of 3 feet overlap in all directions. Overlap fabric
at joints a minimum of 3 feet. Obtain approval of filter fabric
installation before placing fill or backfill. Place fill or backfill on
fabric in the direction of overlaps and compact as specified herein.
Follow manufacturer's recommended installation procedures.
3.6 FILLING AND BACKFILLING
Fill and backfill to contours, elevations, and dimensions indicated.
Compact each lift before placing overlaying lift.
3.6.1 Common Fill Placement
Provide for general site. Place in 6 inch lifts. Compact areas not
accessible to rollers or compactors with mechanical hand tampers. Aerate
material excessively moistened by rain to a satisfactory moisture content
Finish to a smooth surface by blading, rolling with a smooth roller, or
both.
3.6.2 Backfill and Fill Material Placement
Provide for paved areas and under concrete slabs, except where select
material is provided. Place in 6 inch lifts. Do not place over wet or
frozen areas. Place backfill material adjacent to structures as the
structural elements are completed and accepted. Backfill against concrete
only when approved. Place and compact material to avoid loading upon or
against the structure.
3.6.3 Select Material Placement
Provide under porous fill of structures not pile supported. Place in 6 inch
lifts. Do not place over wet or frozen areas. Backfill adjacent to
structures shall be placed as structural elements are completed and
accepted. Backfill against concrete only when approved. Place and compact
material to avoid loading upon or against structure.
3.6.4 Backfill and Fill Material Placement Over Pipes and at Walls
Backfilling shall not begin until construction below finish grade has been
approved, underground utilities systems have been inspected, tested and
approved, forms removed, and the excavation cleaned of trash and debris.
Backfill shall be brought to indicated finish grade. Where pipe is coated
or wrapped for protection against corrosion, the backfill material up to an
elevation 2 feet above sewer lines and 1 foot above other utility lines
shall be free from stones larger than 1 inch in any dimension. Heavy
equipment for spreading and compacting backfill shall not be operated
closer to foundation or retaining walls than a distance equal to the height
of backfill above the top of footing; the area remaining shall be compacted
in layers not more than 4 inches in compacted thickness with power -driven
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20 Page 13

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
' hand tampers suitable for the material being compacted. Backfill shall be
placed carefully around pipes or tanks to avoid damage to coatings,
wrappings, or tanks. Backfill shall not be placed against foundation walls
�prior to 7 days after completion of the walls. As far as practicable,
backfill shall be brought up evenly on each side of the wall and sloped to
drain away from the wall.
' 3.6.5 Porous Fill. Placement
Provide under floor and area -way slabs on a compacted subgrade. Place in 9
inch lifts with a minimum of two passes of a hand -operated plate -type
vibratory compactor.
3.6.6 Trench Backfilling
rBackfill as rapidly as construction, testing, and acceptance of work
permits. Place and compact backfill under structures and paved areas in 6
inch lifts to top of trench and in 6 inch lifts to one foot over pipe
outside structures and paved areas.
3.7 BORROW
�Where satisfactory materials are not available in sufficient quantity from
required excavations, approved borrow materials shall be obtained as
specified herein.
3.8 BURIED WARNING AND IDENTIFICATION TAPE
Provide buried utility lines with utility identification tape. Bury tape
12 inches below finished grade; under pavements and slabs, bury tape 6
inches below top of subgrade.
3.9 BURIED DETECTION WIRE
1 Bury detection wire directly above non-metallic piping at a distance not to
exceed 12 inches above the top of pipe. The wire shall extend continuously
and unbroken, from manhole to manhole. The ends of the wire shall
terminate inside the manholes at each end of the pipe, with a minimum of 3
feet of wire, coiled, remaining accessible in each manhole. The wire shall
remain insulated over it's entire length. The wire shall enter manholes
between the top of the corbel and the frame, and extend up through the
chimney seal between the frame and the chimney seal. For force mains, the
wire shall terminate in the valve pit at the pump station end of the pipe.
3.10 COMPACTION
Determine in -place density of existing subgrade; if required density
exists, no compaction of existing subgrade will be required. Density
' requirements specified herein are for cohesionless materials. When
cohesive materials are encountered or used, density requirements may be
reduced by 5 percent.
3.10.1 General Site
Compact underneath areas designated for vegetation and areas outside the 5
foot line of the paved area or structure to 90 percent of ASTM D 698.
M
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20 Page 14

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel s India Co. CL0701A
3.10.2 Structures, Spread Footings, and Concrete Slabs
Compact top 12 inches of subgrades to 95 percent of ASTM D 698. Compact
select material to 95 percent of ASTM D 698,
3.10.3 Adjacent Area
Compact areas within 5 feet of structures to 90 percent of ASTM D 698.
3.10.4 Paved Areas
Compact top 12 inches of subgrades to 95 percent of ASTM D 698. Compact
fill and backfill materials to 95 percent of ASTM D 698.
3.11 PIPELINE CASING UNDER PAVEMENT
Provide new smooth wall steel pipeline casing under pavement by the boring
and jacking method of installation. Provide each new pipeline casing,
where indicated and to the lengths and dimensions shown, complete and
suitable for use with the new piped utility as indicated.
3.11.1 Earthwork for Pipeline Casings
Provide excavation, sheet piling, shoring, dewatering, and backfilling for
pipeline casings under this section.
3.11.2 Steel Cased Pipelines
Install pipeline casing by dry boring and jacking method as follows:
3.11.2.1 Hole for Pipeline Casing
Mechanically bore holes and case through the soil with a cutting head on a
continuous auger mounted inside the casing pipe. Weld lengths of pipe
together in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. Do not use water or other
fluids in connection with the boring operation.
3.11.2.2 Cleaning
Clean inside of the pipeline casing of dirt, weld splatters, and other
foreign matter which would interfere with insertion of the piped utilities
by attaching a pipe cleaning plug to the boring rig and passing it through
the pipe.
3.11.2.3 Piped Utilities
Provide in casing using wood supports adjusted to obtained grades and
elevations indicated.
3.11.2.4 End Seals
After installation of piped utilities in pipeline casing, provide ,
watertight end seals at each end of pipeline casing between pipeline casing
and piping utilities. Provide watertight end seals as indicated.
3.12 SPECIAL EARTHWORK REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBSURFACE DRAINS
Excavate to dimensions indicated. Provide a bedding surface of no more '
than one inch of sand and place on compacted native soil as indicated.
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20 Page 15

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
Backfill around and over the pipes after pipe installation has been
approved. Place special granular filter material in 6 inch lifts and
compact with mechanical, vibrating plate tampers or rammers until no
further consolidation can be achieved. Compact Backfill overlying the
special granular filter material as specified for adjacent or overlying
work.
3.12.1 Granular Backfill Without Filter Fabric
3.12.1.1
Perforated or Slotted Wall Pipe
Place granular material as pipe is laid and extend fit for a minimum of one
,j
pipe diameter on each side of and 18 inches above the top of the pipe.
Place a layer of kraft paper, on top of granular filter before continuing
with the backfill.
3.12.1.2
Open -Joint Pipe
Place both types of granular material specified as pipe is laid forming an
aggregate filter around the pipe. Provide Type II material to envelope the
pipe a minimum of one-half the pipe diameter or twice the maximum aggregate
size, whichever is larger, on each side and on top of the pipe. Place Type
I material next to and on top of the Type II material to provide a total
fill extending at least one pipe diameter on each side of and 18 inches
above the top of the pipe. Place a layer of kraft paper, on top of the
granular filter before continuing with the backfill.
3.12.2
Granular Backfill Using Filter Fabric
3.12.2.1
Perforated or Slotted Wall Pipes
Wrap one layer of filter fabric around pipe in such a manner that
longitudinal overlaps are in unperforated or unslotted quadrants of the
pipe. Overlap fabric a minimum of 2 inches. Secure fabric to pipe so that
backfill material does not infiltrate through overlaps. Place granular
material and extend it for one pipe diameter, minimum of 6 inches on each
side of and 18 inches above top of pipe. Place a layer of filter fabric on
�I
top of granular filter before continuing with backfill.
3.12.2.2
Open -Joint Pipe
Wrap one layer of filter fabric around pipe joints overlapping a minimum of
2 inches in the longitudinal direction and extending at least 6 inches on
both sides of the joint. Secure fabric to pipe so that backfill material
does not infiltrate through overlaps. Place granular material specified
and extend it for a minimum of one pipe diameter on each side of and 18
inches above top of pipe. Place a layer of filter fabric on top of
'.
granular filter before continuing with backfill.
3.12.2.3
Blind or French Drains
,
Install filter cloth in trenches with smoothly graded sides and bottom,
free of cavities or projecting rocks. Lay the cloth flat but not stretched
and secure with anchor pins. Place filter cloth so that drain water must
pass through the cloth into the specified granular filter material. Overlap
ends at least of 12 inches. Place backfill on filter cloth in the
direction of overlaps. Where fabric is damaged, place a new piece of
filter cloth over damaged area and overlap at least of 12 inches in every
direction.
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20 Page 16
r

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Cc
CL0701A '
3.13 RIP -RAP CONSTRUCTION
Construct rip -rap on filter fabric in accordance with NCDOT State Standard,
in the areas indicated.
3.13.1 Preparation
Trim and dress indicated areas to conform to cross sections, lines and
grades shown within a tolerance of 0.1 foot.
3.13.2 Bedding Placement
Spread bedding material uniformly to a thickness of at least 3 inches on
prepared subgrade as indicated.
3.13.3 Stone Placement
Place rock for rip -rap on prepared bedding material to produce a well
graded mass with the minimum practicable percentage of voids in conformance
with lines and grades indicated. Distribute larger rock fragments, with
dimensions extending the full depth of the rip -rap throughout the entire
mass and eliminate "pockets" of small rock fragments. Rearrange individual
pieces by mechanical equipment or by hand as necessary to obtain the
distribution of fragment sizes specified above.
3.14 FINISH OPERATIONS
3.14.1 Grading
Finish grades as indicated within one -tenth of one foot. Grade areas to
drain water away from structures. Maintain areas free of trash and debris.
For existing grades that will remain but which were disturbed by
Contractor's operations, grade as directed.
3.14.2 Topsoil and Seed
Provide as specified in Section 02 82 30 RE-ESTABLISHING VEGETATION.
3.14.3 Protection of Surfaces
Protect newly backfilled, graded, and topsoiled areas from traffic,
erosion, and settlements that may occur. Repair or reestablish damaged
grades, elevations, or slopes.
3.15 DISPOSITION OF SURPLUS MATERIAL
Remove from Government property surplus or other soil material not required
or suitable for filling or backfilling, and brush, refuse, stumps, roots,
and timber.
3.16 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
3.16.1 Sampling
Take the number and size of samples required to perform the following tests
1
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20 Page 17

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
3.16.2
Testing
i
Perform one of each of the following tests for each material
used. Provide
additional tests for each source change.
3.16.2.1
Fill and Backfill Material Testing
Test fill and backfill material in accordance with ASTM C 136
for
conformance to ASTM D 2987 gradation limits; ASTM D 1140 for
material finer
than the No. 200 sieve; ASTM D 4318 for liquid limit and for
plastic limit;
�.
ASTM D 698 or ASTM D 1557 for moisture density relations, as
applicable.
3.16.2.2
Select Material Testing
Test select material in accordance with ASTM C 136 for conformance
to
ASTM D 2487 gradation limits; ASTM D 1140 for material finer
than the No.
'
200 sieve; ASTM D 698 or ASTM D 1557 for moisture density relations,
as
applicable.
3.16.2.3
Porous Fill Testing
Test porous fill in accordance with ASTM C 136 for conformance to gradation
specified in ASTM C 33.
3.16.2.4 Density Tests
Test density in accordance with ASTM D 1556, or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017.
When ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017 density tests are used, verify density
test results by performing an ASTM D 1556 density test at a location
already ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017 tested as specified herein. Perform an
ASTM D 1556 density test at the start of the job, and for every 10
ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017 density tests thereafter. Test each lift at
randomly selected locations every 2000 square feet of existing grade in
fills for structures and concrete slabs, and every 2500 square feet for
other fill areas and every 2000 square feet of subgrade in cut. Include
density test results in daily report.
a. Bedding and backfill in trenches: One test per 50 linear feet in
each lift.
3.16.2.5 Moisture Content Tests
In the stockpile, excavation or borrow areas, a minimum of two tests per
day per type of material or source of materials being placed is required
during stable weather conditions. During unstable weather, tests shall be
made as dictated by local conditions and approved moisture content shall be
tested in accordance with ASTM D 2216. Include moisture content test
results in daily report.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20 Page 18

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A I
SECTION 32 10 00
BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT
07/06
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications
listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent
referenced.
The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic
designation
only.
AMERICAN
ASSOCIATION OF STATE HIGHWAY AND TRANSPORTATION OFFICIALS
(AASHTO)
AASHTO
T 230
(1968; R 2000) Determining Degree of
Pavement Compaction of Bituminous
Aggregate Mixtures
AASHTO
T 30
(1993; R 1998) Mechanical Analysis of
Extracted Aggregate
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM D
1559
(1989) Resistance to Plastic Flow of
Bituminous Mixtures Using Marshall
Apparatus
ASTM D
2172
(2001el) Quantitative Extraction of
Bitumen from Bituminous Paving Mixtures
ASTM D
2950
(1991; R 1997) Density of Bituminous
Concrete in Place by Nuclear Methods
ASTM D
4552
(1986; R 2004) Classifying Hot -Mix
Recycling Agents
ASTM D
4887
(1989; R 2003) Preparation of Viscosity
Blends for Hot Recycled Bituminous
Materials
ASTM D
5106
(1991; R 2003) Steel Slag Aggregates for
Bituminous Paving Mixtures
ASTM D
5505
(1994; R 2001) Classifying Emulsified
Recycling Agents
ASTM D
6155
(1997; R 2001) Nontraditional Coarse
Aggregates for Bituminous Paving Mixtures
ASTM D
6270
(1998; R 2004) Use of Scrap Tires in Civil
Engineering Applications
U.S. GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION (GSA)
FS TT-P-115
(Rev F) Paint, Traffic (Highway, White and
Yellow)
SECTION 32 10 00 Page 1

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
U.S. GREEN BUILDING COUNCIL (USGSC)
LEED (2002; R 2005) Leadership in Energy and
Environmental Design(tm) Green Building
Rating System for New Construction
(LEED-NC)
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
i
Pervious pavement systems shall use Section 32 11 24 GRADED CRUSHED
AGGREGATE BASE COURSE FOR PERVIOUS PAVEMENT, and Section 32 10 00
BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT in addition to this section.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When
used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office
that will review the submittal for the Government. The following shall be
submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
SD-03 Product Data
Precast car stops; (LEED)
� Aggregate; (LEED)
Asphalt cement; (LEED)
Submit documentation indicating percentage of post-industrial
and post -consumer recycled content per unit of product. Indicate
relative dollar value of recycled content products to total dollar
value of products included in project.
Local/Regional Materials; (LEED)
" Submit documentation indicating distance between manufacturing
facility and the project site. Indicate distance of raw material
origin from the project site. Indicate relative dollar value of
local/regional materials to total dollar value of products
included in project.
Albedo; (LEED)
Provide information identifying the reflectance of the pavement.
' SD-04 Samples
Field -Constructed Mockup
Uncompacted mix
Pavement cores
'
SD-06 Test Reports
Trial batch reports
Mix design
SECTION 32 10 00 Page 2
1f

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A I
Asphalt concrete
Density
Thickness
Straightedge test
Submit reports for testing specified under paragraph entitled
"Field Quality Control."
SD-07 Certificates
Asphalt mix delivery record
Asphalt concrete and material sources
Obtain approval of the Contracting Officer for materials and
material sources 2 days prior to the use of such material in the
work.
Asphalt concrete
Curbs
Submit certificates, signed by the producer, that paving
materials and incidental construction items conform to
specification requirements.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.4.1 Modification of References
Where term "Engineer" is used in SHS it shall be construed to mean
Contracting Officer. Where term "state" is used, it shall mean "Federal
Government".
1.4.2 Mix Delivery Record Data
Record and submit the following information to each load of mix delivered
to the job site. Submit within one day after delivery on
Government -furnished forms:
a. Truck No:
b. Time In:
C. Time Out:
d. Tonnage and Discharge Temperature:
e. Mix Type:
f. Location:
g. Stations Placed:
SECTION 32 10 00 Page 3

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
1.4.3 Trial Batch
Submit current bituminous design reports for all mix types proposed for use
�on the project.
1.4.4 Mix Design
Submit results of laboratory tests performed on each mix design. Testing
shall have been accomplished not more than one year prior to date of
material placement.
1.4.5 Field -Constructed Mockup
Install minimum 225 square feet to demonstrate typical joints, surface
finish, texture, color, permeability, and standard of workmanship. When
Contracting Officer determines that mockup does not meet requirements,
demolish and remove it from the site and install another until the mockup
is accepted. Keep accepted mockup undisturbed during construction as a
standard for judging completed paving. Accepted mockup may be incorporated
into final work when approved by Contracting Officer.
1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
Do not produce or place bituminous concrete when
the weather is
rainy or
foggy, when the base course is frozen or has excess
moisture, or
when the
ambient temperature is less than 40 degrees F in
the shade away
from
artificial heat.
1.6 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
ti
1.6.1 Local/Regional Materials
�
Use materials or products extracted, harvested,
manufactured, within a 500 mile radius from the
or recovered, as
project site, if
well as
available
from a minimum of three sources.
121
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ASPHALT CONCRETE
Provide asphalt concrete in accordance with the applicable requirements of
the NCDOT, except where
specified otherwise. Recycled asphalt pavement
material may be used as
permitted by NCDOT.
i
2.1.1 Albedo
Installed system shall
have a minimum solar reflectance of 0.3.
2.1.2 Permeability
Installed system shall
have a minimum permeability rate of 60 percent.
i�
2.2 SUBBASE
Materials for construction
Standard.
of the subbase shall be in accordance with NCDOT
11
SECTION 32 10 00 Page 4
1

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Cc
CL0701A 1
2.3 BASE COURSE
Mmaterials for construction of the base course shall be in accordance with
NCDOT Standard.
2.4 SURFACE COURSE
Materials for construction of the surface course shall be in accordance
with NCDOT Standard.
2.5 STRIPING
Paint shall conform to FS TT-P-115, Types I, or II
2.6 CURBS
Materials for construction of curbs shall be in accordance with NCDOT
Standards.
2.7 PRECAST CAR STOPS
Provide car stops to the profile and size indicated. Manufacture with air
entrained concrete having a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi at 28
days, with two No. 4 reinforcing rods located at mid -point of its cross
section and with two galvanized sleeves for anchoring. Concrete shall
contain a minimum of 20 percent fly ash 25 percent slag.
2.8 COMPOSITION OF MIXTURE REQUIREMENTS
2.8.1 Mixture Properties
Gradation of mineral aggregate shall be as specified. Percentage of
bituminous material provided in the bituminous mixtures shall be within the
limits specified. Mixtures shall have the following physical properties:
Test Prooertv Values
Stability (50 Blows)
Not less
than 1000 pounds
Flow (0.01
inch)
Not more
than 20 nor less than 8
Percent
Air Voids
Not less
than 3 nor more than 8 for binder
course; not
less than 3 nor more than 5 for
wearing course
Percent
Voids in
See Table
I
Mineral Aggregates
TABLE I
MINIMUM
PERCENT VOIDS
IN MINERAL
AGGREGATE (VMA)
U.S.A. Standard
Nominal
Maximum
Minimum VMA
Sieve Designation
Particle
Size, Inch
Percent
No. 4
0.187
18
3/8 inch
0.375
16
1/2 inch
0.500
15
3/4 inch
0.750
14
1 inch
1.000
13
SECTION 32 10 00 Page 5

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
2.8.2 Aggregate
2.8.2.1 Course Aggregate
Coarse aggregate shall contain a minimum of 25 percent recycled porcelain,
concrete, stone, or other recycled material complying with ASTM D 6155.
2.8.2.2 Tire
Comply with ASTM D 6270, Class I Fill. Tire shall be a minimum of 10
percent post -consumer recycled material, or a minimum of 20 percent
post-industrial recycled material.
2.8.2.3 Slag
Comply with ASTM D 5106.
2.8.3 Quantity of Bituminous Material
Asphalt cement shall contain a minimum of 5 percent post -consumer recycled
content, or a minimum of 20 percent pre -consumer recycled content.
' Recycling agents shall comply with ASTM D 5505, Class ER 1. Hot recycling
agents shall comply with ASTM D 4552, Grade RA 75. Evaluate blends in
accordance with ASTM D 4887. Mix asphalt cement with aggregates of
corresponding mixes in the following proportions:
ASPHALT CEMENT PERCENT BY WEIGHT OF TOTAL MIX
Binder Course Wearing Course
4 to 8 5 to 9
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
3.1.1 Excavation and Filling
Excavation and filling to establish elevation of subgrade is specified in
Section 31 23 00.00 20 EXCAVATION AND FILL.
3.2 CONSTRUCTION
Provide construction in accordance with the applicable requirements of the
NCDOT, except where indicated or specified otherwise.
3.2.1 Subgrade
Preparation of subgrade shall be in accordance with the NCDOT Standard.
Verify compacted subgrade, granular base, or stabilized soil is acceptable
and ready to support paving and imposed loads.
3.2.2 Subbase
' Methods of construction of the subbase shall be in accordance with NCDOT
Standard.
SECTION 32 10 00 Page 6

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A I
3.2.3 Base Course
Methods of construction of the base course shall be in accordance with
NCDOT Standard.
3.2.4 Edge Restraints
Install edge restraints of pervious systems per the drawings and
manufacturer's recommendations.
3.2.5 Surface Course
Methods of construction of the surface course shall be in accordance with
NCDOT Standard. Placement will not be permitted unless the Contractor has
a working asphalt thermometer on site. Install surface elevation of the
pervious paving system 1/8 to 1/4 inch above adjacent drainage inlets,
concrete collars, or channels.
3.2.6 Striping
Provide paint striping in accordance with NCDOT Standard. Allow bituminous
pavement to cure for at least 21 days before paint is applied. Pavement
shall be thoroughly clean and entirely free of loose sand, stones, dust,
oil, grease, water, and other substances that will be deleterious to the
paint or will adversely affect the adhesion of the paint. Do not apply
paint during high wind (over 15 miles per hour) or high humidity (over 70
percent). Apply paint only when ambient temperature is 40 degrees F or
above and rising but not more than 95 degrees F. Dimensions and
arrangement of striping shall be as indicated. Apply paint to a wet film
thickness of 0.015 inch by means of conventional traffic line striping
equipment. Traffic shall not be permitted to use the painted areas for a
minimum of 30 minutes after painting of lines has been completed.
3.2.7 Precast Car Stops
Provide car stops where indicated. Install with an anchor rod driven
through each sleeve.
I
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Sample shall be taken by Contractor as specified herein. Contractor shall '
replace pavement where sample cores have been removed. Submit 2 pavement
cores when using the in -place nuclear density method.
3.3.1 Sample and Core Identification
Place each sample and core in a container and securely seal to prevent loss
of material. Tag each sample for identification. Tag shall contain the
following information:
a. Contract No.
b. Sample No.
C. Quantity '
d. Date of Sample
e. Sample Description '
SECTION 32 10 00 Page 7 '

1 MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
' f. Source/Location/Stations Placed/depth below the finish grade
g. Intended Use
h. Thicknesses of various lifts placed
3.3.2 Testing
3.3.2.1 Bituminous Mix Testing
' Take two samples per day per mix type at plant or from truck. Test
uncompacted mix for extraction in accordance with ASTM D 2172 and sieve
analysis in accordance with AASHTO T 30. Test samples for stability and
flow in accordance with ASTM D 1559. When two consecutive tests fail to
meet requirements of specifications, cease placement operations and test a
new trial batch prior to resumption of placement operations. Submit 2 per
1 day of each mix type. When two tests on uncompacted mix fail submit new
trial batch for approval.
3.3.2.2 Testing of Pavement Course
ta. Density: Determine density of pavement by testing cores obtained
from the binder and wearing course in accordance with AASHTO T 230.
Take three cores at location designated by Contracting Officer
' for each 200 tons, or fraction thereof, of asphalt placed.
Deliver cores undisturbed and undamaged to laboratory and provide
test results within 48 hours of each day placement of paving
materials.
b. Thickness: Determine thickness of the binder and wearing course
from cores taken for density test.
' C. Straightedge Test: Test compacted surface of binder course and
wearing course with a straightedge as work progresses. Apply
straightedge parallel with and at right angles to center line
' after final rolling. Variations in the binder course surface
shall not be more than 1/4 inches from the lower edge of the 10
foot straightedge; variations in wearing course surface shall not
' be more than 1/4 from the lower edge of the 10 foot straightedge.
Variations in final pervious surface shall not be more than 3/8
inch under a 10 foot straightedge. Pavement showing
irregularities greater than that specified shall be corrected as
' directed by Contracting Officer.
3.3.2.3 Alternate Testing Method for Pavement Courses
' At Contractor's option the following in -place testing method may be used to
determine density and thickness in lieu of testing specified above.
Frequency of testing shall be the same. When in -place nuclear method to
' determine density is used, take two pavement cores at locations designated
by Contracting Officer and turn over to Government to verify pavement
thickness.
' a. Density: Determine density of pavement by in -place testing using
Nuclear Method in accordance with ASTM D 2950.
b. Thickness: Determine thickness of finished pavement by use of
following equation:
SECTION 32 10 00 Page 8

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
t= W
0.7sd
Where t= pavement thickness, in inches.
W= average weight per square yard of mixture actually used in work.
d= compacted density as measured by nuclear density device.
3.4 WASTE MANAGEMENT
Protect excess material from contamination and return to manufacturer, or
reuse on -site for walkways, patching, ditch beds, speed bumps, or curbs.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 32 10 00 Page 9

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A '
1
SECTION 31 11 14
GRADED CRUSHED AGGREGATE BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENT
07/06
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
ASTM INTERNATIONAL
(ASTM)
ASTM
C 117
(2004) Materials Finer Than 75 micrometer
(No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by
Washing
ASTM
C 131
(2003) Resistance to Degradation of
Small -Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion
and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine
ASTM
C 136
(2005) Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse
Aggregates
ASTM
C 29/C 29M
(1997; R 2003) Bulk Density ("Unit
Weight") and Voids in Aggregate
ASTM
D 1556
(2000) Density and Unit Weight of Soil in
Place by the Sand -Cone Method
ASTM
D 1557
(2002e1) Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Modified
Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/cu. ft. (2,700
kN-m/cu.m.))
ASTM
D 1883
(1999) CBR (California Bearing Ratio) of
Laboratory -Compacted Soils
ASTM
D 2217
(1985;R 1998) Wet Preparation of Soil
Samples for Particle -Size Analysis and
Determination of Soil Constants
ASTM
D 4318
(2000) Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and
Plasticity Index of Soils
ASTM
D 75
(2003) Sampling Aggregates
U.S. GREEN BUILDING
COUNCIL (USGBC)
LEED
(2002; R 2005) Leadership in Energy and
Environmental Design(tm) Green Building
Rating System for New Construction
(LEED-NC)
SECTION 32 11 24 Page 1

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
1.2 SUBMITTALS
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When
used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office
that will review the submittal for the Government. The following shall be
submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
SD-03 Product Data
Aggregates; (LEED)
Submit documentation indicating percentage of post-industrial
and post -consumer recycled content per unit of product. Indicate
relative dollar value of recycled content products to total dollar
value of products included in project.
Local/Regional Materials; (LEED)
Submit documentation indicating distance between manufacturing
facility and the project site. Indicate distance of raw material
origin from the project site. Indicate relative dollar value of
local/regional materials to total dollar value of products
included in project.
SD-06 Test Reports
Gradation
Bearing ratio
Liquid limit
Plasticity index
Percentage of wear
Dry weight of slag
Density
Gradation
Smoothness
Density
Thickness
1.3 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
Inspect materials delivered to site for damage and store as to prevent
segregation and contamination.
1.4 WEATHER LIMITATIONS
Do not construct base course when atmospheric temperature is below 35
degrees F or when rainfall or other weather conditions detrimentally affect
the quality of the finished course.
SECTION 32 11 24 Page 2

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A '
1.5 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT
Equipment shall be dependable and adequate for the purpose intended.
Maintain equipment in satisfactory and safe operating condition. Subject
to approval, special equipment dictated by local conditions may be used.
Calibrated equipment, such as scales, batching equipment, spreaders, and
similar items, shall have been recalibrated by an approved calibration
laboratory within 12 months of commencing work.
1.6 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
1.6.1 Local/Regional Materials
Use materials or products extracted, harvested, or recovered, as well as
manufactured, within a 500 mile radius from the project site, if available
from a minimum of three sources.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
2.1.1 Aggregates
Consist of durable and sound crushed concrete, crushed masonry, crushed
tile, crushed gravel, crushed stone, or crushed slag, free of lumps or
balls of clay or other objectionable matter. Materials shall originate
primarily from on -site construction waste, then from off -site construction
waste, and finally from other nearby sources as needed. Aggregate material
shall contain in total a minimum of 5 percent post -consumer recycled
content, or a minimum of 20 percent post-industrial recycled content.
Crushed stone and gravel shall be free from flat, elongated, soft, or
disintegrated pieces. Crushed gravel retained on a No. 9 sieve shall have
at least 90 percent by weight with at least two fractured faces and 100
percent by weight with at least one fractured face. Base course materials
samples shall have a bearing ratio of at least 100 as determined by
laboratory tests on a 4-day soaked specimen in accordance with ASTM D 1883;
compact specimen in accordance with ASTM D 1557, Method D. Determine grain
size in accordance with ASTM C 136 and amount of material finer than 200
mesh sieve in accordance with ASTM C 117. Aggregate, other than slag, shall
have a percentage of wear not exceeding 90 when tested in accordance with
ASTM C 131, Grading A. Slag shall be an air-cooled, blast furnace product
having a dry weight of not less than 70 pounds per cubic foot when tested
in accordance with ASTM C 29/C 29M and shall consist of angular fragments
uniform in density and quality, reasonably free from thin, elongated
pieces, dirt, or other objectionable material. Soil binder material, that
portion of material passing the No. 40 sieve, shall be of such composition
that the composite material conforms to the requirements specified herein.
The base course shall be of such nature that it can be compacted readily
with watering and rolling to a firm, stable base and shall conform to one
of the following sizes:
1
I
1
1
1
I
SECTION 32 11 24 Page 3
11

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel 6 India Co. CL0701A
Percentage by Weight Passing
Square Mesh Laboratory Sieves
Size Numbers
Sieves
1 2
3
2 inch
100 -
-
1 1/2 inch
70-100 100
-
1 inch
1/2 inch
45-80 60-100
30-60 30-65
100
40-70
No. 4
20-50 20-50
20-50
No. 10
15-40 15-40
15-40
No. 40
5-25 5-25
5-25
No. 200
0-10 0-10
0-10
That portion of
the material passing the No. 40sieve shall have
a liquid
1
limit of not more
than 25 and a plasticity index of not more
than 5 as
determined by ASTM
D 4318. Prepare samples in accordance with
ASTM D 2217,
Procedure A.
2.1.2 Pervious
Base Course
Base aggregate
for pervious pavement systems shall consist of
aggregate as
specified in paragraph
Aggregates except as specified below.
Material
passing the No.
200 sieve is not permitted. Unevenly graded
screenings and
stone dust are
not permitted.
2.1.2.1 Asphalt
-Treated Permeable Base
Asphalt binder
shall be steam -refined asphalt, grade AR-8000.
"Popcorn
mix" aggregate
shall conform to the following grading:
'
Percentage by Weight Passing
'
Square Mesh Laboratory Sieves
Sieves
Percent Passing
1 inch
100
'
3/4 inch
90-100
112 inch
35-65
3/1 inch
20-11
No. 4
0-10
No. 8
0-5
'
2.1.2.2 Cement -Treated
Permeable Base
Portland cement
binder shall be Type II Modified. Pozzolan
shall not be
substituted for
portland cement. Aggregate shall conform to
the 1 inch x
'
No. 4 primary nominal
coarse aggregate grading, with 52 to 85
percent by
weight passing
through a 3/4 inch sieve.
t
t
SECTION 32 11 24 Page 4

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Cc
CL0701A 1
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 BASE COURSE
Construct the graded aggregate base course on a prepared subgrade, as
indicated. Verify compacted subgrade, granular base, or stabilized soil is
acceptable and ready to support paving and imposed loads. Provide line and
grade stakes for control. Place grade stakes in lanes parallel to the
centerline of areas to be paved and space for string lining or other
control methods. The base course shall consist of aggregate processed,
deposited, spread, and compacted on a prepared surface. The Contractor
shall be responsible for protection of completed areas against detrimental
effects. Recondition, reshape, and recompact areas damaged by freezing,
rainfall, or other weather conditions.
3.2 OPENING AND OPERATION OF PITS
Perform stripping, clearing, processing, and blending in the opening of new
pits and operation of existing pits as necessary to obtain acceptable
material. Open pits in a manner to expose the vertical faces of the
deposits for suitable working depths, following which the material shall be
obtained in successive vertical cuts extending through the exposed strata.
Waste strata and pockets of unsuitable materials overlaying or occurring in
the deposit. Change or modify the method of operating the pits, and the
processing and blending of the material when necessary to obtain material
conforming to the specified requirements. Upon completion of the work,
condition pits to drain readily and leave in a satisfactory condition.
3.3 MIXING OF MATERIALS
Mix aggregates in a stationary or traveling plant. Proportion aggregates
by weight or volume in such quantities that specified gradation, liquid
limit, and plasticity index requirements are met after the base course has
been placed and compacted. Incorporate, during the mixing operation, water
in quantities sufficient to provide the necessary moisture content for the
specified compaction. Mixing operations shall produce satisfactory uniform
blending and the method of discharging into trucks shall not produce
segregation.
3.4 PLACING
Do not dump mixed materials in piles, but place on prepared subgrade or
subbase in layers of uniform thickness with a spreader. When a compacted
course 6 inches in thickness is required, place material in a single layer.
When a compacted course in excess of 6 inches is required, place material
in layers of equal thickness. Do not exceed 6 inches or have less than 3
inches in thickness for any compacted layer. Place layers so that when
compacted, they will be true to grades or levels required with the least
possible surface disturbance. Where the base course is constructed in more
than one layer, clean previously constructed layers of loose and foreign
matter. Maintain material water content during the placing period to
obtain the compaction specified. Make adjustments in placing procedures or
equipment to obtain true grades, to minimize segregation and degradation,
to reduce or increase water content, and to insure a satisfactory base
course.
3.4.1 Stationary -Plant Method
Mix aggregates, binder material and water until a uniform homogeneous
1
1
SECTION 32 11 24 Page 5

iMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
mixture is obtained. Do not dump materials in piles; place in layers of
essentially uniform thickness, not to exceed 6 inches after compaction, by
an approved spreader. Tail gate spreading will be acceptable only with
permission, under conditions such as where space limitations prohibit use
of the spreader.
' 3.4.2 Windrow Traveling -Plant Method
Place aggregates and binder materials in windrows of such cross section and
proportions that, when picked up, mixed, and redeposited in windrows, the
finished mixture shall conform to the specified requirements. Do not
exceed the rated capacity of the traveling plant with the size of the
windrow of the combined materials. Add water, in quantity sufficient to
provide the necessary moisture content for compacting, to the aggregates at
the time of mixing. Mix materials uniformly by the traveling plant,
deposit in windrows of uniform cross section, and spread in a layer of
uniform thickness to the required contour and grades.
' 3.5 COMPACTING AND FINISHING
Immediately following the placing, spread the finished mixture uniformly in
a layer and bring to optimum moisture content. The loose thickness and the
surface of the layer shall be such that the specified density and the
required thickness shall be obtained after compaction. Compact the layer
with steel -faced, vibrating or pneumatic -tired rollers, or other suitable
compacting equipment or combinations thereof. Continue compacting until
the layer is compacted through the full depth to a field density of at
least 100 percent of the maximum density at optimum moisture content tested
' in accordance with ASTM D 1511, In areas not accessible to rollers or
compactors, compact the mixture with mechanical hand tampers. If the
mixture is excessively moistened by rain, aerate by blade graders, or other
suitable equipment. Aerate until the moisture content of the material is
that needed to obtain the required density. Finish the surface of the
layer by a combination of rolling and blading. Final surface shall be
smooth and free from waves, irregularities, and ruts or soft yielding spots.
3.6 PROOF ROLLING
On the center 25 feet of taxiways and on the center 100 feet of runways, in
addition to compacting the base course to the required density, proof roll
the top surface of the completed base course by making eight coverages with
a heavy rubber -tired roller having four tires with each tire loaded to
30,000 pounds or more and inflated to at least 150 psi. Make four
coverages over other areas to be paved, excluding the runway over -runs,
blast protection areas, and shoulders. A coverage is defined as one
application of one tire print over each point in the surface of the
designated area. When under the action of the proof rolling, the base
course yields, pumps, or otherwise fails, remove, replace with suitable
materials, and recompact materials in the base course or in the underlying
layers indicated to be unsatisfactory. The speed of the roller shall not
exceed 5 miles per hour. Obtain approval upon completion of the proof
rolling of the base course.
3.7 FINISHING AT EDGES OF BASE COURSE
Place earth or other approved materials along the edges of the base course
in such quantity that it will compact to the thickness of the course being
constructed. When the course is being constructed in two or more layers,
place material to the thickness of each layer. In each operation, allow at
SECTION 32 11 24 Page 6

'
MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
least a one foot width of the shoulder to be rolled and compacted
'
simultaneously with the rolling and compacting of each layer.
3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
'
Approve materials and material sources in advance of the use of such
materials in the work. Replace base where samples are removed.-
'
3.8.1 Sampling
3.8.1.1 Aggregates at the Source
'
Prior to production and delivery of aggregates, take at least one initial
sample in accordance with ASTM D 75. Collect each sample by taking three
incremental samples at random from the source material to make a composite
'
sample of not less than 50 pounds. Repeat above sampling when source of
material is changed or when unacceptable deficiencies or variations from
specified grading of materials are found in testing.
'
3.8.1.2 During Construction
Take one random sample from each 1000 tons of completed course material,
but not less than one random sample per day's run. Take samples in
'
accordance with ASTM D 75.
3.8.1.3 Sample Identification
'
Place each sample in a clean container, securely fastened to prevent loss
of material. Tag each sample for identification and with the following
information:
'
Contract No.
Sample No. Quality
Date of Sample
,
Sampler
Source
Intended Use
For Testing
3.8.2 Testing '
3.8.2.1 Aggregates
Test each sample of base course material without delay. Make gradation
tests from each sample in accordance with ASTM C 136. Make sieve analysis
on material passing the No. 200 sieve in accordance with ASTM C 117.
3.8.2.2 Smoothness Tests '
Test with a 10 foot straightedge, applied parallel with and at right angles
to the center line of the paved area. Correct deviations in the surface in ,
excess of 3/8 inch by loosening, adding or removing material, reshaping,
watering, and compacting. The smoothness requirements specified herein
apply only to the top layer when base course is constructed in more than
one layer. ,
3.8.2.3 Field Density Tests
ASTM D 1556. Take one test for each 500 square yards of each layer of base '
SECTION 32 11 24 Page 7 I

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
' course.
3.8.2.4 Laboratory Density Tests
In accordance with ASTM D 1557, Method D.
3.8.2.5 Thickness Tests
Measure thickness of base course at intervals such that there will be a
depth measurement for at least each 500 square yards of complete base
' course. Make depth measurements by test holes, at least 3 inches in
diameter, through the base course. Where base course deficiency is more
than 1/2 inch, correct by scarifying, adding mixture of proper gradation,
reblading, and recompacting. Where the measured thickness is more than 1/2
' inch thicker than indicated, consider it as the indicated thickness plus
1/2 inch for determining the average. The average thickness is the average
of the depth measurements and shall not underrun the thickness indicated.
' 3.9 MAINTENANCE
After construction is completed, maintain the base course throughout,
except where portion of the succeeding course is under construction
thereon. Maintenance includes drainage, rolling, shaping, and watering, as
necessary, to maintain the course in proper condition. Correct
deficiencies in thickness, composition, construction, smoothness, and
density, which develop during the maintenance, to conform to the
requirements specified herein. Maintain sufficient moisture by light
sprinkling with water at the surface to prevent a dusty condition.
-- End of Section --
1
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION 32 11 24 Page 8
1

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A '
1
SECTION 33 30 00
SANITARY SEWERS
07/06
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1
REFERENCES
The publications
listed
below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced.
The
publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation
only.
AMERICAN
RAILWAY
ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE -OF -WAY ASSOCIATION
(AREMA)
AREMA 1-5
(2001; R 2002) Pipelines
AMERICAN
WATER
WORKS ASSOCIATION(AWWA)
AWWA
C104
(1995) Cement -Mortar Lining for
Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water
AWWA
C105
(2005) Polyethylene Encasement for
Ductile -Iron Pipe Systems
AWWA
C110
(2003) Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron
Fittings, 3 In. Through 98 In.(75 mm
through 1219 mm), for Water
AWWA
C111
(2000) Rubber -Gasket Joints for
Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings
AWWA
C115
(1999) Flanged Ductile -Iron Pipe With
Ductile -Iron or Gray -Iron Threaded Flanges
AWWA
C151
(2002) Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally
Cast, for Water
AWWA
C153
(2000) Ductile -Iron Compact Fittings for
Water Service
AWWA
C600
(2005) Installation of Ductile -Iron Water
Mains and Their Appurtenances
AWWA
C605
(2005) Underground Installation of
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and
Fittings for Water
AWWA
C900
(1997) Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure
Pipe, and Fabricated Fittings, 9 In.
Through 12 In. (100 mm Through 300 mm),
for Water Distribution
AWWA
M23
(2002) Manual: PVC Pipe - Design and
Installation
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 1

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
ASME INTERNATIONAL
(ASME)
ASME
B1.20.1
(1983; R 2001) Pipe Threads,
General
Purpose (Inch)
ASME
B16.1
(1998) Cast Iron Pipe
Flanges and Flanged
Fittings Classes 25,
125, and 250
ASME
B18.2.2
(1987; R 2005) Square
and Hex Nuts
ASME
B18.5.2.1M
(1996; R 2003) Metric
Round Head Short
Square Neck Bolts
ASME
B18.5.2.2M
(1982; R 2000) Metric
Round Head Square
Neck Bolts
ASTM INTERNATIONAL
(ASTM)
ASTM
A
123/A 123M
(2002) Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings
on Iron and Steel Products
ASTM
A
307
(2004) Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60
000 PSI Tensile Strength
ASTM
A
47/A 47M
(2004) Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings
ASTM
A
48/A 48M
(2003) Gray Iron Castings
ASTM
A
536
(1984; R 2004) Ductile Iron Castings
ASTM
A
563
(2004a) Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts
ASTM
A
74
(2005) Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings
ASTM
A
746
(2003) Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe
ASTM
C
150
(2005) Portland Cement
ASTM
C
270
(2005a) Mortar for Unit Masonry
ASTM
C
33
(2003) Concrete Aggregates
ASTM
C
443
(2005a) Joints for Concrete Pipe and
Manholes, Using Rubber Gaskets
ASTM
C
478
(2003a) Precast Reinforced Concrete
Manhole Sections
ASTM
C
564
(2003a) Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil
Pipe and Fittings
ASTM
C
828
(2003) Low -Pressure Air Test of Vitrified
Clay Pipe Lines
ASTM
C
923
(2002) Resilient Connectors Between
Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures,
Pipes and Laterals
ASTM
C
924
(2002) Testing Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 2

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A 1
by Low -Pressure Air Test Method
ASTM C
94/C 94M
(2004a) Ready -Mixed Concrete
ASTM C
969
(2002) Infiltration and Exfiltration
Acceptance Testing of Installed Precast
Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines
ASTM C
972
(2000) Compression -Recovery of Tape Sealant
ASTM C
990
(2003a) Joints for Concrete Pipe,
Manholes, and Precast Box Sections Using
Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants
ASTM D
1784
(2003) Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC)
Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl
Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds
ASTM D
1785
(2005) Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC) Plastic
Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120
ASTM D
2241
(2005) Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC)
Pressure -Rated Pipe (SUR Series)
ASTM D
2321
(2005) Underground Installation of
Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other
Gravity -Flow Applications
ASTM D
2412
(2002) Determination of External Loading
Characteristics of Plastic Pipe by
Parallel -Plate Loading
ASTM D
2464
(1999el) Threaded Poly(Vinyl Chloride)
(PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80
ASTM D
2466
(2005) Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC) Plastic
Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40
ASTM D
2467
(2005) Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic
Pipe Fittings, Schedule 60
ASTM D
2680
(2001) Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene
(ABS) and Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC)
Composite Sewer Piping
ASTM D
2751
(2005) Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene
(ABS) Sewer Pipe and Fittings
ASTM D
3034
(2004a) Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride)
(PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings
ASTM D
3139
(1998; R 2005) Joints for Plastic Pressure
Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals
ASTM D
3212
(1996a; R 2003) Joints for Drain and Sewer
Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric
Seals
ASTM D
3350
(2002a) Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 3

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
1 Fittings Materials
ASTM D
4101
(2005a) Propylene Injection and Extrusion
'
Materials
ASTM D
412
(1998a; R 2002e1) Vulcanized Rubber and
Thermoplastic Elastomers - Tension
ASTM D
624
(2000e2) Tear Strength of Conventional
Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic
Elastomers
ASTM F
477
(2002el) Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for
Joining Plastic Pipe
ASTM F
714
(2003) Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe
(SDR-PR) Based on Outside Diameter
'
ASTM F
794
(2003) Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Profile
Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on
Controlled Inside Diameter
'
ASTM F
894
(1998a) Polyethylene (PE) Large Diameter
Profile Wall Sewer and Drain Pipe
ASTM F
949
(2003) Poly(Viny1 Chloride) (PVC)
Corrugated Sewer Pipe with a Smooth
Interior and Fittings
'
CAST IRON SOIL
PIPE INSTITUTE (CISPI)
CISPI
301
(2004) Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and
Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain,
Waste, and Vent Piping Applications
CISPI
310
(2004) Coupling for Use in Connection with
Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings
'
for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and
Vent Piping Applications
U.S. NATIONAL
ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)
29 CFR
1910.27
Fixed Ladders
'
UNI-BELL PVC PIPE
ASSOCIATION (UBPPA)
UBPPA
UNI-3-6
(1998) Recommended Practice for
Low -Pressure Air Testing of Installed
Sewer Pipe
1.2 SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION
'
Sewer Gravity
Pipeline
1.2.1
Sanitary
e
Provide
chloride
mains and laterals
(PVC) plastic
of ductile -iron pipe composite or polyvinyl
pipe. Provide building connections of polyvinyl
chloride
(PVC) plastic
pipe at the Contractor's option.
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 4

'
MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
1.2.2 Sanitary Sewer Pressure Lines
Provide pressure lines of ductile iron pressure pipe or polyvinyl chloride
(PVC) plastic pressure pipe.
,
1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
The construction required herein shall include appurtenant structures and
'
building sewers to points of connection with the building drains 5 feet
outside the building to which the sewer system is to be connected. The
Contractor shall replace damaged material and redo unacceptable work at no
additional cost to the Government. Backfilling shall be accomplished after
'
inspection by the Contracting Officer. Before, during, and after
installation, plastic pipe and fittings shall be protected from any
environment that would result in damage or deterioration to the material.
'
The Contractor shall have a copy of the manufacturer's instructions
available at the construction site at all times and shall follow these
instructions unless directed otherwise by the Contracting Officer.
Solvents, solvent compounds, lubricants, elastomeric gaskets, and any
'
similar materials required to install the plastic pipe shall be stored in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation and shall be discarded if
the storage period exceeds the recommended shelf life. Solvents in use
shall be discarded when the recommended pot life is exceeded.
'
1.4 SUBMITTALS '
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When
used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office '
that will review the submittal for the Government. The following shall be
submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
'
Existing Conditions
Drawings of existing conditions, as specified.
'
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Drawings
'
Installation and As -Built drawings, as specified.
Metal items
,
Frames, covers, and gratings
Details, as specified.
,
SD-03 Product Data
Pipeline materials
'
Submit manufacturer's standard drawings or catalog cuts.
SD-06 Test Reports
'
Reports
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 5 1

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
Test and inspection reports, as specified.
SD-07 Certificates
Portland Cement
' Certificates of compliance stating the type of cement used in
manufacture of concrete pipe, fittings and precast manholes.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
t1.5.1 Delivery and Storage
1.5.1.1 Piping
Inspect materials delivered to site for damage; store with minimum of
handling. Store materials on site in enclosures or under protective
coverings. Store plastic piping and jointing materials and rubber gaskets
under cover out of direct sunlight. Do not store materials directly on the
ground. Keep inside of pipes and fittings free of dirt and debris.
1.5.1.2 Metal Items
Check upon arrival; identify and segregate as to types, functions, and
sizes. Store off the ground in a manner affording easy accessibility and
not causing excessive rusting or coating with grease or other objectionable
materials.
1.5.2 Handling
Handle pipe, fittings, and other accessories in such manner as to ensure
delivery to the trench in sound undamaged condition. Take special care not
t to damage linings of pipe and fittings; if lining is damaged, make
satisfactory repairs. Carry, do not drag, pipe to trench.
1.6 DRAWINGS
' a. Submit Installation Drawings showing complete detail, both plan and
side view details with proper layout and elevations.
' b. Submit As -Built Drawings for the complete sanitary sewer system
showing complete detail with all dimensions, both above and below
grade, including invert elevation.
' C. Sign and seal As -Built Drawings by a Professional Surveyor and
Mapper. Include the following statement: "All potable water lines
crossed by sanitary hazard mains are in accordance with the permitted
' utility separation requirements."
1.7 EXISTING CONDITIONS
' Submit drawings of existing conditions, after a thorough inspection of the
area by the Contractor in the presence of the Contracting Officer. Details
shall include the environmental conditions of the site and adjacent areas.
' Submit copies of the records for verification before starting work.
1.8 INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS
' Install specified materials by a licensed undergroun utility Contractor
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 6
1

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
licensed for such work in the state where the work is to be performed.
Installing Contractor's License shall be current and be state certified or
state registered.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPELINE MATERIALS
Pipe shall conform to the respective specifications and other requirements
specified below.
2.1.1 Cast -Iron Soil Piping
2.1.1.1 Cast -Iron Hub and Spigot Soil Pipe and Fittings
ASTM A 74, service with ASTM C 564 compression -type rubber gaskets.
2.1.1.2 Cast -Iron Hubless Soil Pipe and Fittings
CISPI 301 with CISPI 310 coupling joints.
2.1.2 Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe and Associated Fittings
2.1.2.1 Ductile Iron Gravity Pipe and Fittings
Ductile iron pipe shall conform to ASTM A 746, Thickness Class 200.
Fittings shall conform to AWWA C110 or AWWA C153. Fittings with push -on
joint ends shall conform to the same requirements as fittings with
mechanical -joint ends, except that the bell design shall be modified, as
approved by the Contracting Officer, for push -on joint. Fittings shall have
strength at least equivalent to that of the pipe. Ends of pipe and
fittings shall be suitable for the joints specified hereinafter. Pipe and
fittings shall have cement -mortar lining conforming to AWWA C104, standard
thickness.
2.1.2.2 Ductile Iron Gravity Joints and Jointing Materials
Pipe and fittings shall have push -on joints or mechanical joints, except as
otherwise specified in this paragraph. Mechanical joints only shall be
used where indicated. Push -on joint pipe ends and fitting ends, gaskets,
and lubricant for joint assembly shall conform to AWWA C111. Mechanical
joint requirements for pipe ends, glands, bolts and nuts, and gaskets shall
conform to AWWA C111.
2.1.3 Ductile Iron Pressure Piping
2.1.3.1 Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings
Ductile -iron pipe shall conform to AWWA C151, Thickness Class 200. Flanged
pipe shall conform to AWWA C115. Fittings shall conform to AWWA C110 or
AWWA C153. Fittings with push -on joint ends shall conform to the same
requirements as fittings with mechanical -joint ends, except that the bell
design shall be modified, as approved, for push -on joint. Fittings shall
have pressure rating at least equivalent to that of the pipe. Ends of pipe
and fittings shall be suitable for the joints specified hereinafter. Pipe
and fittings shall have cement -mortar lining conforming to AWWA C104,
standard thickness.
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 7

I
MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
1
1
1
I
I
C
I
L'
I
1
1
2.1.3.2 Ductile Iron Pressure Joints and Jointing Materials
a. Joints, general: Joints for pipe and fittings shall be push -on
joints or mechanical joints except as otherwise specified in this
paragraph. Joints shall be flanged joints where indicated. Joints
made with sleeve -type mechanical coupling may be used in lieu of
push -on joint.
b. Push -on joints: Shape of pipe ends and fitting ends, gaskets, and
lubricant for joint assembly shall conform to AWWA C111.
C. Mechanical joints: Dimensional and material requirements for pipe
ends, glands, bolts and nuts, and gaskets shall conform to
AWWA C111.
d. Flanged joints: Bolts, nuts, and gaskets for flanged connections
shall be as recommended in the Appendix to AWWA C115. Flange for
setscrewed flanges shall be of ductile iron, ASTM A 536, Grade
65-45-12, and shall conform to the applicable requirements of
ASME B16.1, Class 250. Setscrews for setscrewed flanges shall be
190,000 psi tensile strength, heat treated, and zinc -coated steel.
Gasket for setscrewed flanges shall conform to the applicable
requirements for mechanical -joint gaskets specified in AWWA C111.
Design of setscrewed gasket shall provide for confinement and
compression of gasket when joint to adjoining flange is made.
e. Joints made with sleeve -type mechanical couplings: Couplings
shall be designed to couple plain -end piping by compression of a
ring gasket at each end of the adjoining pipe sections. The
coupling shall consist of one middle ring flared or beveled at
each end to provide a gasket seat, two follower rings, two
resilient tapered rubber gaskets, and bolts and nuts to draw the
follower rings toward each other to compress the gaskets. The
middle ring and the follower rings shall be true circular sections
free from irregularities, flat spots, and surface defects; the
design shall provide for confinement and compression of the
gaskets. Middle ring shall be of cast-iron, and the follower
rings shall be of malleable iron or ductile iron. Cast iron shall
conform to ASTM A 48/A 48M and shall be not less than Class 25.
Malleable iron shall conform to ASTM A 97/A 97M. Ductile iron
shall conform to ASTM A 536. Gaskets shall be designed for long
life and resistance to set after installation and shall meet the
applicable requirements specified for gaskets for mechanical joint
in AWWA C111. Bolts shall be track -head type; bolts and nuts
shall be either of the following: bolts conforming to the tensile
requirements of ASTM A 307, Grade A, with nuts conforming to the
tensile requirements of ASTM A 563, Grade A; or round -head
square -neck type bolts conforming to ASME 818.5.2.1M and
ASME B18.5.2.2M with hex nuts conforming to ASME B18.2.2. Bolts
shall be 5/8 inch in diameter; minimum number of bolts for each
coupling shall be 6. Bolt holes in follower rings shall be of a
shape to hold fast the necks of the bolts used. Sleeve -type
mechanical couplings shall not be used as an optional method of
jointing except where pipeline is adequately anchored to resist
tension pull across the joint.
I
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 8

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A ,
2.1.4
PVC Plastic Gravity Sewer Piping
,
2.1.4.1
PVC Plastic Gravity Pipe and Fittings
'
ASTM D
3034, SDR 35, or ASTM F 949 with ends suitable for elastomeric
gasket
joints. ASTM F 794, Series 46, for ribbed sewer pipe with smooth
interior,
size 8 inch through 48 inch diameters.
'
2.1.4.2
PVC Plastic Gravity Joints and Jointing Material
Joints
shall conform to ASTM D 3212. Gaskets shall conform to ASTM F 477.
2.1.5
PVC Plastic Pressure Pipe and Associated Fittings
2.1.5.1
PVC Plastic Pressure Pipe and Fittings
a.
Pipe and Fittings Less Than 4 inch Diameter: Pipe, couplings and
fittings shall be manufactured of materials conforming to
ASTM D 1784, Class 12454B.
'
(1) Screw -Joint: Pipe shall conform to dimensional requirements
of ASTM D 1785, Schedule 80, with joints meeting requirements of
150 psi working pressure, 200 psi hydrostatic test pressure,
unless otherwise shown or specified. Fittings for threaded pipe
shall conform to requirements of ASTM D 2464, threaded to conform
to the requirements of ASME B1.20.1 for use with Schedule 80 pipe
and fittings. Pipe couplings when used, shall be tested as
required by ASTM D 2464.
(2) Push -On Joint: ASTM D 3139, with ASTM F 477 gaskets.
Fittings for push -on joints shall be iron conforming to AWWA C110
or AWWA C111. Iron fittings and specials shall shall be
cement -mortar lined (standard thickness) in accordance with
AWWA C104.
(3) Solvent Cement Joint: Pipe shall conform to dimensional
requirements of ASTM D 1785 or ASTM D 2241 with joints meeting the
requirements of 150 psi working pressure and 200 psi hydrostatic
test pressure. Fittings for solvent cement jointing shall conform
to ASTM D 2466 or ASTM D 2467.
b. Pipe and Fittings 4 inch Diameter to 12 inch: Pipe shall conform
to AWWA C900 and shall be plain end or gasket bell end, Pressure
Class 150 (DR 18), with cast -iron -pipe -equivalent OD. Fittings
shall be gray -iron or ductile -iron conforming to AWWA C110 or
AWWA C153 and shall have cement -mortar lining conforming to
AWWA C104, standard thickness. Fittings with push -on joint ends
shall conform to the same requirements as fittings with
mechanical -joint ends, except that bell design shall be modified,
as approved, for push -on joint suitable for use with the PVC
plastic pressure pipe specified in this paragraph.
2.1.5.2 PVC Plastic Pressure Joints and Jointing Material
Joints for pipe, 4 inch to 12 inch diameter, shall be push -on joints as
specified in ASTM D 3139. Joints between pipe and fittings shall be
push -on joints as specified in ASTM D 3139 or shall be compression -type
joints/mechanical-joints as respectively specified in ASTM D 3139 and
AWWA C111. Each joint connection shall be provided with an elastomeric
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 9

' MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel 5 India Co. CL0701A
gasket suitable for the bell or coupling with which it is to be used.
Gaskets for push -on joints for pipe shall conform to ASTM F 477. Gaskets
for push -on joints and compression -type joints/mechanical-joints for joint
connections between pipe and fittings shall be as specified in AWWA C111,
respectively, for push -on joints and mechanical -joints.
2.1.6
High Density Polyethylene Pipe
'
ASTM F 894, Class 63, size 18 inch through 120 inch. ASTM F 714, size 4
inch through 48 inch. The polyethylene shall be certified by the resin
producer as meeting the requirements of ASTM D 3350, cell Class 334433C.
'
The pipe stiffness shall be greater than or equal to 1170/D for
cohesionless material pipe trench backfills. Fittings for High Density
Polyethylene Pipe: ASTM F 894. Joints for high density polyethylene pipe:
Rubber gasket joints shall conform to ASTM C 443.
2.1.7
Piping Beneath Railroad Right -of -Way
'
Where pipeline passes under the right-of-way of a commercial railroad,
piping shall conform to the specifications for pipelines conveying
nonflammable substances in AREMA 1-5, except as otherwise specified in this
paragraph. For casing pipe provide ductile -iron pipe in lieu of cast-iron
soil pipe. Ductile -iron pipe shall conform to and have strength computed
in accordance with ASTM A 746.
'
2.2
CONCRETE MATERIALS
2.2.1
Cement Mortar
'
Cement mortar shall conform to ASTM C 270, Type M with Type II cement.
2.2.2
Portland Cement
'
Portland cement shall conform to ASTM C 150, Type II for concrete used in
concrete pipe, concrete pipe fittings, and manholes and type optional with
the Contractor for cement used in concrete cradle, concrete encasement, and
thrust blocking. Where aggregates are alkali reactive, as determined by
'
Appendix XI of ASTM C 33, a cement containing less than 0.60 percent
alkalies shall be used.
2.2.3
Portland Cement Concrete
Portland cement concrete shall conform to ASTM C 94/C 94M, compressive
strength of 4000 psi at 28 days, except for concrete cradle and encasement
or concrete blocks for manholes. Concrete used for cradle and encasement
shall have a compressive strength of 2500 psi minimum at 28 days. Concrete
in place shall be protected from freezing and moisture loss for 7 days.
2.3
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
2.3.1
Gaskets and Connectors
Gaskets for joints between manhole sections shall conform to ASTM C 443.
Resilient connectors for making joints between manhole and pipes entering
'
manhole shall conform to ASTM C 923 or ASTM C 990.
2.3.2
External Preformed Rubber Joint Seals
' An external preformed rubber joint seal shall be an accepted method of
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 10

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A . ,
sealing cast iron covers to precast concrete sections to prevent ground
water infiltration into sewer systems. All finished and sealed manholes
constructed in accordance with paragraph entitled "Manhole Construction"
shall be tested for leakage in the same manner as pipelines as described in
paragraph entitled "Leakage Tests." The seal shall be multi -section with a
neoprene rubber top section and all lower sections made of Ethylene
Proplene Di Monomer (EPDM) rubber with a minimum thickness of 60 mils.
Each unit shall consist of a top and bottom section and shall have mastic
on the bottom of the bottom section and mastic on the top and bottom of the
top section. The mastic shall be a non -hardening butyl rubber sealant and
shall seal to the cone/top slab of the manhole/catch basin and over the lip
of the casting. Extension sections shall cover up to two more adjusting
rings. Properties and values are listed in the following tables:
Properties, Test Methods and Minimum values for
Rubber used in Preformed Joint Seals
Physical Properties
Test
Methods
EPDM
Neoprene
Butyl mastic
Tensile, psi
ASTM
D
412
1840
2195
-
Elogation percent
ASTM
D
412
553
295
350
Tear Resistance, ppi
ASTM
D
624
280
160
-
(Die
B)
Rebound, percent,
ASTM
C
972
-
-
11
5 minutes
(mod.)
Rebound, percent,
ASTM
C
972
-
-
12
2 hours
2.3.3 Metal Items
2.3.3.1 Frames, Covers, and Gratings for Manholes
Frames and covers shall be cast iron, ductile iron or reinforced concrete.
Cast iron frames and covers shall be as indicated or shall be of type
suitable for the application, circular, without vent holes. The frames and
covers shall have a combined weight of not less than 400 pounds.
Reinforced concrete frames and covers shall be as indicated or shall
conform to ASTM C 478. The word "Sewer" shall be stamped or cast into
covers so that it is plainly visible.
2.3.3.2 Manhole Steps
As indicated conforming to 29 CFR 1910.27. As an option, plastic or rubber
coating pressure -molded to the steel may be used. Plastic coating shall
conform to ASTM D 4101, copolymer polypropylene. Rubber shall conform to
ASTM C 443, except shore A durometer hardness shall be 70 plus or minus 5.
Aluminum steps or rungs will not be permitted. Steps are not required in
manholes les 4 feet deep.
2.3.3.3 Manhole Ladders
A steel ladder shall be provided where the depth of a manhole exceeds 12
feet. The ladder shall not be less than 16 inches in width, with 3/4 inch
diameter rungs spaced 12 inches apart. The two stringers shall be a minimum
3/8 inch thick and 2 inches wide. Ladders and inserts shall be galvanized
Ll
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 11

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
after fabrication in conformance with ASTM A 123/A 123M.
2.4 REPORTS
Submit Test Reports. Submit Inspection Reports for daily activities during
the installation of the sanitary system. Information in the report shall
' be detailed enough to describe location of work and amount of pipe laid in
place, measured in linear feet.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION OF PIPELINES AND APPURTENANT CONSTRUCTION
3.1.1 General Requirements for Installation of Pipelines
These general requirements apply except where specific exception is made in
the following paragraphs entitled "Special Requirements."
' 3.1.1.1 Location
The work covered by this section shall terminate at a point approximately 5
feet from the building, unless otherwise indicated. Where the location of
the sewer is not clearly defined by dimensions on the drawings, do not lay
sewer line closer horizontally than 10 feet to a water main or service
line. Install pressure sewer lines beneath water lines only, with the top
t of the sewer line being at least 2 feet below bottom of water line. Where
sanitary sewer lines pass above water lines, encase sewer in concrete for a
distance of 10 feet on each side of the crossing, or substitute
' rubber-gasketed pressure pipe for the pipe being used for the same
distance. Where sanitary sewer lines pass below water lines, lay pipe so
that no joint in the sewer line will be closer than 3 feet, horizontal
distance, to the water line.
a. Sanitary piping installation parallel with water line:
(1) Normal conditions: Sanitary piping or manholes shall be laid
' at least 10 feet horizontally from a water line whenever possible.
The distance shall be measured edge -to -edge.
' (2) Unusual conditions: When local conditions prevent a
horizontal separation of 10 feet, the sanitary piping or manhole
may be laid closer to a water line provided that:
' (a) The top (crown) of the sanitary piping shall be at least 18
inches below the bottom (invert) of the water main.
(b) Where this vertical separation cannot be obtained, the
sanitary piping shall be constructed of AWWA-approved ductile iron
water pipe pressure tested in place without leakage prior to
backfilling.
(c) The sewer manhole shall be of watertight construction and
tested in place.
b. Installation of sanitary piping crossing a water line:
(1) Normal conditions: Lay sanitary sewer piping by crossing
under water lines to provide a separation of at least 18 inches
between the top of the sanitary piping and the bottom of the water
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 12

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A ,
line whenever possible.
(2) Unusual conditions: When local conditions prevent a vertical
separation described above, use the following construction:
(a) Sanitary piping passing over or under water lines shall be
constructed of AWWA-approved ductile iron water pipe, pressure
tested in place without leakage prior to backfilling.
(b) Sanitary piping passing over water lines shall, in addition,
be protected by providing:
1. A vertical separation of at least 18 inches between the bottom
of the sanitary piping and the top of the water line.
2. Adequate structural support for the sanitary piping to prevent
excessive deflection of the joints and the settling on and
breaking of the water line.
3. That the length, minimum 20 feet, of the sanitary piping be
centered at the point of the crossing so that joints shall be
equidistant and as far as possible from the water line.
C. Sanitary sewer manholes: No water piping shall pass through or
come in contact with any part of a sanitary sewer manhole.
3.1.1.2 Pipe Laying and Jointing
Inspect each pipe and fitting before and after installation; replace those
found defective and remove from site. Provide proper facilities for
lowering sections of pipe into trenches. Lay nonpressure pipe with the
bell ends in the upgrade direction. Adjust spigots in bells to give a
uniform space all around. Blocking or wedging between bells and spigots
will not be permitted. Replace by one of the proper dimensions, pipe or
fittings that do not allow sufficient space for installation of joint
material. At the end of each work day, close open ends of pipe temporarily
with wood blocks or bulkheads. Provide batterboards not more than 25 feet
apart in trenches for checking and ensuring that pipe invert elevations are
as indicated. Laser beam method may be used in lieu of batterboards for
the same purpose. Branch connections shall be made by use of regular
fittings or solvent cemented saddles as approved. Saddles for ABS and PVC
composite pipe shall conform to Figure 2 of ASTM D 2680; saddles for ABS
pipe shall comply with Table 3 of ASTM D 2751; and saddles for PVC pipe
shall conform to Table 4 of ASTM D 3034.
3.1.1.3 Connections to Existing Lines
Obtain approval from the Contracting Officer before making connection to
existing line. Conduct work so that there is minimum interruption of
service on existing line.
3.1.2 Special Requirements
3.1.2.1 Installation of Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe
Unless otherwise specified, install pipe and associated fittings in
accordance with paragraph entitled "General Requirements for Installation
of Pipelines" of this section and with the requirements of AWWA C600 for
pipe installation and joint assembly.
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 13

iMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
a. Make push -on joints with the gaskets and lubricant specified for
this type joint and assemble in accordance with the applicable
requirements of AWWA C600 for joint assembly. Make
mechanical -joints with the gaskets, glands, bolts, and nuts
specified for this type joint and assemble in accordance with the
' applicable requirements of AWWA C600 for joint assembly and the
recommendations of Appendix A to AWWA C111.
b. Exterior protection: Completely encase buried ductile iron
pipelines with polyethylene tube or sheet in accordance with
AWWA C105, using Class A polyethylene film.
3.1.2.2 Installation of Ductile -Iron Pressure Lines
Unless otherwise specified, install pipe and fittings in accordance with
paragraph entitled "General Requirements for Installation of Pipelines" of
this section and with the requirements of AWWA C600 for pipe installation,
joint assembly, and valve -and -fitting installation.
a. Make push -on joints with the gaskets and lubricant specified for
this type joint and assemble in accordance with the applicable
requirements of AWWA C600 for joint assembly. Make
mechanical -joints with the gaskets, glands, bolts, and nuts
specified for this type joint; assemble in accordance with the
applicable requirements of AWWA C600 for joint assembly and the
recommendations of Appendix A to AWWA C111. Make flanged joints
with gaskets, bolts, and nuts specified for this type joint. Make
flanged joints up tight, taking care to avoid undue strain on
flanges, fittings, and other accessories. Align bolt holes for
each flanged joint. Use full size bolts for the bolt holes; use
of undersized bolts to make up for misalignment of bolt holes or
for any other purpose will not be permitted. Do not allow
adjoining flange faces to be out of parallel to such degree that
the flanged joint cannot be made watertight without overstraining
the flange. When flanged pipe or fittings have dimensions that do
' not allow the making of a proper flanged joint as specified,
replace it by one of proper dimensions. Assemble joints made with
sleeve -type mechanical couplings in accordance with the
recommendations of the coupling manufacturer, as approved.
b. Exterior protection: Completely encase buried ductile iron
pipelines with polyethylene tube or sheet in accordance with
AWWA C105, using Class A polyethylene film.
C. Pipe anchorage: Provide concrete thrust blocks (reaction backing)
for pipe anchorage. Size and position thrust blocks as indicated.
Use concrete conforming to ASTM C 94/C 94M having a minimum
compressive strength of 2,000 psi at 28 days; or use concrete of a
mix not leaner than one part cement, 2 1/2 parts sand, and 5 parts
gravel, having the same minimum compressive strength.
3.1.2.3 Installation of PVC Plastic Piping
Install pipe and fittings in accordance with paragraph entitled "General
Requirements for Installation of Pipelines" of this section and with the
requirements of ASTM D 2321 for laying and joining pipe and fittings. Make
joints with the gaskets specified for joints with this piping and assemble
' in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D 2321 for assembly of joints.
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 14

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A ,
Make joints to other pipe materials in accordance with the recommendations '
of the plastic pipe manufacturer.
3.1.2.4 Installation of PVC Plastic Pressure Pipe and Fittings
Unless otherwise specified, install pipe and fittings in accordance with
paragraph entitled "General Requirements for Installation of Pipelines" of
this section; with the requirements of AWWA C605 for laying of pipe,
joining PVC pipe to fittings and accessories, and setting of hydrants,
valves, and fittings; and with the recommendations for pipe joint assembly
and appurtenance installation in AWWA M23, Chapter 7, "Installation."
a. Pipe Less Than 4 Inch Diameter:
(1) Threaded joints shall be made by wrapping the male threads
with joint tape or by applying an approved thread lubricant, then
threading the joining members together. The joints shall be
tightened with strap wrenches which will not damage the pipe and
fittings. The joint shall be tightened no more than 2 threads
past hand -tight.
(2) Push -On Joints: The ends of pipe for push -on joints shall be
beveled to facilitate assembly. Pipe shall be marked to indicate
when the pipe is fully seated. The gasket shall be lubricated to
prevent displacement. Care shall be exercised to ensure that the
gasket remains in proper position in the bell or coupling while
making the joint.
(3) Solvent -weld joints shall comply with the manufacturer's
instructions.
b. Pipe 4 Inch Diameter Joints: Make push -on joints with the
elastomeric gaskets specified for this type joint, using either
elastomeric-gasket bell -end pipe or elastomeric-gasket couplings.
For pipe -to -pipe push -on joint connections, use only pipe with
push -on joint ends having factory -made bevel; for push -on joint
connections to fittings, cut spigot end of pipe off square and
re -bevel pipe end to a bevel approximately the same as that on
ductile -iron pipe used for the same type of joint. Use an
approved lubricant recommended by the pipe manufacturer for
push -on joints. Assemble push -on joints for pipe -to -pipe joint
connections in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C605 for
laying the pipe and the recommendations in AWWA M23, Chapter 7,
"Installation," for pipe joint assembly. Assemble push -on joints
for connection to fittings in accordance with the requirements of
AWWA C605 for joining PVC pipe to fittings and accessories and
with the applicable requirements of AWWA C600 for joint assembly.
Make compression -type joints/mechanical-joints with the gaskets,
glands, bolts, nuts, and internal stiffeners specified for this
type joint and assemble in accordance with the requirements of
AWWA C605 for joining PVC pipe to fittings and accessories, with
the applicable requirements of AWWA C600 for joint assembly, and
with the recommendations of Appendix A to AWWA C111. Cut off
spigot end of pipe for compression -type joint/mechanical-joint
connections and do not re -bevel.
C. Pipe anchorage: Provide concrete thrust blocks (reaction backing)
for pipe anchorage. Size and position thrust blocks as indicated.
Use concrete conforming to ASTM C 94/C 94M having a minimum
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 15

' MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
1 compressive strength of 2,000 psi at 28 days; or use concrete of a
mix not leaner than one part cement, 2 1/2 parts sand, and 5 parts
gravel, having the same minimum compressive strength.
3.1.2.5 Pipeline Installation Beneath Railroad Right -of -Way
Where pipeline passes under the right-of-way of a commercial railroad,
install piping in accordance with the specifications for pipelines
conveying nonflammable substances in AREMA 1-5.
3.1.3 Manhole Construction
Construct base slab of cast -in -place concrete or use precast concrete base
sections. Make inverts in cast -in -place concrete and precast concrete
bases with a smooth -surfaced semi -circular bottom conforming to the inside
contour of the adjacent sewer sections. For changes in direction of the
sewer and entering branches into the manhole, make a circular curve in the
manhole invert of as large a radius as manhole size will permit. For
cast -in -place concrete construction, either pour bottom slabs and walls
integrally or key and bond walls to bottom slab. No parging will be
permitted on interior manhole walls. For precast concrete construction,
t make joints between manhole sections with the gaskets specified for this
purpose; install in the manner specified for installing joints in concrete
piping. Parging will not be required for precast concrete manholes.
Cast -in -place concrete work shall be in accordance with the requirements
specified under paragraph entitled "Concrete Work" of this section. Make
joints between concrete manholes and pipes entering manholes with the
resilient connectors specified for this purpose; install in accordance with
the recommendations of the connector manufacturer. Where a new manhole is
constructed on an existing line, remove existing pipe as necessary to
construct the manhole. Cut existing pipe so that pipe ends are
approximately flush with the interior face of manhole wall, but not
' protruding into the manhole. Use resilient connectors as previously
specified for pipe connectors to concrete manholes.
3.1.4 Miscellaneous Construction and Installation
' 3.1.4.1 Connecting to Existing Manholes
Pipe connections to existing manholes shall be made so that finish work
will conform as nearly as practicable to the applicable requirements
specified for new manholes, including all necessary concrete work, cutting,
and shaping. The connection shall be centered on the manhole. Holes for
the new pipe shall be of sufficient diameter to allow packing cement mortar
around the entire periphery of the pipe but no larger than 1.5 times the
diameter of the pipe. Cutting the manhole shall be done in a manner that
will cause the least damage to the walls.
3.1.4.2 Metal Work
a. Workmanship and finish: Perform metal work so that workmanship
and finish will be equal to the best practice in modern structural
shops and foundries. Form iron to shape and size with sharp lines
and angles. Do shearing and punching so that clean true lines and
surfaces are produced. Make castings sound and free from warp,
cold shuts, and blow holes that may impair their strength or
appearance. Give exposed surfaces a smooth finish with sharp
well-defined lines and arises. Provide necessary rabbets, lugs,
and brackets wherever necessary for fitting and support.
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 16

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A '
11
b. Field painting: After installation, clean cast-iron frames,
covers, gratings, and steps not buried in concrete to bare metal
of mortar, rust, grease, dirt, and other deleterious materials and
apply a coat of bituminous paint. Do not paint surfaces subject
to abrasion.
3.1.5 Installations of Wye Branches
Cutting into piping for connections shall not be done except in special
approved cases. When the connecting pipe cannot be adequately supported on
undisturbed earth or tamped backfill, the pipe shall be encased in concrete
backfill or supported on a concrete cradle as directed. Concrete required
because of conditions resulting from faulty construction methods or
negligence by the Contractor shall be installed at no additional cost to
the Government. The installation of wye branches in an existing sewer
shall be made by a method which does not damage the integrity of the
existing sewer. One acceptable method consists of removing one pipe
section, breaking off the upper half of the bell of the next lower section
and half of the running bell of wye section. After placing the new
section, it shall be rotated so that the broken half of the bell will be at
the bottom. The two joints shall then be made with joint packing and
cement mortar.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
3.2.1 Field Tests and Inspections
The Contracting Officer will conduct field inspections and witness field
tests specified in this section. The Contractor shall perform field tests
and provide labor, equipment, and incidentals required for testing. Be
able to produce evidence, when required, that each item of work has been
constructed in accordance with the drawings and specifications.
3.2.2 Tests for Nonpressure Lines
Check each straight run of pipeline for gross deficiencies by holding a
light in a manhole; it shall show a practically full circle of light
through the pipeline when viewed from the adjoining end of line. When
pressure piping is used in a nonpressure line for nonpressure use, test
this piping as specified for nonpressure pipe.
3.2.2.1 Leakage Tests
Test lines for leakage by either infiltration tests or exfiltration tests,
or by low-pressure air tests. Prior to testing for leakage, backfill
trench up to at least lower half of pipe. When necessary to prevent
pipeline movement during testing, place additional backfill around pipe
sufficient to prevent movement, but leaving joints uncovered to permit
inspection. When leakage or pressure drop exceeds the allowable amount
specified, make satisfactory correction and retest pipeline section in the
same manner. Correct visible leaks regardless of leakage test results.
a. Infiltration tests and exfiltration tests: Perform these tests
for sewer lines made of the specified materials, not only
concrete, in accordance with ASTM C 969. Make calculations in
accordance with the Appendix to ASTM C 969.
b. Low-pressure air tests: Perform tests as follows:
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 17

tMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel 6 India Co. CL0701A
(1) Clay pipelines: Test in accordance with ASTM C 828.
Allowable pressure drop shall be as given in ASTM C 828. Make
tcalculations in accordance with the Appendix to ASTM C 828.
(2) Concrete pipelines: Test in accordance with ASTM C 924.
' Allowable pressure drop shall be as given in ASTM C 924. Make
calculations in accordance with the Appendix to ASTM C 924.
(3) Ductile -iron pipelines: Test in accordance with the
applicable requirements of ASTM C 924. Allowable pressure drop
shall be as given in ASTM C 924. Make calculations in accordance
with the Appendix to ASTM C 924.
(4) ABS composite plastic pipelines: Test in accordance with the
applicable requirements of UBPPA UNI-B-6. Allowable pressure drop
shall be as given in UBPPA UNI-B-6. Make calculations in
' accordance with the Appendix to UBPPA UNI-B-6.
(5) PVC plastic pipelines: Test in accordance with UBPPA UNI-B-6.
Allowable pressure drop shall be as given in UBPPA UNI-B-6. Make
calculations in accordance with the Appendix to UBPPA UNI-B-6.
3.2.2.2 Deflection Testing
Perform a deflection test on entire length of installed plastic pipeline on
completion of work adjacent to and over the pipeline, including leakage
tests, backfilling, placement of fill, grading, paving, concreting, and any
other superimposed loads determined in accordance with ASTM D 2412.
Deflection of pipe in the installed pipeline under external loads shall not
exceed 4.5 percent of the average inside diameter of pipe. Determine
whether the allowable deflection has been exceeded by use of a pull -through
' device or a deflection measuring device.
a. Pull -through device: This device shall be a spherical,
spheroidal, or elliptical ball, a cylinder, or circular sections
' fused to a common shaft. Circular sections shall be so spaced on
the shaft that distance from external faces of front and back
sections will equal or exceed diameter of the circular section.
Pull -through device may also be of a design promulgated by the
Uni-Bell Plastic Pipe Association, provided the device meets the
applicable requirements specified in this paragraph, including
those for diameter of the device, and that the mandrel has a
minimum of 9 arms. Ball, cylinder, or circular sections shall
conform to the following:
(1) A diameter, or minor diameter as applicable, of 95 percent of
the average inside diameter of the pipe; tolerance of plus 0.5
percent will be permitted.
(2) Homogeneous material throughout, shall have a density greater
than 1.0 as related to water at 39.2 degrees F, and shall have a
surface Brinell hardness of not less than 150.
(3) Center bored and through -bolted with a 1/4 inch minimum
diameter steel shaft having a yield strength of not less than
70,000 psi, with eyes or loops at each end for attaching pulling
cables.
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 18

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
(4) Each eye or loop shall be suitably backed with a flange or
heavy washer such that a pull exerted on opposite end of shaft
will produce compression throughout remote end.
b. Deflection measuring device: Sensitive to 1.0 percent of the
diameter of the pipe being tested and shall be accurate to 1.0
percent of the indicated dimension. Deflection measuring device
shall be approved prior to use.
C. Pull -through device procedure: Pass the pull -through device
through each run of pipe, either by pulling it through or flushing
it through with water. If the device fails to pass freely through
a pipe run, replace pipe which has the excessive deflection and
completely retest in same manner and under same conditions.
d. Deflection measuring device procedure: Measure deflections
through each run of installed pipe. If deflection readings in
excess of 4.5 percent of average inside diameter of pipe are
obtained, retest pipe by a run from the opposite direction. If
retest continues to show a deflection in excess of 4.5 percent of
average inside diameter of pipe, replace pipe which has excessive
deflection and completely retest in same manner and under same
conditions.
3.2.3 Tests for Pressure Lines
Test pressure lines in accordance with the applicable standard specified in
this paragraph, except for test pressures. For hydrostatic pressure test,
use a hydrostatic pressure 50 psi in excess of the maximum working pressure
of the system, but not less than 100 psi, holding the pressure for a period
of not less than one hour. For leakage test, use a hydrostatic pressure
not less than the maximum working pressure of the system. Leakage test may
be performed at the same time and at the same test pressure as the pressure
test. Test ductile -iron pressure lines in accordance with the requirements
of AWWA C600 for hydrostatic testing. Leakage on ductile -iron pipelines
with mechanical -joints shall not exceed the amounts given in AWWA C600;
allow no leakage at joints made by other methods. Test PVC plastic
pressure lines in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C605 for
pressure and leakage tests, using the allowable leakage given therein.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 19

t
MARSOC
Clam Shell Site
Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
SECTION 33 32 13.13
PACKAGE LIFT STATIONS
'
02/95
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1
REFERENCES
'
The
publications
listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent
referenced.
The publications are referred to in the text by the
basic
designation
only.
AMERICAN
NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI)
ANSI
A19.3
(1992) Ladders - Fixed - Safety
Requirements
ASME INTERNATIONAL
(ASME)
'
ASME
B16.3
(1998) Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings
ASME
B16.39
(1998) Malleable Iron Threaded Pipe Unions
Classes 150, 250, and 300
ASTM INTERNATIONAL
(ASTM)
ASTM
A 36/A 36M
(2000) Carbon Structural Steel
ASTM
A 53/A 53M
(1999b) Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped,
t
Zinc -Coated, Welded and Seamless
ASTM
A 153/A 153M
(2000) Zinc -Coating (Hot -Dip) on
Iron and Steel Hardware
ASTM
A 283/A 283M
(2000) Low and Intermediate
Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates
ASTM
C 993
(2005a) Joints for Concrete Pipe and
Manholes, Using Rubber Gaskets
ASTM
C 978
(2003a) Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole
Sections
ASTM
C 913
(1989) Precast Concrete Water and
'
Wastewater Structures
ASTM
D 4101
(2005a) Propylene Injection
,
and Extrusion Materials
AMERICAN
WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION (AWWA)
AWWA
C110
(2003) Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron
Fittings, 3 In. Through 98 In.(75 mm
through 1219 mm), for Water
i
SECTION 33 32 13.13 Page 1

tMARSOC
for India
Clam Shell Site Prep
Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & Co. CL0701A
AWWA
C111
(2000) Rubber -Gasket Joints for
Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings
rAWWA
C115
(1999) Flanged Ductile -Iron Pipe With
Ductile -Iron or Gray -Iron Threaded Flanges
AWWA
C151
(2002) Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally
Cast, for Water
AWWA C508 (2001) Swing -Check Valves for Waterworks
1 Service, 2 In. (50 mm) Through 29 In. (600
mm) NPS
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF
DEFENSE (DOD)
MIL-C-18480
(Rev B; Notice 1) Coating Compound,
Bituminous, Solvent, Coal -Tar Base
MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE AND FITTINGS
INDUSTRY (MSS)
MSS SP-70
(1998) Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and
Threaded Ends
MSS SP-78
(1998) Cast Iron Plug Valves, Flanged and
Threaded Ends
MSS SP-80
(2003) Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check
Valves
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL
MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA)
'
NEMA ICS 1
(1993) Industrial Control and Systems
NEMA ICS 2
(1993) Industrial Control and Systems
Controllers, Contactors and Overload
Relays, Rated Not More Than 2000 Volts AC
or 750 Volts DC
NEMA ICS 6
(1993) Industrial Control and Systems
Enclosures
NEMA MG 1 (1998) Motors and Generators
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
NFPA 70 (2002) National Electrical Code
1.2 LIFT STATION CRITERIA
1.2.1 Packaged Lift Station
Provide a complete, factory -built, automatic, underground pumping station
with equipment factory installed in a precast concrete chamber with
entrance tube and ladder. Principal items of equipment shall include two
submersible, electric motor driven, non -clog sewage pump, valves, internal
piping, central control panel with circuit breakers or fused disconnects,
motor starters and automatic controller, alarms and internal wiring.
SECTION 33 32 13.13 Page 2
t

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A t
1.2.2 Performance Requirements
Provide pumps capable of delivering 12 gallons per minute of raw,
unscreened sewage against a total dynamic head (TDH) of 21 feet, with a
maximum allowable pump speed of 3450 rpm, and a minimum rated horsepower
of each pump motor of 5.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00, "Submittal
Procedures."
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Packaged lift station
Equipment foundations
Include outline dimensions, support details, cross section, and
control wire diagram.
SD-03 Product Data
Packaged lift station
SD-07 Certificates
Foundation approval certificate
When required by the Contracting Officer, obtain from equipment
manufacturer approval of foundation design and construction for
equipment involved.
Structural steel
Piping
Valves
SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data
Packaged lift station
Submit operation and maintenance Data Package 3 in accordance with
Section 01 78 23, "Operation and Maintenance Data."
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
Posted operating instructions
1.3.1 Data Contents
Submit pump performance data and curve, and literature describing the
following:
a. Pumps
b. Motors
I
it
I
SECTION 33 32 13.13 Page 3

iMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
I
1
F1
I
I
I
1
I
i
I
i
C. Equipment chamber
d. Control panel
e. Level control
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
1.4.1 Shipping
Ship station as one unit, unless size of plant prohibits such delivery.
Where undeliverable as a single unit, ship in separate pieces designed for
easy assembly in field and for sound structural strength of final assembly.
Package other equipment and parts for shipment to prevent breakage, damage,
or cause out -of -adjustment calibration readings of controls.
1.4.2 Handling
Handle station at site with machinery adequate to move safely and without
damage to personnel or station. Use station lifting eyes and lugs provided
for purpose of lifting station. Inspect lift station and other materials
to assess damage.
1.4.3 Storage
Protect from the weather and accidental damage. Store and handle cables
carefully to avoid damage to outer covering or insulation and damage from
moisture and weather. Protect electrical and mechanical equipment and
accessories until installed and accepted. Structural materials, plain or
fabricated, may be stored outdoors aboveground on platforms, skids or other
supports. Keep materials free from dirt, grease, and other foreign matter
during storage, and protect from corrosion.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
2.1.1 Stainless Steel
Type 304, Stainless steel.
2.1.2 Steel
2.1.2.1 Structural Steel
ASTM A 36/A 36m.
2.1.2.2 Plate
ASTM A 283/A 283M, Grade C, bent or cold formed.
2.1.3 Sewage Piping and Fittings
2.1.3.1 Ductile -Iron Pipe
AWWA C151, thickness Class 50.
I
SECTION 33 3213.13 Page 4

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A ,
2.1.3.2 Flanged Pipe
I
AWWA C115.
2.1.3.3 Fittings
AWWA C110, flanged or mechanical joint. Provide flanged joint
fittings within equipment enclosure and abovegrade. Provide mechanical
joint fittings outside equipment enclosure underground. Provide valved
pressure tap.
2.1.3.4 Joints
AWWA C111 for mechanical joints.
2.1.4 Small Piping, Under 2 Inches and Fittings
2.1.4.1 Pipe
ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard weight, zinc -coated for sump pump discharge.
2.1.4.2 Fittings
ASME B16.3, Class 150, zinc coated.
2.1.4.3 Unions
ASME B16.39, Class 150.
2.1.5 Valves
2.1.5.1 Gate Valves
MSS SP-70, Type III, Designation NT, iron, Class 250.
2.1.5.2 Plug Valves
MSS SP-78, Type II or IV, Class 125, flanged ends, lubricated.
2.1.5.3 Check Valves
AWWA C508, horizontal or vertical, bronze or resilient seats, gates,
and equipped with closing springs.
2.1.5.4 Small Globe and Check Valves, Under 2 Inches
MSS SP-80, Class 150.
2.1.6 Miscellaneous Metals
Bolts, nuts, washers, anchors, and supports necessary for the installation
of equipment shall be stainless steel, wrought -iron or steel zinc coated
in conformance to ASTM A 153/A 153M.
2.2 UNDERGROUND EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE
Provide equipment chamber having structural strength necessary to withstand
transportation and installation without undue buckling, distortion, or
other defects. Provide a minimum 7-foot clearance from floor to lowest
SECTION 33 32 13.13 Page 5

' MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
obstruction to allow disassembly of equipment.
2.2.1 Precast Concrete
ASTM C 478 for circular structures and ASTM C 913 for all other shapes.
Provide sump in enclosure floor. Make large enough to contain sump pump.
Provide lifting loops within enclosure. Provide entrance lid of steel
plate aluminum, or fiberglass reinforced plastic. Provide access ladder
extending from chamber floor to top of entrance tube. Design ladder in
accordance with ANSI A14.3. Zinc -coat steel ladder rungs conforming to
ANSI A14.3. As an option, plastic or rubber coating pressure -molded to the
steel may be used. Plastic coating shall conform to ASTM D 4101, copolymer
polypropylene. Rubber shall conform to ASTM C 443, except shore A
durometer hardness shall be 70 plus or minus 5.
2.3 ABOVEGROUND EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES
2.3.1 Submersible Sewage Pumps
Provide submersible, centrifugal sewage grinder pumps of the non -clogging
type with passageways designed to pass 1/2 diameter spheres without
clogging. Design pump to operate in a submerged or partially submerged
condition. Provide an integral sliding guide bracket and two guide bars
capable of supporting the entire weight of the pumping unit. Attach
grinder unit beneath the impeller.
2.3.1.1 Casing
Provide hard, close -grained cast iron casing which is free from blow holes,
porosity, hard spots, shrinkage defects, cracks, and other injurious
defects. Design casings to permit replacement of wearing parts.
Passageways shall permit the smooth flow of sewage and shall be free from
sharp turns and projections.
2.3.1.2 Impeller
�Provide non -clogging type cast-iron impeller. Make impeller with smooth
surfaces, free flowing with the necessary clearance to permit objects in
the sewage to pass. Fit and key, spline, or thread impeller on shaft, and
lock in such manner that lateral movement will be prevented and reverse
rotation will not cause loosening.
2.3.1.3 Shaft and Shaft Seals
Provide shaft of stainless steel. Provide mechanical seal of double carbon
and ceramic construction with mating surfaces lapped to a flatness
tolerance of one light band. Hold rotating ceramics in mating position
with stationary carbons by a stainless steel spring. Oil lubricate
bearings.
2.3.1.4 Bearings
Provide heavy duty ball thrust bearing or roller type bearing of adequate
size to withstand imposed loads. Oil lubricate bearings.
2.3.2 Pump Motor
Provide a NEMA MG 1, 3450 RPM, 240 volt, 1 phase, and 60 cycle, submersible
squirrel cage induction motor. Motor horsepower shall be not less than
SECTION 33 32 13.13 Page 6

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A I
pump horsepower at
any point
on the pump performance curve. Fit motors
with lifting "eyes"
capable
of supporting entire weight of pump and motor.
2.3.3 Pump Control System
r
Provide a float switch control system. Design to
start pump at indicated high water and stop at indicated low water. '
Automatically alternate operation from one pump to the other and start
second pump in the event first pump cannot handle incoming flow. Provide
manual "on -off" switch for each pump. Provide independent adjustable high
and low water level switches. Provide high wet well alarm switch.
2.4 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
2.4.1 Control Panel
NEMA ICS 1, NEMA ICS 2, and NEMA ICS 6. Mounted as shown, Pedestal mount
in a protected location. The panel, components, and wiring shall be in
accordance with NFPA 70. The enclosure shall meet requirements of NEMA
Type 4X fiberglass construction. Divide control panel into two separate
compartments, one to house controls for 120 volt and lower and the other to
house higher voltage controls. Circuit breakers or fused disconnects,
selector switches, and gages shall be interior swing out panel mounted. No
reciprocating or vibrating equipment will be permitted within or mounted on
the control panel. Color code internal wiring in accordance with furnished
diagrams. Permanently and visibly identify switches, control relays,
circuit breaker or fused disconnects, and other components, both inside and
out. Provide each motor with properly sized, non -reversing, magnetic,
across -the -line type starters with overload protection, under -voltage
release, and hand -off -automatic selector switch. Include switches for
manual operation. Provide a convenience outlet for operation of 110 volt
devices.
2.4.2 Control Relay Cabinet
Provide a control relay cabinet as shown on the drawings. The cabinet
shall contain all switches, indicators, relays, and all other equipment as
necessary to provide a fully functional control and telemetry system as
specified. Color code internal wiring in accordance with furnished
diagrams. Permanently and visually identify switches, control relays, and
other components. Provide GFCI duplex receptacles within cabinet.
2.4.2.1 Pilot and Indicating Lights
Provide 7-element LED cluster light module rated 120 volts and fitted with
glass or plastic jewels. Jewels for use with switches controlling motors
shall be in accordance with NEMA ICS 2, jewels for other purposes shall be
red.
2.4.2.2 Hand -Off -Automatic Selector Switch
Provide switches with voltage and ampere ratings, and contact arrangements
suitable for the intended use. Contacts shall be non -shorting and rated in
accordance with NEMA ICS 2. Provide legend plates with wording as
indicated on the drawings.
SECTION 33 32 13.13 Page 7

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel 6 India Co. CL0701A
' 2.4.2.3 Audio Visual Alarm
Provide an audio/visual alarm mounted on the outside of the control
i
cabinet. The horn shall be rated at 90-100 dB SPL at 1220 mm, 4-feet on
axis with an output frequency between 1000 and 2000 hz built per NEMA ICS
2.212, as indicated and necessary. Provide a flashing red light with
' long life bulb in guarded enclosure.
2.4.2.4 Relays
Provide 600 volt electromechanical cartridge -type control relays, built in
accordance with industry standard practices as outlined in NEMA ICS
2.212. Control relays shall be UL listed and all accessories shall be UL
component recognized.
2.4.2.5 Contacts: Per NEMA A600 with ampere rating
a. Relays shall be incorporated cartridge -type contact assemblies and
allow individual removal or replacement of the cartridge without
disturbing adjacent cartridges, wiring, or relays.
b. Contact cartridges shall be convertible from the normally closed
mode to the normally open mode and vice versa without removal of
terminal/cartridge screws or wiring. The contact cartridge shall
have clearly visible normally open and normally closed contact
symbols to indicate contact status in the installed position.
C. A basic relay shall have room for up to 4 plug-in convertible
contact cartridges. Adder decks shall be available to expand a 4
' pole relay up to 12 poles. The same adder deck shall be used for
both the middle and upper decks.
d.
The same contact cartridge shall fit all relay pole locations and
accessories. A dummy cartridge shall not be required in any
unused position.
e.
Relays shall incorporate a common mechanical -tie between contact
cartridges and the armature.
f.
A significant degree of non -overlap
between normally open and
normally closed contacts shall exist
under normal operating
conditions.
g.
Overlapping contact cartridges shall
be provided where overlapping
'
contacts are indicated.
2.4.2.6
Coils
a.
Coils shall be field replaceable and
rated 120 VAC.
b.
Coils shall be suitable for use with
any permissible number or
arrangement of relay contacts and/or
accessories.
2.4.2.7
Manual Operation
a.
Each relay and accessory attachment
shall have provision for
manual operation.
tb. A manual test tool shall be available for use with the basic
SECTION 33 32 13.13 Page 8

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Cc
CL0701A '
control relay.
2.4.2.8 Installation and Wiring
a. Self -lifting pressure wire connectors with captive terminal screws
shall be used on all terminals.
b. Terminals shall be extended beyond the wire clamp to act as a
guide during wiring.
C. The relay shall be designed for straight through wiring.
2.4.2.9 Mounting
a. All relays shall have the same mounting dimensions.
2.4.3 Float Switch Assembly
One "normal water level lead pump on" float switch, one "low level pumps
off" float switch shall be provided. Floats, supports, and alarm shall be
provided. Metal parts, if used, shall be of stainless steel or equivalent
corrosion resistant material. The pump low and high level switches shall
be connected such that one pump turns on at "normal high level" and off at
"low level." All pumps shall run until turned off the "low level" switch.
Pumps shall alternate between lead and lag.
2.4.3.1 Float Switch
The device shall be a direct acting float switch consisting of a normally -
open mercury switch enclosed in a float. Switches shall be epoxy resin
potted in a solid polyurethane or polypropylene float. Floats shall be
attached to the support pole using reinforcing sleeve and plastic self-
locking tie, support pole shall be 1 5/8-inch stainless steel electrical
channel. Mercury glass tube shall be normally open, double pole and rated
2 amps at 120 VAC. A junction box shall be provided to connect the float
assembly. The box shall be provided to connect the float and conduit
entrance pipe threaded opening. The floats shall be mounted at fixed
elevations as directed by the Government. When the liquid level being
sensed rises or falls past the float, the floats shall tilt and operate
their switches.
2.4.4 Wiring
Factory wire station in accordance with NFPA 70. Install wiring from
control panel to junction boxes adjacent to equipment in rigid conduit.
Install wiring from junction boxes to equipment in flexible conduit, except
that accessory items may be plug -connected by insulated service cord to
junction boxes. Color code wiring. Wiring subject to flexing during
service, such as that from a stationary part to a part mounted on a hinged
door, shall be provided with additional insulation at points it is flexed,
unless wiring is flexible cord. Install feeder lines from control panel
to above grade in rigid conduit.
2.4.5 Elapsed Running Time Meter
Provide an elapsed running time meter, totalizing type to register total
"on" time in hours, for each pump in the lift station.
I
SECTION 33 32 13.13 Page 9

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
IPART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
,I 3.1.1 Equipment Foundations
Provide foundations and anchorage in accordance with drawings and
requirements of the respective equipment manufacturers. When required by
the Contracting Officer, obtain from the equipment manufacturer the
foundation approval certificate of the design and construction for the
equipment involved. Dampen and isolate equipment vibration.
3.1.2 Equipment Installation
Install equipment in accordance with these specifications and the
manufacturer's installation instructions. Grout equipment mounted on
concrete foundations before installing piping. Install piping to avoid
imposing stress on any equipment. Match flanges accurately before securing
bolts.
3.1.3 Posted Operating Instructions
Provide for packaged lift stations.
3.2 MATERIALS PROTECTION
3.2.1 Painting
Perform painting in the field or shop. However, when touch-up of
shop -painted surfaces is required, perform in the manner specified herein.
3.2.2 Metal Surfaces
1 Coat metal surfaces, except aluminum, bronze, and brass, with a coal tar
base conforming to MIL-C-18480, applied in not less than two coats, to
a minimum dry film thickness of 40 mils. Before coating,
clean metal surfaces of rust, mill scale, oil, grease, dirt, slag, flux,
weld spatter, or other foreign substances.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
I' 3.3.1 Field Performance Testing
In the presence of the Contracting Officer and the field engineer of the
manufacturer, test equipment for a minimum of one day. Perform head and
capacity measurement by timing the pump down of a measured wet well depth.
Equipment shall be free of cavitation, excess vibration, and over -heating
and safety devices shall be demonstrated to perform as scheduled on
drawings and specified within control sections of these specifications.
Immediately correct discrepancies encountered between specified
performances and field performance. The level control and alarm set point
shall be verified. The system shall perform all control of pumps and
alarms as required in the sequence of operation and indicated in the wiring
diagram. All control panel functions, alarms, and telemetry shall be
demonstrated to operate as specified. The Contractor shall furnish all
instruments, connecting devices, tools, and personnel necessary to perform
the testing. Failure to pass this test shall require the Contractor to
make corrections or repairs and begin a new test. The system shall not be
accepted by the Government unless it operates within the above guidelines.
SECTION 33 32 13.13 Page 10

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A 1
A proposed test schedule shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer at
least 14 days prior to proposed testing for approval.
-- End of Section -- in
JI
11
I
1
I
it
I
I
Cl
11
it
SECTION 33 32 13.13 Page 11 1

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel 6 India Co. CL0701A
SECTION 33 71 02
UNDERGROUND TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION
04/04
'
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1
REFERENCES
The
publications listed
below form a part of this specification to the
extent
referenced. The
publications are referred to in the text by the
basic designation only.
ASSOCIATION OF
EDISON ILLUMINATING COMPANIES (AEIC)
AEIC
CS1
(1990) Impregnated Paper Insulated, Lead
Covered Cable, Solid Type
AEIC
CS6
(1987; R 1989) Ethylene Propylene Rubber
Insulated Shielded Power Cable Rated 5
Through 69 kV
AMERICAN NATIONAL
STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI)
ANSI
C2
(1991) National Electrical Safety Code
ANSI
C119.1
(1986; R 1997) Electric Connectors -
Sealed Insulated Underground Connector
w�
Systems Rated 600 Volts
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM
B 1
(1995) Hard -Drawn Copper Wire
ASTM
B 8
(1995) Concentric -Lay -Stranded Copper
Conductors, Hard, Medium -Hard, or Soft
ASTM
C 260
(1995) Air -Entraining Admixtures for
Concrete
ASTM
F 512
(1995) Smooth -Wall Poly (Vinyl Chloride)
(PVC) Conduit and Fittings for Underground
Installation
INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS (IEEE)
IEEE Std 48 (1996) High -Voltage Alternating -Current
Cable Terminations
IEEE Std 404 (1993) Cable Joints for Use with Extruded
Dielectric Cable Rated 5000-138 000 V and
Cable Joints for Use with Laminated
Dielectric Cable Rated 2500-500,000 V
I
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 1
1

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A ,
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA)
NEMA RN
1
(1989) Polyvinyl -Chloride (PVC) Externally
Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and
Intermediate Metal Conduit
NEMA TC
2
(1990) Electrical Plastic Tubing (EPT) and
Conduit (EPC-40 and EPC-80)
NEMA TC
3
(1990) PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC
Conduit and Tubing
NEMA TC
8
(1990) Extra -Strength PVC Plastic
Utilities Duct for Underground Installation
NEMA TC
9
(1990) Fittings for ABS and PVC Plastic
Utilities Duct for Underground Installation
NEMA WC
8
(1993) Ethylene -Propylene -Rubber -
Insulated Wire and Cable for the
Transmission and Distribution of
Electrical Energy
INTERNATIONAL
ELECTRICAL TESTING ASSOCIATION (NETA)
NETA ATS
(1991) Electrical Power Distribution
Equipment and Systems
NATIONAL FIRE
PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
NFPA 70
(2002) National Electrical Code
NFPA 70B
(1998) Electrical Equipment Maintenance
UNDERWRITERS
LABORATORIES (UL)
UL 6
(1997) Rigid Metal Conduit
UL 83
(1998) Thermoplastic -Insulated Wires and
Cables
UL 467
(1993; Bul. 1994, R 1996) Grounding and
Bonding Equipment
UL 486A
(1997; R 1998) Wire Connectors and
Soldering Lugs for Use With Copper
Conductors
UL 510
(1994; R 1998) Chloride, Polyethylene, and
Rubber Insulating Tape
UL 514A
(1996; R 1998) Metallic Outlet Boxes
UL 514B
(1997; R 1998) Fittings for Cable and
Conduit
UL 854
(1996; Bul. 1997 R 1998) Service -Entrance
Cables
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 2

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
UL 1242 (1996; R 1998) Intermediate Metal Conduit
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
1.2.1 Underground Service
Terminate underground service into building at a point 5 feet outside the
building and projections thereof, except that service conductors shall be
continuous to the interior terminating point indicated. Protect ends of
underground conduit with threaded metal caps or plastic plugs as applicable
until connections are made.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
a. In the text of this section, the words conduit and duct are used
!, interchangeably and have the same meaning.
b. In the text of this section, "medium voltage cable splices," and
e "medium voltage cable joints" are used interchangeably and have
the same meaning.
1.9 SUBMITTALS
The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
' SD-02 Shop Drawings
Proposed precast sectional underground duct bank
,i SD-03 Product Data
Medium voltage cable
Medium voltage cable joints
' Medium voltage cable terminations
600 volt wires and cables
Live End Caps
SD-06 Test Reports
' Acceptance checks and tests
Identify each cable for 600-volt, and medium voltage cable tests.
When testing grounding electrodes and systems, identify each
electrode and system for each test, as well as the resistance and
soil conditions at the time the measurement were made.
SD-07 Certificates
Cable splicer/terminator
Cable splicer qualifications
Thirty calendar days before making splices or terminations, submit
names of the cable splicers to be employed, together with proof
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 3

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A ,
that splicer has at least 3 years experience in splicing the type
and rating of cables specified. Submit certification for each
splicer by the cable joint kit manufacturer in the use of
manufacturer's kits.
SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions
Ground megger ,
"UL listed" kit
Termination kit
Medium -voltage joints _
SD-09 Manufacturer's Field Reports
Arc -proofing test for cable fireproofing tape ,
Medium voltage cable tests
Factory engineered heat shrinkable joint kit
1.5 QUALITY
ASSURANCE
Each cable splicer
may be required to make an approved dummy
splice in the
'
presence of
the Contracting Officer in accordance with cable
manufacturer's
instructions.
The Contractor shall furnish the material for
dummy splices.
1.5.1 Cable
Splicer Qualifications
'
a. In order to establish the cable workman's competency, the , I
Contractor shall be required to submit the following within 30
calendar days prior to commencement of the splice/termination:
(1) Documentation to verify that the individual has completed a ,
splice/termination of the type to be installed under this
contract. The test splice -termination shall be performed at the
job site for this contract under the supervision of the cable
accessory manufacturer or his representative and witnessed by the .
Government.
(2) Documentation that said splice/termination has undergone and
passed the following tests by the splice -termination manufacturer '
or an independent testing laboratory.
11
TEST
5 kV
15 kV
35 kV
Discharge Ext.
Value with
3 pC or less
13 kV
20 kV
35 kV
AC withstand,
1 minute
35 kV
50 kV
75 kV
DC withstand,
15 minutes
65 kV
70 kV
100 kV
These results
shall be
attached for
review
(3)
A statement
of the number
of years
in which the
individual
'
SECTION 33 71
02 Page
4
,

rMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
has been splicing/terminating medium voltage cable.
b. Criteria for waiver: Items a.l and a.2 above may be waived on
subsequent jobs provided the following criteria is satisfied:
(1) Documentation of prior completion of items a.l and a.2 be
submitted.
S
(2) A list of the last three jobs where the specific
splices/terminations were installed within the past 12 consecutive
months. The tabulation shall include splice/termination
manufacturer, catalog number, and the number of
splice/terminations installed.
C.
Requalifications: Requalification to items a.l and a.2 in above
paragraph may be required if the splice installer can not
demonstrate a prior history of splice/termination installation
during the previous 12 consecutive months. The contractor shall
furnish the material for splices and terminations.
1.5.2
Test Instrument and Procedure
Submit
for use of ground megger with proposed method indicated.
1.5.3
Manufacturer's Test
Submit
the manufacturer's test report indicating that performance of the
heat shrinkable
joint kit is equivalent to the cable rating, in accordance
with the
applicable sections of IEEE Std 48, IEEE Std 404, and AEIC CS1.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
2.1.1
Conduit
2.1.1.1
Rigid Metal Conduit
UL 6,
galvanized steel, threaded type.
2.1.1.2
Rigid Metal Conduit, PVC Coated
UL 6,
galvanized steel, threaded type, coated with a polyvinyl chloride
(PVC)
thick,
sheath bonded to the galvanized exterior surface, nominal 40 mils
conforming to NEMA RN 1, Type A40, except that hardness shall be
nominal
85 Shore A durometer, dielectric strength shall be minimum 400
volts
per mil at 60 Hz, tensile strength shall be minimum 3500 psi, and
,.
aging
shall be minimum 1000 hours in an Atlas Weatherometer.
2.1.1.3
Intermediate Metal Conduit
UL 1242, galvanized steel, threaded type.
2.1.1.4 Intermediate Metal conduit, PVC Coated
UL 1242, galvanized steel, threaded type, coated with a polyvinyl chloride
(PVC) sheath bonded to the galvanized exterior surface, nominal 40 mils
thick, conforming to NEMA RN 1, Type A40, except that hardness shall be
nominal 85 Shore A durometer, dielectric strength shall be minimum 400
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 5

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A ,
volts per mil at 60 Hz, tensile strength shall be minimum 3500 psi, and
aging shall be minimum 1000 hours in an Atlas Weatherometer.
2.1.1.5 Plastic Conduit for Direct Burial
NEMA TC 2, EPC-40-PVC.
2.1.1.6 Plastic Utilities Duct for Concrete Encasement
NEMA TO 8, ASTM F 512, Type EB-35.
2.1.2 Fittings
2.1.2.1 Metal Fittings
UL 514B, threaded type.
2.1.2.2 PVC Conduit Fittings
NEMA TO 3 UL 514B.
2.1.2.3 PVC Duct Fittings
NEMA TO 9.
2.1.2.4 Outlet Boxes for Steel Conduit
Outlet boxes for use with rigid or flexible steel conduit shall be
cast -metal cadmium or zinc -coated if of ferrous metal with gasketed
closures and shall conform to UL 514A.
2.1.3 Conductors Rated 600 Volts and Less
Conductor and conduit sizes indicated are for copper conductors unless
otherwise noted. Insulated conductors shall have the date of manufacture
and other identification imprinted on the outer surface of each cable at
regular intervals throughout the cable length. Wires and cables
manufactured more than 12 months prior to date of delivery to the site
shall not be used.
2.1.3.1 600 Volt Wires and Cables
Service entrance and direct buried conductors shall conform to UL 854, Type
USE. Conductors in conduit other than service entrance shall conform to
UL 83, Type THWN. Conductor size and number of conductors in each cable
shall be as indicated. Conductors shall be color coded. Conductor
identification shall be provided within each enclosure where a tap, splice,
or termination is made. Conductor identification shall be by color -coded
insulated conductors, plastic -coated self -sticking printed markers, colored
nylon cable ties and plates, or heat shrink type sleeves. Control circuit
terminations shall be properly identified. Conductors No. 10 AWG and
smaller shall be solid copper. Conductors No. 8 AWG and larger shall be
stranded copper. All conductors shall be copper.
a. Colors for coding conductors shall be:
208-VOLT SYSTEM 480-VOLT SYSTEM
Neutral. - White
Neutral - White
11
11
I
I
r
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 6

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
1
I
1'
I
I
I
n
1
Phase A - Black
Phase B - Red
Phase C - Blue
Grounding conductor - Green
Phase A - Brown
Phase B - Orange
Phase C - Yellow
Grounding conductor - Green
2.1.4 600 Volt Wire Connector and Terminals
Shall provide a uniform compression over the entire contact surface.
Solderless terminal lugs shall be used on stranded conductors.
a. For use with copper conductors: UL 486A.
2.1.5 600 Volt Splices
Provide splices with a compression connector on the conductor and by
insulating and waterproofing using one of the following methods which are
suitable for continuous submersion in water and comply ANSI C119.1.
a. Provide cast -type splice insulation by means of molded casting
process employing a thermosetting epoxy resin insulating material
applied by a gravity poured method or by a pressure injected
method. Provide component materials of the resin insulation in a
packaged form ready for convenient mixing without removing from
the package.
b. Gravity poured method shall employ materials and equipment
contained in an approved commercial splicing kit which includes a
mold suitable for the cables to be spliced. When the mold is in
place around the joined conductors, prepare the resin mix and pour
into the mold.
C. Provide heavy wall heat shrinkable splice insulation by means of a
thermoplastic adhesive sealant material which shall be applied by
a clean burning propane gas torch.
d. Provide a cold -shrink rubber splice which consists of EPDM rubber
tube which has been factory stretched onto a spiraled core which
is removed during splice installation. The installation shall not
require heat or flame, or any additional materials such as
covering or adhesive. It shall be designed for use with inline
compression type connectors, or indoor, outdoor, direct -burial or
submerged locations.
2.1.6 Medium Voltage Cable
Cable (conductor) sizes are designated by American Wire Gauge (AWG) and
Thousand Circular Mils (Kcmil). Conductor and conduit sizes indicated are
for copper conductors unless otherwise noted. Insulated conductors shall
have the date of manufacture and other identification imprinted on the
outer surface of each cable at regular intervals throughout cable length.
Wires and cables manufactured more than 29 months prior to date of delivery
to the site shall not be accepted.
Cable for 34.5 kV underground distribution system shall be ozone resistant
ethylene -propylene -rubber -insulated (EPR) cable conforming to NEMA WC 8, as
applicable, and AEIC CS6. Cable shall be single conductor, employing
concentric, Class B stranded copper conductors. Cable shall have conductor
and insulation shielding. Insulation shielding shall be metal tape type
consisting of a concentric serving of tape according to NEMA WC 8. Cable
1
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 7

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A I
shall be rated 345 kV with insulation and jacket thickness of 29 and 12 mils,
respectively. Cable shall have a polyvinyl chloride jacket.
2.1.7 Medium Voltage Cable Terminations
IEEE Std 98 Class 1. Provide terminations including stress control
terminator, ground clamp, connectors, and lugs. Terminator shall be the
product of one manufacturer, suitable for the type and materials of the
cable terminated. Furnish components in the form of a "UL listed" kit,
including complete instructions which shall be followed for assembly and
installation. Provide terminator as specified herein for terminating
single conductor, solid insulated, nonmetallic jacketed type cables for
service voltage up to 35 KV indoor and outdoor. Do not use separate parts
of copper or copper alloy in contact with aluminum alloy parts in the
construction or installation of the terminator.
2.1.7.1 Indoor Terminations/Terminations Within Equipment Enclosures
Indoor terminator shall be cold -shrink type or heat shrinkable type.
a. Cold -Shrink Type:
Terminator shall be a one-piece design, where high -dielectric constant
(capacitive) stress control is integrated within a skirted insulator made
of silicone rubber, munsel gray in color. Termination shall not require
heat or flame for installation. Termination kit shall contain all
necessary materials (except for the lugs). Termination shall be designed
for installation in low or highly contaminated indoor and outdoor locations
and shall be rated for continuous operation at 90 degree C, with an
emergency overload temperature rating of 130 degree C.
b. Heat Shrinkable Type
Terminator shall consist of a uniform cross section heat shrinkable
polymeric construction stress relief tubing and environmentally sealed
outer covering that is nontracking, resists heavy atmospheric contaminants,
ultra violet rays and oxidative decomposition. Provide heat shrinkable
sheds or skirts of the same material.
2.1.7.2 Outdoor Terminations
Outdoor terminator shall be cold shrink type or porcelain insulator.
a. Cold -Shrink Type:
Terminator shall be a one-piece design, where high -dielectric constant
(capacitive) stress control is integrated within a skirted insulator made
of silicone rubber, munsel gray in color. Termination shall not require
heat or flame for installation. Termination kit shall contain all
necessary materials (except for the lugs). Termination shall be designed
for installation in low or highly contaminated indoor and outdoor locations
and shall be rated for continuous operation at 90 degree C, with an
emergency overload temperature rating of 130 degree C.
b. Porcelain Insulator Type
Terminator shall comply with requirements of IEEE Std 48 Class 1, except
that the requirements of design tightness test need not be met. However,
the terminator shall not exude any insulating filler compound under either
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 8

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
test or service. Terminator shall consist of a porcelain insulator, copper
cable connector-hoodnut assembly and copper aerial lug as required, metal
body and supporting bracket, sealed cable entrance, internal stress relief.
device for shielded cable, and insulating filler compound or material.
2.1.7.3 Cast Epoxy Resin Type Termination
1 IEEE Std 48, Class 1. Provide termination as specified herein for
terminating single conductor, or the single conductors of multiconductor,
solid insulated, nonmetallic jacketed type cables for service voltage up to
15 KV outdoor and 15 KV indoor. Terminations for shielded conductors shall
include stress control, with a shield ground connection brought out through
the insulation and covering, and grounded at installation. Terminations
exposed to the weather shall include porcelain insulator and weather shield.
t, 2.1.7.4 Terminator, Modular, Molded Rubber Type
IEEE Std 48 Class 1. Provide terminator as specified herein for
terminating single conductor, or the single conductor of multiconductor,
solid insulated, nonmetallic jacketed type cables for service voltage up to
35 KV outdoor. Terminator shall consist of a stress control, ground clamp,
nontracking rubber skirts, crimp -on connector, rubber cap, and aerial lug.
Do not use separate parts of copper or copper alloy in contact with
aluminum or aluminum alloy parts in the construction and installation of
the terminator.
2.1.7.5 Terminator, Cold -Shrink Rubber Type, Single Conductor PILC Cable
IEEE Std 48, Class 1. Provide terminations as specified herein for
terminating single conductor PILC cable. Cable termination must be a
one-piece cold shrink 15 kV or 25/28 kV Class device and meet all 15 kV, 25
kV (+ prorated 28 kV) requirements for Class 1 terminations as recorded in
IEEE Std 48. Termination must be a molded rubber unit where the built-in
stress relief mechanism uses the concept of high dielectric constant
capacitive stress grading. Molded rubber insulator must be made from
silicone rubber.
2.1.8 Medium Voltage Cable Joints
Provide joints (splices) in accordance with IEEE Std 404 suitable for the
rated voltage, insulation level, and insulation type of the cable. Upon
request, supply manufacturer's design qualification test report in
accordance with IEEE Std 404. Connectors for joint shall be tin-plated
electrolytic copper, having ends tapered and having center stops to
equalize cable insertion. Connectors shall be rated for voltage of 35 kV
minimum.
a. Heat -shrinkable joint: Consists of a uniform cross-section
heat -shrinkable polymeric construction with a linear stress relief
system, a high dielectric strength insulating material, and an
integrally bonded outer conductor layer for shielding. Replace
original cable jacket with a heavy -wall heat -shrinkable sleeve
with hot -melt adhesive coating.
b. Watertight taped -type joint: Consists of an approved connector,
self -fusing or self -bonding insulating tape, self -fusing
semiconducting tape, tinned copper shielding tape or braid, and
plastic tape.
t
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 9
r

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
c. Cold -shrink rubber -type joint: Joint shall be of a cold shrink
r
design that does not require any heat source for its installation.
Splice insulation and jacket shall be of a one-piece factory
formed cold shrink sleeve made of black EPDM rubber. Splice shall
be packaged three splices per kit, including complete installation
instructions. Cold -shrink rubber -type joints are limited to 8.7
kV systems.
2.1.9 Live End Caps
Provide live end caps using a "kit" including a heat -shrinkable tube and a
high dielectric strength, polymeric plug overlapping the conductor. End
cap shall conform to applicable portions of IEEE Std 48.
2.1.10 Tape
'
2.1.10.1 Insulating Tape
UL 510, plastic insulating tape, capable of performing in a continuous
temperature environment of 80 degrees C.
2.1.10.2 Buried Warning and Identification Tape
'
Provide detectable aluminum foil plastic -backed tape or detectable magnetic
plastic tape manufactured specifically for warning and identification of
buried cable and conduit. Tape shall be detectable by an electronic
detection instrument. Provide tape in rolls, 2 inchesminimum width, color
coded for the utility involved with warning and identification imprinted in
bold black letters continuously and repeatedly over entire tape length.
Warning and identification shall be CAUTION BURIED ELECTRIC CABLE BELOW or
similar. Use permanent code and letter coloring unaffected by moisture and
other substances contained in trench backfill material.
2.1.10.3 Fireproofing Tape
Fireproofing tape shall be approximately 30 mils thick by 3 inches wide and
shall consist of a flexible, unsupported elastomer that expands in fire to
provide a thick char buildup between the flame and the cable. Tape shall _
be noncorrosive to cable sheath. Tape shall not give off a smoke when
subjected to flame or support combustion. Tape shall not deteriorate when
subjected to oil, water, gases, salt water, sewage, and fungus.
2.1.11 Pull Rope
Shall be plastic having a minimum tensile strength of 200 pounds.
2.1.12 Grounding and Bonding Equipment '
UL 467. Ground rods shall be copper clad steel with diameter adequate to
permit driving to full length of the rod, but not less than 3/4 inch in
diameter and 10 feet long unless otherwise indicated.
2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
2.2.1 Arc -Proofing Test
for Cable Fireproofing Tape
'
Manufacturer shall test
one sample assembly consisting
of a straight lead
tube 12 inches long with
a 2 1/2 inch outside diameter,
and a 1/8 inch
thick wall, and covered
with one-half lap layer of arc
and fireproofing
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 10

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel s India Co. CL0701A
material per manufacturer's instructions. The arc and fireproofing tape
shall withstand extreme temperature of a high -current fault arc 13,000
degrees K for 70 cycles as determined by using an argon directed plasma jet
capable of constantly producing and maintaining an arc temperature of
13,000 degrees K. Temperature (13,000 degrees K) of the ignited arc
between the cathode and anode shall be obtained from a do power source of
305 (plus or minus 5) amperes and 20 (plus or minus 1) volts. The arc
shall be directed toward the sample assembly accurately positioned 5 (plus
or minus 1) millimeters downstream in the plasma from the anode orifice by
fixed flow rate of argon gas (0.18 g per second). Each sample assembly
shall be tested at three unrelated points. Start time for tests shall be
taken from recorded peak current when the specimen is exposed to the full
test temperature. Surface heat on the specimen prior to that time shall be
minimal. The end point is established when the plasma or conductive arc
penetrates the protective tape and strikes the lead tube. Submittals for
�I arc -proofing tape shall indicate that the test has been performed and
passed by the manufacturer.
2.2.2 Medium Voltage Cable Tests
Results of AEIC C5 and AEIC CS6 qualification and production tests as
applicable for each type of medium voltage cable.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
NFPA 70 and ANSI C2.
3.1.1 Contractor Damage
The Contractor shall promptly repair any indicated utility lines or systems
damaged by Contractor operations. Damage to lines or systems not
indicated, which are caused by Contractor operations, shall be treated as
"Changes" under the terms of the General Provisions of the contract. If
the Contractor is advised in writing of the location of a nonindicated line
or system, such notice shall provide that portion of the line or system
with "indicated" status in determining liability for damages. In any
event, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Contracting Officer of
any such damage.
3.1.2 Concrete
'
Shall be composed of
water so proportioned
fine aggregate, coarse aggregate, portland cement, and
and mixed as to produce a plastic, workable mixture.
Fine aggregate shall
be of hard, dense, durable, clean, and uncoated sand.
The coarse aggregate
shall be reasonably well graded from 3/16 to one inch.
The fine and coarse
aggregates shall be free from injurious amounts of
dirt, vegetable matter,
soft fragments or other deleterious substances.
Water shall be fresh,
clean, and free from salts, alkali, organic matter,
and other impurities.
Concrete shall have a compressive strength of 3000
psi at the age of 28
days. Slump shall not exceed 3 inches. Retempering
of concrete will not
be permitted. Exposed, unformed concrete surfaces
shall be given a smooth, wood float finish. Concrete shall be cured for a
period of not less than
7 days, and concrete made with high early strength
portland cement shall
be repaired by patching honeycombed or otherwise
defective areas with
cement mortar as directed by the Contracting Officer.
Air entrain concrete
exposed to weather using and air -entraining admixture
conforming to ASTM C
260. Air content shall be between 4 and 6 percent.
SECTION 33 7l 02 Page 11

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Cc
CL0701A I
3.1.3 Direct Burial System
Bury cables directly in earth, except under paved areas, and roadways, and
install cables in conduit encased in concrete. Install cables buried
directly in earth in the following manner:
a. Slope ducts to drain.
b. Excavate trenches in which the cables are placed by hand or with
mechanical trenching equipment, and provide a minimum cable cover
of 24 inches below finished grade for power conductors operated at
600 volts and less, and 30 inches to the top of the cables for
over 600 volts. Trenches shall be not less than 6 inches wide,
and shall be in straight lines between cable markers. Bends in
trenches shall have a radius of not less than 36 inches. Where
two or more cables are laid parallel in the same trench, space
cables laterally at not less than 3 inches apart, except that
communication cable shall be separated from power cable by a
minimum distance of 12 inches.
C. When rock is encountered, remove to a depth of at least 3 inches
below the cable and fill the space with sand or clean earth free
from particles larger than 1/4 inch.
d. Do not unreel and pull cables into the trench from one end.
However, the cable may be unreeled on grade and lifted into
position with 3 inches more sand placed on top of cable and a
redwood plank placed on top of the sand the entire length of the
cable run. Plank shall be 2 by 8 inch redwood brush treated three
coats with a pentachlorophenol light oil solution. Cable bedding
and cover shall consist of material which would pass a 1/4 inch
screen with no sharp material.
3.1.3.1 Cutting Cable
Use heat shrink adhesive coated caps on cable ends or tape cable ends
immediately after cutting to prevent moisture from entering the cable.
Varnish the tape when cable is not expected to be connected for at least 72
hours.
3.1.3.2 Restoration
Replace sod which has been removed, as soon as possible after backfilling
is completed. Restore areas disturbed by trenching, storing of dirt, cable
laying, pad construction, and other work to original condition and maintain
until final acceptance. Provide necessary topsoiling, fertilizing, liming,
seeding, sodding, sprigging or mulching.
3.1.3.3 Crossing Cables
Separate cables crossing other cables or metal piping from each other by
not less than 3 inches of well tamped earth.
3.1.3.4 Splicing
Provide cables in one piece without splices between connections except
where the distance exceeds the lengths in which cables are manufactured.
11
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 12

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Cc
CL0701A
1, 3.1.3.5 Bends
Bends in cables shall have an inner radius not less than those specified in
NFPA 70 for the type of cable specified.
3.1.3.6 Horizontal Slack
Leave approximately 3 feet of horizontal slack in the ground on each end of
cable runs, on each side of connection boxes, and at points where
connections are brought above ground. Where cable is brought above ground,
leave additional slack to make necessary connections. Enclose splices in
lead -sheathed or armored cables in split -type cast-iron splice boxes; after
completion of the connection, fill with insulating filler compound and
tightly clamp the box.
�• 3.1.3.7 Identification Slabs
Provide a slab at each change of direction of cable, over the ends of ducts
or conduits which are installed under paved areas and roadways, and over
each splice. Identification slabs shall be of concrete, approximately 20
inches square by 6 inches thick and shall be set flat in the ground so that
top surface projects not less than 3/4 inch, nor more than 1 1/4 inches
above ground. Concrete shall have a compressive strength of not less than
3000 psi and have a smooth troweled finish on exposed surface. Inscribe an
identifying legend such as "electric cable," "telephone cable," "splice,"
or other applicable designation on the top surface of the slab before
concrete hardens. Inscribe circuit identification symbols on slabs as
directed. Letters or figures shall be approximately 2 inches high and
grooves shall be approximately 1/4 inch in width and depth. Install slabs
so that the side nearest the inscription on top shall include an arrow
indicating the side nearest the cable.
3.1.3.8 Cable End Seal
Ends of cable shall be taped immediately after cutting to prevent moisture
from entering the cable. Where the cable is not expected to be connected
for at least 72 hours, the tape shall also be varnished.
3.1.4 Underground Conduit/Duct Without Concrete Encasement
Type of conduit shall be PVC -coated rigid galvanized steel.
3.1.4.1 Conduit Installation
Top of the conduit shall be not less than 24 inches below grade, and shall
have a minimum slope of 3 inches in each 100 feet away from buildings and
toward manholes and other necessary drainage points. Run conduit in
straight lines except where a change of direction is necessary. As each
conduit run is completed, for conduit sizes 3 inches and larger, draw a
flexible testing mandrel approximately 12 inches long with a diameter less
than the inside diameter of the conduit through the conduit. After which,
draw a stiff bristle brush through until conduit is clear of particles of
earth, sand and gravel; then immediately install conduit plugs. For
conduit sizes less than 3 inches, draw a stiff bristle brush through until
conduit is clear of particles of earth, sand and gravel; then immediately
install conduit plugs. Provide not less than 3 inches clearance from the
conduit to each side of the trench. A minimum clearance of 2 1/2 inches
shall be provided between adjacent conduits. Grade bottom of trench
smooth; where rock, soft spots, or sharp -edged materials are encountered,
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 13

MARSOC Clam
Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot,
Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
excavate
the bottom for an additional 3
inches, fill and tamp level with
original
bottom with sand or earth free
from particles, that would be
retained
on a 1/4 inch sieve.
3.1.4.2
Encasement Under Roads and Structures
Under roads, paved areas, and railroad tracks, install conduits in concrete
encasement of rectangular cross-section providing a minimum of 3 inch
concrete cover around ducts. Concrete encasement shall extend at least 5
feet beyond the edges of paved areas and roads, and 12 feet beyond the
rails on each side of railroad tracks. Conduits to be installed under
existing paved areas which are not to be disturbed, and under roads and
railroad tracks, shall be zinc -coated, rigid steel, jacked into place.
3.1.4.3 Multiple Conduits
Separate multiple conduits by a minimum distance of 2 112 inches, except
that light and power conduits shall be separated from control, signal, and
telephone conduits by a minimum distance of 3 inches. Stagger the joints
of the conduits by rows and layers to strengthen the conduit assembly.
Provide plastic duct spacers that interlock vertically and horizontally.
Spacer assembly shall consist of base spacers, intermediate spacers, and
top spacers to provide a completely enclosed and locked -in conduit
assembly. Install spacers per manufacturer's instructions, but provide a
minimum of two spacer assemblies per 10 feet of conduit assembly.
3.1.5 Underground Duct with Concrete Encasement
Construct underground duct lines of individual conduits encased in
concrete. Except where rigid galvanized steel conduit is indicated or
specified, the conduit shall be PVC Type EB-35. Do not mix different kinds
of conduit in any one duct bank. Ducts shall not be smaller than 4 inches
in diameter unless otherwise indicated. Concrete encasement surrounding
the bank shall be rectangular in cross-section and shall provide at least 3
inches of concrete cover for ducts. Separate conduits by a minimum
concrete thickness of 2 inches, except separate light and power conduits
from control, signal, and telephone conduits by a minimum concrete
thickness of 3 inches.
3.1.5.1 Depth of Encasement
Top of the concrete encasement shall not be less than 18 inches below grade.
3.1.5.2 Slope of Encasement
Duct banks shall have a continuous slope downward toward underground
structures and away from buildings with a minimum pitch of 3 inches in 100
feet. Except at conduit risers, accomplish changes in direction of runs
exceeding a total of 10 degrees, either vertical or horizontal, by long
sweep bends having a minimum radius of curvature of 25 feet; sweep bends
may be made up of one or more curved or straight sections or combinations
thereof. Manufactured bends shall have a minimum radius of 18 inches for
use with conduits of less than 3 inches in diameter and a minimum radius of
36 inches for ducts of 3 inches in diameter and larger. Excavate trenches
along straight lines from structure to structure before ducts are laid or
structure constructed so the elevation can be adjusted, if necessary, to
avoid unseen obstruction.
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 14

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
1 3.1.5.3 Conduits
Terminate conduits in end -bells where duct lines enter underground
structures. Stagger conduit joints by rows and layers to strengthen the
duct bank. Provide plastic duct spacers that interlock vertically and
horizontally. Spacer assembly shall consist of base spacers, intermediate
spacers, and top spacers to provide a completely enclosed and locked -in
duct bank. Install spacers per manufacture's instructions, but provide a
minimum of two spacer assemblies per 10 feet of duct bank. Before pouring
concrete, anchor duct bank assemblies to prevent the assemblies from
floating during concrete pouring. Anchoring shall be done by driving
reinforcing rods adjacent to every other duct spacer assembly and attaching
the rod to the spacer assembly.
.� 3.1.5.4 Test Mandrel
•• As each section of a duct line is completed from structure to structure,
draw a flexible testing mandrel approximately 12 inches long with a
diameter less than the diameter of the conduit through each conduit. After
which, draw a stiff bristle brush through the conduit, until conduit is
clear of particles of earth, sand, and gravel; then immediately install end
plugs.
3.1.5.5 Conduit Plugs and Pull Rope
New conduit indicated as being unused or empty shall be provided with plugs
on each end. Plugs shall contain a weephole or screen to allow water
drainage. Provide a plastic pull rope having 3 feet of slack at each end
of unused or empty conduits.
3.1.5.6 Connections to Manholes
1. Duct bank envelopes connecting to underground structures shall be flared to
have enlarged cross-section at the manhole entrance to provide additional
shear strength. Dimensions of the flared cross-section shall be larger
than the corresponding manhole opening dimensions by no less than 12 inches
in each direction. Perimeter of the duct bank opening in the underground
structure shall be flared toward the inside or keyed to provide a positive
interlock between the duct bank and the wall of the structure. Use
vibrators when this portion of the encasement is poured to assure a seal
between the envelope and the wall of the structure.
3.1.5.7 Connections to Existing Handholes
N For duct bank connections to existing structures, break the structure wall
out to the dimensions required and preserve steel in the structure wall.
Cut steel and extend into the duct bank envelope. Chip the perimeter
surface of the duct bank opening to form a key or flared surface, providing
a positive connection with the duct bank envelope.
3.1.5.8 Connections to Existing Concrete Pads
For duct bank connections to concrete pads, break an opening in the pad out
to the dimensions required and preserve steel in pad. Cut the steel and
extend into the duct bank envelope. Chip out the opening in the pad to
form a key for the duct bank envelope.
_A SECTION 33 71 02 Page 15

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A I
3.1.5.9 Connections to Existing Ducts
Where connections to existing duct banks are indicated, excavate the banks
to the maximum depth necessary. Cut off the banks and remove loose
concrete from the conduits before new concrete -encased ducts are installed.
Provide a reinforced concrete collar, poured monolithically with the new
duct bank, to take the shear at the joint of the duct banks. Remove
existing cables which constitute interference with the work. Abandon in
place those no longer used ducts and cables which do not interfere with the
work.
3.1.5.10 Partially Completed Duct Banks
During construction wherever a construction joint is necessary in a duct
bank, prevent debris such as mud, and, and dirt from entering ducts by
providing suitable conduit plugs. Fit concrete envelope of a partially
completed duct bank with reinforcing steel extending a minimum of 2 feet
back into the envelope and a minimum of 2 feet beyond the end of the
envelope. Provide one No. 4 bar in each corner, 3 inches from the edge of
the envelope. Secure corner bars with two No. 3 ties, spaced approximately
one footapart. Restrain reinforcing assembly from moving during concrete
pouring.
3.1.5.11 Removal of Ducts
Where duct lines are removed from existing underground structures, close
the openings to waterproof the structure. Chip out the wall opening to
provide a key for the new section of wall.
3.1.5.12 Optional Precast Sectional Underground Duct Bank
The Contractor may choose to substitute concrete, precast, sectional,
underground duct bank, with PVC conduits, for the cast -in -place underground
conduit with concrete encasement. Key and tie together precast sections in
a manner to provide the strength and integrity of a cast -in -place
structure. Keep conduits in alignment from section to section to provide a
smooth surface for pulling cables. Lock precast sections together so that
the maximum gap after settlement does not exceed 1/4 inch. Fill gaps
between concrete sections with flexible plastic grouting material to
prevent entry of water and foreign material. Install rebar in precast
sections in accordance with the requirements of cast -in -place duct banks.
Key the precast duct bank into manholes, with a cast -in -place section, of 3
feet minimum, joining the last section to each manhole. The alignment
vertically and horizontally of any two adjacent sections shall not vary
more than 1/4 inch when measured from end of conduit to end of conduit.
Concrete strength shall be the same as for cast -in -place units. Precast
duct banks without the PVC conduits will not be permitted.
3.1.6 Underground Conduit for Service Feeders Into Buildings
Shall be PVC, Type EPC-40 from the service equipment to a point 5 feet
beyond the building and projections thereof. Protect the ends of the
conduit by threaded metal caps or bushings; coat the threads with graphite
grease or other coating. Clean and plug conduit until conductors are
installed.
3.1.7 Conduit Protection at Concrete Penetrations
Galvanized conduits which penetrate concrete (slabs, pavement, and walls)
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 16

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
in wet locations shall be PVC coated and shall extend from at least 2 inches
within the concrete to the first coupling or fitting outside the concrete
(minimum of 6 inches from penetration).
3.1.8 Buried Warning and Identification Tape
Bury tape with the printed side up at a depth of 12 inches below the top
surface of earth or the top surface of the subgrade under pavements.
3.1.9 Cable Pulling
�Pull cables down grade with the feed -in point at the manhole or buildings
of the highest elevation. Use flexible cable feeds to convey cables
through manhole opening and into duct runs. Do not exceed the specified
cable bending radii when installing cable under any conditions, including
turnups into switches, transformers, switchgear, switchboards, and other
� enclosures. Cable with tape shield shall have a bending radius not less
than 12 times the overall diameter of the completed cable. If basket -grip
type cable -pulling devices are used to pull cable in place, cut off the
section of cable under the grip before splicing and terminating.
3.1.9.1 Cable Lubricants
Use lubricants that are specifically recommended by the cable manufacturer
for assisting in pulling jacketed cables.
3.1.9.2 Cable Pulling Tensions
Tensions shall not exceed the maximum pulling tension recommended by the
cable manufacturer. Monitor pulling tension during cable installation to
ensure maximum pulling tension is not exceeded.
3.1.9.3 Secondary Cable Runs, 600 Volts and Less
•, Provide insulated copper equipment grounding conductor, sized as required
by the rating of the overcurrent device supplying the phase conductors.
3.1.9.4 Cables in Handholes
Do not install cables utilizing the shortest route, but route along those
walls providing the longest route and the maximum spare cable lengths. Form
cables to closely parallel walls, not to interfere with duct entrances, and
support on brackets and cable insulators at a maximum of 9 feet. Support
cable splices in underground structures by racks on each side of the
splice. Locate splices to prevent cyclic bending in the spliced sheath.
Install cables at middle and bottom of cable racks, leaving top space open
for future cables, except as otherwise indicated for existing
installations. Provide one spare three -insulator rack arm for each cable
I rack in each underground structure. In existing manholes, handholes and
vaults where new ducts are to be terminated or where new cables are to be
installed, modify the existing installation of cables, cable supports and
grounding as required for a uniform installation with cables carefully
arranged and supported in the same manner as specified for new cable.
3.1.9.5 Conductors Installed in Parallel
Conductors shall be grouped such that each conduit of a parallel run
contains 1 Phase A conductor, 1 Phase 3 conductor, 1 Phase C conductor, and
1 neutral conductor.
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 17

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A ,
3.1.10 600 Volt Cable Splicing and Terminating
Protect terminations of insulated power and lighting cables from accidental
contact, deterioration of coverings and moisture by providing terminating
devices and materials. Install terminations of insulated power and
lighting cables in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements. Make
terminations with materials and methods as indicated or specified herein or
as designated by the written instructions of the cable manufacturer and
termination kitmanufacturer.
3.1.10.1 Splices for 600 Volt Class Cables
Splices in underground distribution systems shall made only in accessible
locations such as manholes and handholes, with a compression connector on
the conductor and by insulating and waterproofing by one of the following
methods suitable for continuous submersion in water and comply with
ANSI C119.1.
a. Provide cast -type splice insulation by means of molded casting
process employing a thermosetting epoxy resin insulating material
applied by a gravity poured method or by a pressure injected
method. Provide component materials of the resin insulation in a
packaged form ready for convenient mixing without removing from
the package. Do not allow the cables to be moved until after the
splicing material has completely set.
b. Gravity poured method shall employ materials and equipment
contained in an approved commercial splicing kit which includes a
mold suitable for the cables to be spliced. When the mold is in
place around the joined conductors, prepare the resin mix and pour
into the mold. Do not allow cables to be moved until after the
splicing materials have completely set.
C. Provide heat shrinkable splice insulation by means of a
thermoplastic adhesive sealant material which should be applied by
a clean burning propane gas torch. Cables may be moved when joint
is cool to the touch.
d. Provide a cold -shrink rubber splice which consists of EPDM rubber
tube which has been factory stretched onto a spiraled core which
is removed during splice installation. The installation shall not
require heat or flame, or any additional materials such as
coverings or adhesive. It shall be designed for use with inline
compression type connectors, or indoor, outdoor, direct -burial or
submerged locations.
e. Where aluminum conductors are provided, use particular care in
making up joints and terminations. Remove surface oxides by
cleaning with a wire brush or emery cloth. Provide joint compound
on conductors, and UL listed solid aluminum connectors for
connecting aluminum to aluminum. When connecting aluminum to
copper, provide connectors specifically designed for connecting
aluminum to copper.
3.1.11 Medium Voltage Cable Terminations
Provide terminating devices and materials to protect medium voltage cable
I
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 18

' MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
I%
11
terminations from accidental contact, deterioration of coverings, and
moisture. Make terminations by using materials and methods specified
herein and as designatecl'by the written instruction of the cable
manufacturer and termination kit manufacturer. Termination for
high -voltage cables shall be rated, and be capable of withstanding test
voltages, in accordance with IEEE Std 48. Terminations of single- and
multiconductor cables shall include the securing and sealing of the sheath
and insulation of the cable conductors, stress relief and grounding of
cable shields of shielded cable, and grounding of neutral conductors,
metallic sheaths, and armor. Adequately support cables and cable
terminations to avoid any excessive strain on the termination and the
conductor connection.
3.1.12 Medium Voltage Cable Joints
Provide power cable joints (splices) suitable for continuous immersion in
water and direct burial. Make joints only in accessible locations in
manholes or handholes by using materials and methods specified herein and
as designated by the written instructions of the cable manufacturer and the
joint kit manufacturer. Size connectors properly for the cable being
connected and crimp using a full circle compression tool.
a. Make medium -voltage joints by using a kit of one manufacturer and
with written approval of the manufacturer of the cable which is to
be spliced. Provide the Contracting Officer with a copy of the
manufacturer's instructions before jointing is started. Upon
request, supply manufacturer's design qualification test report in
accordance with IEEE Std 404. Joint design shall have been proof
tested in accordance with IEEE Std 404. Connectors for joint
shall be tin-plated electrolytic copper, having ends tapered and
having center stops to equalize cable insertion.
(1) Epoxy cast -type joint methods: Provide cast -type joint
insulation by means of a molded casting process employing a
thermosetting epoxy resin insulating material which shall be
applied by a gravity poured method or by a pressure injected
method. Provide component materials of the resin insulation in a
packaged form ready for convenient mixing without removing from
the package. Do not allow cables to be moved until after the
jointing material has completely set.
(2) EPR cast -type joint: Provide insulation by means of a molded
casting process employing an ethylene propylene -rubber (EPR)
jointing compound which results in an inseparable bond between the
jointing material and cable insulation. The molding process shall
include injection of molding material into the mold to ensure
void -free joints.
l (3) Watertight taped -type joint: Consists of an approved
connector, self -fusing tape (splicing compound), self -bonding
semiconducting tape, tinned copper shielding tape or braid, and
plastic tape.
(4) Tape overcast -type joint: Watertight taped -type, overcast
with an epoxy resin construction for the cast -type, pressure
method. Provide joint suitable for the rated voltage of the
cable, to a limit of 15 KV.
(5) Vulcanized -type joint: Heat -pressure process of an approved
'1
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 19

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A I
type and employing materials and equipment suitable for the type
and voltage of cables for which it is used. Materials used in the
jointing process shall be fully and permanently compatible with
materials in the cables. Provide joint suitable for the rated
voltage of the cable, to a limit of 5 KV.
(6) Heat -shrinkable joint: A uniform cross-section
heat -shrinkable polymeric construction consisting of a linear
stress relief system, a high dielectric strength insulating
material, and an integrally bonded outer conductor layer for
shielding. Replace original cable jacket with a heavy -wall
heat -shrinkable sleeve with hot -melt adhesive coating. Provide
joint suitable for the rated voltage of the cable.
(7) Cold -shrink rubber -type joint: Joint shall be of a cold
shrink design that does not require any heat source for its
installation. Splice insulation and jacket shall be of a
one-piece factory formed cold shrink sleeve made of black EPDM
rubber. Splice shall be packaged three splices per kit, including
complete installation instructions. Provide joint suitable for
the rated voltage of the cable, to a limit of 8.7 kV.
(8) Inline molded rubber -type joint: The concentric neutral (CN)
or jacketed concentric neutral (JCN) cable joint must meet the
requirements of IEEE Std 404 for the voltage rating of the cable
it is to be used on 15, 25 or 35 kV. It must be rated for
continuous operation at 90 degrees C, with an emergency overload
temperature rating of 130 degrees C. The joint shall be a slip-on
design made of molded peroxide cured EPDM rubber, with a separate
jacket over the splice and neutral wires consisting of an EPDM
rubber tube which has been factory stretched onto a spiraled core,
which is removed during installation. The splice shall be rated
for indoor, outdoor or direct burial applications.
3.1.12.1 Joints in Shielded Cables
Cover the joined area with metallic tape, or material like the original
cable shield and connect it to the cable shield on each side of the splice
Insulate cable shield for 34.5 kV system splices into sections at each
splice to prevent circulating currents in the shield. Ground each
insulated section at one point only. Provide a bare copper ground
connection brought out in a watertight manner and grounded to a ground rod
as part of the splice installation. Ground conductors, connections, and
rods shall be as specified elsewhere in this section. Wire shall be
trained to the sides of the enclosure to prevent interference with the
working area.
3.1.13 Cable End Caps
Cable ends shall be sealed at all times with coated heat shrinkable end
caps. Cables ends shall be sealed when the cable is delivered to the job
site, while the cable is stored and during installation of the cable. The
caps shall remain in place until the cable is spliced or terminated.
Sealing compounds and tape are not acceptable substitutes for heat
shrinkable end caps. Cable which is not sealed in the specified manner at.
a1.1 times will be rejected.
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 20

IMARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
1 3.1.14 Live End Caps
Provide live end caps for single conductor medium voltage cables where
�I indicated.
3.1.15 Fireproofing of Cables in Manholes, Handholes and Vaults
Fireproof (arc proof) wire and cables which will carry current at 2200
1 volts or more in manholes, handholes, and vaults.
3.1.15.1 Fireproofing Tape
Tightly wrap strips of fireproofing tape around each cable spirally in
half-laped wrapping. Install tape in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
3.1.15.2 Tape -Wrap
Tape -wrap lead -sheathed or other metallic -sheathed or metallic armored
cables without a nonmetallic protective covering over the sheath or armor
prior to application of fireproofing. Wrap shall be in the form of two
tightly applied half -lapped layers of a pressure -sensitive 10 mil thick
plastic tape, and shall extend not less than one inch into the duct. Even
out irregularities of the cable, such as at splices, with insulation putty
before applying tape.
3.1.16 Grounding Systems
Shall be as indicated, and as required by NFPA 70 and ANSI C2.
3.1.16.1 Grounding Electrodes
Provide cone pointed driven ground rods driven full depth plus 6 inches,
installed to provide an earth ground of the appropriate value for the
particular equipment being grounded.
3.1.16.2 Grounding Connections
Make grounding connections which are buried or otherwise normally
inaccessible, by exothermic weld or compression connector.
�l
a. Make exothermic welds strictly in accordance with the weld
manufacturer's written recommendations. Welds which are "puffed
up" or which show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning are
not acceptable. Mechanical connectors are not required at
exothermic welds.
( b. Make compression connections using a hydraulic compression tool to
provide the correct circumferential pressure. Tools and dies
shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. An embossing die
code or other standard method shall provide visible indication
that a connector has been adequately compressed on the ground wire.
3.1.16.3 Grounding Conductors
Grounding conductors shall be stranded -bare copper conforming to ASTM B 8,
Class B, for sizes No. 6 AWG and larger, and shall be solid -bare copper
conforming to ASTM B 1 for sizes No. 8 and smaller. Cable sheaths, cable
-�� shields, conduit, and equipment shall be grounded with No. 6 AWG.
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 21

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co
CL0701A i
3.1.16.4 Ground Cable Crossing Expansion Joints
Protect ground cables crossing expansion joints or similar separations in
structures and pavements by use of approved devices or methods of
installation which provide the necessary slack in the cable across the
joint to permit movement. Use stranded or other approved flexible copper
cable across such separations.
3.1.16.5 Ground Rod Connections
Connect ground rods only to insulated copper ground conductor and weld the
connection. Insulate entire area of the rod in the vicinity of the weld in
accordance with UL 467and the connecting wire and seal against moisture
penetration.
3.1.16.6 Fence Grounding
Fences shall be grounded with a ground rod at each fixed gate post and at
each corner post. Drive ground rods until the top is 12 inches below
grade. Attach a No. 4 AWG copper conductor, by exothermic weld to the
ground rods and extend underground to the immediate vicinity of fence post.
Lace the conductor vertically into 12 inches of fence mesh and fasten by
two approved bronze compression fittings, one to bond wire to post and the
other to bond wire to fence. Each gate section shall be bonded to its
gatepost by a 1/8 by one inch flexible braided copper strap and ground post
clamps. Clamps shall be of the anti -electrolysis type.
3.1.17 Special Conditions
During the construction of duct banks and underground structures located in
streets, the streets shall remain open to traffic. Plan and execute the
work to meet this condition. At locations where duct banks cross railroad
tracks and the work requires closing of the tracks, secure permission from
the Contracting Officer for each track closure.
3.1.18 Reconditioning of Surfaces
3.1.18.1 Unpaved Surfaces
II
Restore to their original elevation and
condition unpaved
surfaces
disturbed during installation of duct or direct burial cable. Preserve sod
and topsoil removed during excavation and
reinstall after
backfilling is
completed. Replace sod that is damaged
by sod of quality
equal to that
removed. When the surface is disturbed
in a newly seeded
area, re -seed the
restored surface with the same quantity
and formula of seed as that used in
the original seeding.
,.
3.1.18.2 Paving Repairs
Where trenches, pits, or other excavations are made in existing roadways
and other areas of pavement where surface treatment of any kind exists,
restore such surface treatment or pavement the same thickness and in the
same kind as previously existed, except as otherwise specified, and to
match and tie into the adjacent and surrounding existing surfaces.
3.1.19 Certificate of Competency for Cable Splicer/Terminator
Certification of the qualification of the cable splicer/terminator shall be
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 22

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel 6 India Co. CL0701A
submitted, for approval, 30 days before splices or terminations are to be
made in medium voltage (5 kV to 35 kV) cables. The certification shall
include the training, and experience of the individual on the specific type
and classification of cable to be provided under this contract. The
certification shall indicate that the individual has had three or more
years recent experience splicing and terminating medium voltage cables.
The certification shall also list a minimum of three splices/terminations
that have been in operation for more than one year. In addition, the
individual may be required to perform a dummy or practice
splice/termination in the presence of the Contracting Officer, before being
approved as a qualified cable splicer. If that additional requirement is
imposed, the Contractor shall provide short sections of the approved types
1 of cables along with the approved type of splice/termination kit, and
detailed manufacturer's instructions for the cable to be spliced. The
.� Contracting Officer reserves the right to require additional proof of
competency or to reject the individual and call for certification of an
alternate cable splicer.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
As an exception to requirements that may be stated elsewhere in the
contract, notify the Contracting Officer 5 working days prior to each test.
Furnish labor, equipment. and incidentals required for testing, except
that the Government will provide electric power required for the tests.
Correct defects in the work provided by the Contractor and repeat tests
until the work is in compliance with contract requirements.
3.2.1 Performance of Acceptance Checks and Tests
Perform in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, NFPA 70B,
NETA ATS, and referenced ANSI standards. Include the following visual and
mechanical inspections and electrical tests, performed in accordance with
NETA ATS.
. 3.2.1.1 600 Volt Cable Tests
Perform tests after wiring is completed, connected, and ready for
�I operation, but prior to placing system in service and before any branch
circuit breaker is closed.
a. Visual and Mechanical Inspection
` (1) Inspect cables for physical damage and proper connection in
�+ accordance with contract plans and specifications.
_I (2) Test cable mechanical connections to manufacturer's
recommended values using a calibrated torque wrench. In the
absence of manufacturer's data use NETA recommended values.
(3) Check cable color coding for compliance with contract
specifications.
�1
b. Electrical Tests
(1) Perform insulation -resistance test on each conductor with
respect to ground and adjacent conductor; applied potential shall
be 1000 volts DC for 1 minute; minimum insulation -resistance
values shall not be less than 2 megohms.
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 23

MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A I
(2) Perform continuity test to insure proper cable connection.
3.2.1.2 Medium Voltage Cables
Perform tests after installation of cable, splices, and terminators and
before terminating to equipment.
a. Visual and Mechanical Inspection
(1) Inspect exposed cable sections for physical damage.
(2) Verify that cable is supplied and connected in accordance
with contract plans and specifications.
(3) Inspect for proper shield grounding, cable support, and cable
termination.
(4) Verify that cable bends are not less than ICEA or
manufacturer's minimum allowable bending radius.
(5) Inspect for proper fireproofing.
(6) Visually inspect jacket and insulation condition.
(7) Inspect for proper phase identification and arrangement.
b. Electrical Tests
(1) Perform a shield continuity test on each power cable by
ohmmeter method. Record ohmic value, resistance values in excess
of 10 ohms per 1000 feet of cable must be investigated and
justified.
(2) Perform a DC high -potential test on all cables. Adhere to
precautions and limits as specified in the applicable NEMA/ICEA
Standard for the specific cable. Test procedure shall be as
follows, and the results for each cable test shall be recorded as
specified herein. Field acceptance test voltage for 5 kV cable
shall be 25 kV DC and for 15 kV cable shall be 55 kV DC.
(a) Current -sensing circuits in test equipment shall measure only
the leakage current associated with the cable under test and shall
not include internal leakage of the test equipment.
(b) Record wet- and dry-bulb temperatures or relative humidity
and temperature.
(c) Test each section of cable individually.
(d) Individually test each conductor with all other conductors
grounded; Ground all shields.
(e) Terminations shall be properly corona -suppressed by guard
ring, field reduction sphere, or other suitable methods as
necessary.
(f) Ensure that the maximum test voltage does not exceed the
limits for terminators specified in IEEE standard 48 or
manufacturer's specifications.
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 24

' MARSOC Clam Shell Site Prep for Foxtrot, Golf, Hotel & India Co. CL0701A
' (g) Apply the DC high -potential test in at least five equal
increments until maximum test voltage is reached. No increment
shall exceed the voltage rating of the cable. Record DC leakage
current at each step after a constant stabilization time
consistent with system charging current.
(h) Raise the conductor to the specified maximum test voltage and
hold for fifteen (15) minutes. Record readings of leakage current
at 30 seconds and one minute and at one -minute intervals
thereafter. Provide a graphic plot of readings with leakage
current (X axis) versus voltage (Y axis) at each increment.
(i) Reduce the conductor test potential to zero and measure
as residual voltage at discrete intervals.
(j) Apply grounds for a time period adequate to drain all
insulation stored charge.
(k) When new cables are spliced into existing cables, the DC
high -potential test shall be performed on the new cable prior to
splicing. After test results are approved for new cable and the
splice is completed, an insulation -resistance test and a
shield -continuity test shall be performed on the length of new and
existing cable including the splice. After a satisfactory
insulation -resistance test, a DC high -potential test shall be
performed on the completed cable system utilizing a test voltage
75 percent of new cable tested value.
3.2.1.3 Ground Rods
Perform ground resistance tests for ground rods before any wire is
connected. Take measurements in normally dry weather, not less than 48
hours after rainfall. Ground resistance shall also be measured for each
piece of equipment and medium voltage cable splice to the ground electrode.
Use a portable ground testing megger in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions to test each ground or group of grounds. The instrument shall
be equipped with a meter reading directly in ohms or fractions thereof to
indicate the ground value of the ground electrode under test.
3.2.2 Approval of Test Results
Medium voltage cable test results shall be approved by SOUTHNAVFACENGCOM
(Code 074).
-- End of Section --
11
11,
1'
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 25
t�

Stormwater Management Permit Narrative
MARSOC Clam Shell Site Preparations for Foxtrot Co., Golf Co., Hotel Co., and India Co.
Onslow County
June, 2007
Proiect Description
This project is a new project adjacent to the existing Permit No. SW8 010419, P-019
Amphibious Operations and Maintenance Complex dated November 28, 2001 and shall disturb
approximately 2.83 acres on the Camp Lejeune Marine Corps Base. This new project shall
involve of the installation of a new Tactical Parking Area located on the southeast corner of the
existing Amphibious Operations and Maintenance Complex. The project shall include 1.76 ac of
asphalt parking with total of 62.1 % impervious area. The subject property is located
approximately'/Z half mile SE of the intersection of Courthouse Road and Sneads Ferry Road,
(NC172) (see detailed plans and vicinity map).
Site Description
The existing site is currently a wooded area with slopes that are generally in the range of 1-2%.
Primary drainage for the project will be a new storm drainage pipe network leading to a new
storm water basin. The first 1 '/2 inches of rainfall will be captured in the basin and then pumped
over a two -five day period into the Camp Lejeune Sanitary Sewer System. Any additional flow
over 1 '/2 inches shall be discharged from the new storm water basin into a vegetated area that
surrounds an existing wetland area. This wetland is approximately 650 If from Courthouse Bay,
(SA, HQW) part of the White Oak River Basin, (19-36)
Adiacent Proper
Land use in the vicinity of the project is industrial, wooded and all part of the Camp Lejeune
Marine Corps Base.
Soils
The dominant soil types in the area are Wando Fine Sand (WAB) and Urban Land (UR).
Stormwater Management
The project proposes to use the existing Camp Lejeune Sanitary Sewer System to treat the first
1 '/2 inches of rainfall. The estimated required volume of the storm water basin is 17,915 gals.
The proposed volume of the storm water basin is 20,645 gals. All rainfall over the first 1 '/2"
inches shall be discharged from the basin into a vegetated area that surrounds a wetland that is
650 If from Courthouse Bay.
The proposed storm drainage basin is a 40' x 40' square at elevation 4 MSL with 3' to 1'
minimum side slopes. A PVC slotted drainage pipe shall be installed into the proposed basin.
The slotted pvc pipe shall be wrapped with filter fabric and then the entire exposed pipe shall be
cover to an elevation of one foot above the top of the pipe with Class "B" Rip rap. The pipe shall
drain to a proposed concrete wet well with two submersible grinder pumps rated at 12 gpm @
21 TDH. The pumps shall be controlled by mercury float switches which shall turn the pumps
Prepared by L Humphrey

both on and off. At 12 gpm, it will take approximately 4.40 days to drain the basin. The proposed
bottom of the basin is elevation 3 MSL which shall leave approximately one foot of runoff in the
basin for further treatment.
Calculations:
Calculations for the new drainage features are attached to the Storm -water Permit Application.
07
Prepared by L Humphrey